Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Hayk Sedrakyan
Nairi Sedrakyan
Geometric
Inequalities
Methods of Proving
Problem Books in Mathematics
Series Editor:
Peter Winkler
Department of Mathematics
Dartmouth College
Hanover, NH 03755
USA
Geometric Inequalities
Methods of Proving
B
r1
r3
r2
A C
r1 + r 2 > r 3
Hayk Sedrakyan Nairi Sedrakyan
University Pierre and Marie Curie Yerevan, Armenia
Paris, France
To Ani,
a wonderful daughter and a loving sister
Preface
vii
viii Preface
The authors have tried to find common approaches to different problems. The
goal of the book is to teach the reader new and classical methods for proving
geometric inequalities.
The authors would like to express their gratitude to their family for the support.
Hayk Sedrakyan
Nairi Sedrakyan
Contents
ix
x Contents
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Chapter 1
Theorem on the Length of the Broken Line
This chapter consists of two sections. Section 1.1 is devoted to the applications of
one of the most important geometric inequalities, called the triangle inequality.
As a generalization of triangle inequality, Section 1.2 is devoted to the theorem
on the length of the broken line.
Let us recall the triangle inequality: for any triangle, the sum of the lengths of
any two sides is greater than or equal to the length of the remaining side. In other
words, if A, B, C are arbitrary points, then AB AC þ BC. Moreover, the equality
holds true, if and only if point C is on segment AB.
The goal of Section 1.1 is to get the reader acquainted with the triangle
inequality.
This section consists of problems that can be proved by using, if necessary
several times, the triangle inequality.
In Section 1.1 selected problems are those that can be proved using the following
techniques and statements:
1. For any convex quadrilateral ABCD it holds true AC þ BD > AB þ CD.
2. For any triangle with side lengths a, b, c and a median ma drawn to the side with
length a it holds true ma < bþc
2 .
3. If M is an arbitrary point inside of triangle ABC, then MA þ MB < CA þ CB.
4. For any points A, B, C, D it holds true AC BD AB CD þ BC AD.
In some problems, the triangle inequality is not always applied directly. In some
cases, at first one needs to do some geometric constructions or translations and only
after that apply the triangle inequality.
In Section 1.2, selected problems are those that can be proved using the theorem
on the length of the broken line, that is: if A1, A2, . . . , An are arbitrary n points, then
A1An A1A2 þ A2A3 þ . . . þ An 1An. Moreover, the equality holds true if and
only if point Ai is on the segment Ai 1Ai þ 1, for i ¼ 2, 3, . . . , n 1.
Some problems in this chapter were inspired by [7]. Nevertheless, even for these
problems the authors have mostly provided their own solutions.
the medians drawn from vertices A, B, C and a, b, c are, respectively, the lengths
of sides BC, CA, AB of triangle ABC.
1.1.8. Let M be a point inside of triangle ABC. Prove that
(a) MA þ MB < CA þ CB,
(b) min(MA, MB, MC) þ MA þ MB þ MC < ma þ mb þ mc,
(c) MA þ MB þ MC max (AB þ BC, AC þ BC, AC þ AB),
pffiffi
(d) MA þ MB þ MC 23 minðAB þ BC; AC þ BC; AC þ ABÞ.
1.1 Triangle Inequality 3
1.1.9. (a) Let ABCD be a quadrilateral and E,F be the midpoints of sides AB, CD,
respectively. Prove that EF BCþAD
2 .
(b) Let M be the intersection point of medians AD and BE of triangle ABC. Prove
that, if ∠AMB π/2, then AC þ BC > 3AB.
(c) Let C1, A1 be points (different from the vertices) on sides AB, BC of triangle
ABC. Let K be the midpoint of A1C1 and I be the in center of triangle ABC.
Given that A1BC1I is an inscribed quadrilateral. Prove that AKC is an obtuse
angle.
1.1.10. Let ABCD be a quadrilateral such that angles A and C are equal to 90 . Prove
that the perimeter of the inscribed quadrilateral in the quadrilateral ABCD is not
smaller than 2AC.
1.1.11. Let M be a point inside of an equilateral triangle ABC. Prove that
(a) MA þ MB > MC ,
(b) MA2 þ MB2 þ MC2 < 2 AB2.
1.1.12. Let E be a point on side AC of triangle ABC. Prove that
(a) BE AC AE BC þ CE AB,
(b) (EB BA) AC (BC AB) AE.
1.1.13. Let D be a point on side BC of triangle ABC such that AD > BC. Let point
E on side AC be defined by the following condition EC AE
¼ ADBC
BD
. Prove that
AD > BE.
1.1.14. (a) Prove that for any distinct points A, B, C and D it holds true AC BD
AB CD þ BC AD.
(b) Let a square with the center O be externally constructed on the side AB of
triangle ABC. Let M, N be the midpoints of sides BC, AC and the lengths of
these sides be equal to a, b, respectively. Find the possible greatest value of the
sum OM þ ON when angle ∠ACB changes.
OAþOC
(c) Given a rectangle ABCD on a plane. Find the smallest value of OBþOD , where
O is an arbitrary point in that plane.
(d) Prove that for any points A, B, C and D it holds true
AB þ BC þ AC 2AD sin ∠ BDC.
(e) Let D, E, F be points on sides BC, CA, AB of triangle ABC, respectively. Prove
that
1 1 1 AB þ BC þ AC
þ þ ðDE þ EF þ FDÞ ,
AD BE CF R
exist numbers i and j (i 6¼ j), such that 1 aaij λ1n . For n ¼ 4, prove that the estimate
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffi
¼ þ 18 ¼ 1, 32471795:::: is not possible to make smaller.
1 3 9 69 3 9þ 69
λ4 18
1.1.21. Given n (n 3) distinct points with the pairwise distances between them
equal to a1 , a2 , :::, anðn1Þ , where a1 a2 ::: anðn1Þ : Given that δn > 0 and δn
2 2
nðn1Þ
ð 1 þ δn Þ 2 1
> 2: Prove that there exist numbers i and j(i 6¼ j), such that
ai
aj 1 < δn :
Solutions
1.1.1. (a) Let D be a point on side BC, such that AB ¼ BD. Then, we have that
∠A > ∠ BAD ¼ ∠ BDA ¼ ∠ C þ ∠ DAC > ∠ C. Therefore ∠A > ∠ C.
(b) Proof by contradiction argument. Assume that AB BC. If AB ¼ BC, then
∠C ¼ ∠ A. This leads to a contradiction. If AB > BC, then according to prob-
lem 1.1.1а we have that ∠C > ∠ A. This leads to a contradiction.
(c) Let D be a point on line AC, such that point C belongs to segment AD and
CD ¼ BC. Hence, as ∠ABD ¼ ∠ B þ ∠ CBD > ∠ CBD ¼ ∠ BDC, then for
triangle ABD, according to problem 1.1.1b, we obtain that AB < AD. Thus, it
follows that AB < AC þ BC.
2 , where p ¼
(d) We have that p a ¼ bþca 2 . Therefore, p > a.
aþbþc
Figure 1.1
6 1 Theorem on the Length of the Broken Line
1
B1 B2 þ B2 B3 þ ::: þ Bn B1 ¼ ðA1 A2 þ A2 A3 þ ::: þ An A1 Þ:
2
AB þ DE ¼ AD þ BE: ð1:1Þ
The initial n-gon is convex; therefore its diagonals AD and BE intersect at some
point P. According to the triangle inequality AD þ BE ¼ AP þ BP þ PD þ
PE > AB þ DE. This leads to the contradiction with (1.1).
In order to construct the required octagon, let us circumscribe an isosceles
trapezoid A1A2A3A4 around the circle, such that its base is A1A4 and the base
angle is equal to 45 . Then, construct it up to octagon A1A2 . . . A8, as it is shown
in Figure 1.3.
way, one can construct n-gon, such that it is possible to cut off by its
In a similar
diagonals n2 circumscribed quadrilaterals.
1.1.6. (a) Let M be the intersection point of diagonals AC and BD of a quadrilateral
ABCD. Note that ΔABM ~ ΔDCM. Therefore,
Figure 1.2
1.1 Triangle Inequality 7
Figure 1.3
AC BD ¼ AM þ MC BM DM ¼ AM þ BM CD BM AM CD ¼
AB AB
AM BM
¼ AB CD AB CD
AB
(see problem 1.1.2). In a similar way, we obtain that |AC BD| |AD BC|, thus
|AB CD| þ |AD BC| 2|AC BD|.
In the last inequality the equality holds true if and only if quadrilateral ABCD is a
rectangle.
(b) Note that ∠MAD ∠ MDA. Therefore, MD MA. As CD AB ¼ MB ¼ MA ¼ k 1
CM DM
(b) We have that ma < bþc 2 , mb < 2 and mc < 2 , thus ma þ mb þ mc < a þ b þ c.
aþc aþb
mc > 34 ða þ b þ cÞ.
8 1 Theorem on the Length of the Broken Line
Figure 1.4
Figure 1.5
Figure 1.6
1.1.8. (a) Let N be the intersection point of lines AM and BC; then AM þ BM <
AM þ MN þ BN ¼ AN þ NB < AC þ CN þ BN ¼ AC þ BC.
Therefore, AM þ BM < AC þ BC.
(b) Let M be a point inside of triangle AGB1 (Figure 1.5), where G is the intersection
point of the medians of triangle ABC.
Using the result of problem 1.1.8а, we obtain that AM þ BM b2 þ mb and
AM þ MC 23 ma þ 23 mc . Therefore,
Case 2 If there does not exist such point M0 (see Case 1), then one can easily prove
that ∠C 120 .
Note that either ∠MCB < 120 or ∠MCA < 120 . Without loss of generality one
can assume that ∠MCB < 120 ; then according to problem 1.1.8а, MA þ MA1
AC þ CA1. Therefore, MA þ MB þ MC MA þ MA1 AC þ BC.
This ends the proof.
1.1.9. (a) Let us denote by K the midpoint of diagonal BD. We have that
EF EK þ KF ¼ AD 2 þ 2 , and the equality holds true if and only if K belongs to
BC
Figure 1.7
Figure 1.8
(c) Let O be the midpoint of segment AC. Note that AC ¼ AC1 þ CA1. According to
problem 1.1.9а, we have that OК AC1 þCA
2
1
¼ AC
2 . Therefore, AKC is an obtuse
angle.
1.1.10. Let a quadrilateral MNPK be inscribed in a quadrilateral ABCD (Figure 1.7).
Let E and F be the midpoints of segments KM and NP, respectively. Since
AE ¼ KM 2 , EF
MNþKP
2 (see problem 1.1.9а) and CF ¼ NP 2 , then
MNþNPþKPþKM
2
AE þ EF þ CF AF þ CF AC. Thus, it follows that MN þ NP þ KP þ
KM 2AC.
Remark If ∠A 90 , ∠ C 90 , then MN þ NP þ KP þ KM 2AC.
1.1.11. (a) Let us consider the Figure 1.8.
Consider segments MA1, MB1, MC1, such that MA1||AB, MB1||BC and MC1||AC.
One can easily prove that AC1MB1, BA1MC1 and CA1MB1 are isosceles trapezoids.
Therefore, MA ¼ C1B1, MB ¼ A1C1 and MC ¼ A1B1. Hence, MA þ MB > MC .
(b) Let MA1 ¼ x, MB1 ¼ y, MC1 ¼ z, AB ¼ a (Figure 1.8). Therefore, x þ y þ z ¼ a
and
1.1 Triangle Inequality 11
Figure 1.9
AE AD ¼ BD EC þ AE BC: ð1:2Þ
pffiffi
that МО þ NO 22þ1 ða þ bÞ. The equality holds true if only ∠ANO ¼
∠ CMO ¼ 90 , that is ∠C ¼ ∠ A þ ∠ B þ 90 . Therefore ∠C ¼ 135 .
(c) According to problem 1.1.14a, for points A, B, C, O we have that
AC BO AB CO þ BC AO . In a similar way, for points A, D, C, O we
have that AC DO AD CO þ AO CD. Summing up these inequalities, we
AOþCO
obtain that BOþDO ABþADAC
. Taking O A, we obtain that the left-hand side of
AC
the last inequality is equal to ABþAD . Thus, the possible smallest value is equal
AC
to ABþAD.
OAþOC
Remark One can prove that OBþOD ABþBC
BD .
AB OC þ AC OB AO BC:
Hence,
BC
AB þ AC þ BC AD ¼ 2AD sin ∠BDC:
OD
!
!
(g) Consider a point M0 , such that MM0 ¼ AD . For points M, C, M0 , D, according to
problem 1.1.14a, we have that MC M0 D þ CM0 MD CD MM0 .
As M0 D ¼ AM, CM0 ¼ BM, MM0 ¼ AD, then MA MC þ MB MD AB AD.
!
!
(h) Consider a point A0 , such that BA0 ¼ AC .
1.1 Triangle Inequality 13
DA DB AB þ DB DC BC þ DC DA AC AB BC AC:
(i) For points A, A1, B1, C1 according to problem 1.1.14a, we have that
and
1 2 2 2 1 2 AB2 þ AD2 BD2
AM ¼ AA1 þ AO A1 O ¼ AA1 þ
2 2 2 2
32 3 9
3 3 2 4
2 A1 B þ A1 D2 BD2 1 1
¼ AA1 2 þ AB2 þ AD2 A1 B2 þ A1 D2 þ BD2 :
9 2 4 3 9
1 1
AM1 2 ¼ AB1 2 þ AD1 2 þ AC2 B1 D1 2 þ D1 C2 þ CB1 2 :
3 9
Therefore
1
AM1 2 AM2 ¼ AB1 2 þ AD1 2 þ AC2 AB2 AD2 AA1 2
3
from this equality and inequalities (1.6), (1.7), (1.8) we obtain that
AB BC AB2 BC2
þ ¼ þ
SA þ SB SB þ SC SA AB þ SB AB SB BC þ SC BC
ðAB þ BCÞ2
:
SA AB þ SC BC þ SBðAB þ BCÞ
Case 2 Assume that there does not exist such a point M0. Let max
(∠A, ∠B, ∠C) ¼ ∠ C. We have that (see the proof of problem 1.1.8d)
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
SA þ SB þ SC > AC þ BC > 2AC2 þ 2BC2 AB2 ¼ 3 minðMA; MB; MCÞ:
Figure 1.10
16 1 Theorem on the Length of the Broken Line
0
If T 2 ΔAMN, then m(T ) AT AA max (AM, AN) ¼ AN ¼ m(N ), as max
0 0
(∠MA A, ∠NA A) 90 .
If T 2 ΔANC, then mðT Þ ATþTC
2 ANþCN
2 ¼ AN ¼ mðN Þ.
Thus, the greatest value of m(T )is equal to m(N ). From the proof, it follows that,
if ∠B ¼ ∠ C, then points M and N are the required points. Otherwise, point N is the
required point.
Remark In the case, if ∠A > 90 , mðT Þ CN < BC
2.
1.1.17. (a) Using the triangle inequality, we obtain that BG þ 12 CG > 12 AB and
CG þ 12 BG > 12 AC. Summing up these inequalities, we deduce that 3(BG þ CG) >
AB þ AC.
2
CG2 AB2 AC2 AB2 AC2
We have that BG CG ¼ BG BGþCG ¼ 3ðBGþCGÞ < ABþAC . Hence, AC þ BG <
AB þ CG.
(b) Let A1 be the midpoint of side BC. According to problem 1.1.7a, we have that
OA1 OBþOC
2 . Point A2 is on the segment OA1 and A1A2 : A2O ¼ 1 : 2.
Then OG A2 G þ A2 O ¼ AO
3 þ 3 OA1 3 þ 3 þ 3 . It is clear that the equal-
2 AO BO CO
ities OG ¼ A2G þ A2O and OA1 ¼ 2 do not hold true simultaneously. Thus, it
OBþOC
A1 A 2 þ A3 A 4 þ A5 A6 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A1
< A1 A2 þ A3 A4 þ A05 A6 A2 A3 A4 A05 A6 A1 : ð1:9Þ
0 0
Let A01 be a point on the segment OA1, such that OA 1 ¼ OA3 ¼ OA 5 and let A02 be
0
a point on the segment OA2, such that OA 2 ¼ OA6. Then, we have that
A1 A2 þ A01 A02 < A01 A2 þ A02 A1 , thus A1 A2 þ A01 A6 < A01 A2 þ A1 A6 . Hence,
From (1.9) and (1.10) it follows that A1A2 þ A3A4 þ A5A6< A2A3 þ A4A5 þ A6A1.
1.1 Triangle Inequality 17
1.1.19. Proof by contradiction argument. Let M and N be two points among those n,
such that the distance MN ¼ d1 is the greatest. Consider plane Π, passing through
the midpoint of segment MN and perpendicular to it.
One of the half-spaces with boundary Π contains k points from the given
n points, where k n2. Let us denote these points by N, N1, . . . , Nk 1 and
MN ¼ d1 MN1 ¼ d2 . . . . MNk 1 ¼ dk. According to our assumption, we
have that
2 2 2
d1 1 þ d2 , d2 1 þ d3 , :::, dk1 1 þ d k :
n n n
It is known that the estimate λ10 is not possible to make smaller for 3 n 7.
1.1.20. The proof by contradiction method. Consider given points A1, A2, . . . , An,
such that AiAj A1An ¼ d1, i, j 2 {1, ..., n} and max ðA1 Ai ; Ai An Þ ¼ di .
i2f2;:::;n1g
Without loss of generality one can assume that d2 d3 . . . dn 1. Then
according to our assumption, we obtain that dd12 > λ1n , dd23 > λ1n , :::, ddn2
n1
> λ1n .
Multiplying these inequalities, we deduce that
n d 1 > d n1 :
λn2 ð1:14Þ
hence
nðn1Þ
anðn1Þ ð1 þ δn Þ 2 1 a1 :
2
1.1 Triangle Inequality 19
minðAC;ADÞ
therefore max ðAC;ADÞ 1 < δn . This leads to a contradiction.
1.1.22. Let R and r be the circumradiuses of triangles ABC and MAN, respectively.
∠MAN
sin ∠BAC ¼ 2r BC.
MN 2R
According to the law of sines, we have that sin
2 2
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi 2 < r < pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi 2 :
BC R BC
Hence, it is enough to prove that
ð BMCNþ BNCMÞ ð BMCN BNCMÞ
Let the circumcircle of triangle MAN intersect sides AB and AC of triangle ABC
at points K and E, respectively (Figure 1.11).
We have that ∠KEM ¼ ∠ BAM ¼ ∠ CAN ¼ ∠ EMC. Therefore, KE k BC.
Thus, it follows that ΔKAE ΔBAC.
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
Hence, KE ¼ Rr BC, AK ¼ pBMBN ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi , AE ¼ pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
CMCN
Using the triangle inequal-
r ð r 1Þ r ð r 1Þ:
R R R R
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
j BMBN CMCN j
ity, we obtain that |AK AE| < KE < AK þ AE. Therefore, <
ffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffirffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi BC
BMBN þ CMCN BC2 BC2
1R< . Thus, pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi 2 < r < pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi 2 :
R
BC
ð BMCNþ BNCMÞ ð BMCN BNCMÞ
Figure 1.11
20 1 Theorem on the Length of the Broken Line
1.1.23. There are 50 correct clocks on the table. Prove that at some moment the sum
of the distances from the center of the table to the end of the minute hands will be
greater than the sum of the distances from the center of the table to the center of the
clocks.
1.1.24. Let M be a point inside of the parallelogram ABCD. Prove that
1.1.25. Prove that the sum of the lengths of the diagonals of a convex pentagon is
greater than its perimeter and is smaller than twice the perimeter.
1.1.26. Prove that for any convex pentagon there are three diagonals that are sides
of a triangle.
1.1.27. Prove that in a convex polygon there are no three sides that are greater than
the largest diagonal of that polygon.
1.1.28. Prove that the arithmetic mean of the lengths of the sides of an arbitrary
convex polygon is less than the arithmetic mean of the lengths of its diagonals.
1.1.29. Prove that h1a < h1b þ h1c , where ha, hb, hc are the altitudes of some triangle.
ABAC ¼ 4 BMþCN .
Hint Prove that BMCN 3 ABþAC
1.1.33. Given that in triangle ABC side AC is the largest side. Prove that for any
point M of plane AM þ CM is not less than BM. When does the equality hold true?
1.1.34. Given that points A1, A2, . . . , An are not on the same line. Let P and Q be
distinct points, such that A1P þ A2P þ . . . þ AnP ¼ A1Q þ A2Q þ . . . þ AnQ ¼ S.
Prove that A1K þ A2K þ . . . þ AnK < S for some point K.
1.1.35. Given a tetrahedron ABCD. Prove that there exists a triangle with sides
AB CD, AC BD and AD CB.
1.1.36. Let a, b, c be the side lengths of some triangle. Prove that
a2 þ2bc
þ bc2þ2ca c2 þ2ab
2
Hint
(a) See problem 1.1.14а.
(b) Note that SD1 AA1 SBA1 B1 SCB1 C1 SDD1 C1 ¼ ðr 1 2 r 2 Þsin 2 ∠A sin 2 ∠B and
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
SABCD ACBD
2 2r 2 sin ∠A sin ∠B 2r 2 sin ∠A sin ∠B.
1.1.44. Given a quadrilateral ABCD, such that ∠A ∠ D and ∠B þ ∠ D 180 .
Prove that AC þ CD AB þ BD.
Hint Let C1 be the intersection point of line AC and a circle passing through points
A, B, D.
Prove that C1 is on segment AC, and see problem 1.1.6b.
1.1.45. Prove that if a1, a2, . . . , an (n 3) are positive numbers, such that
2 2
a1 þ a22 þ ::: þ a2n > ðn 1Þ a41 þ a42 þ ::: þ a4n , then one can construct a tri-
angle with sides ai, aj, ak for any 1 i < j < k n.
2
Hint If m > 3 and a2i1 þ ::: þ a2im > ðm 1Þ a4i1 þ ::: þ a4im , then ðm 2Þ
2
a4im 2a2im a2i1 þ ::: þ a2im1 þ ðm 1Þ a4i1 þ ::: þ a4im1 a2i1 þ ::: þ a2im1
< 0:
Therefore, D > 0 or
2
a2i1 þ ::: þ a2im1 > ðm 1Þðm 2Þ a4i1 þ ::: þ a4im1
2 2 :
ðm 2Þ a2i1 þ ::: þ a2im1 ; a2i1 þ ::: þ a2im1 > ðm 2Þ a4i1 þ ::: þ a4im1
a
Hint We have that bþca ¼ 12 cþab
bþca þ aþbc
bþca .
1.1.51. Let O be the circumcenter of triangle ABC. On sides AB and BC are given
points M and N, respectively, such that 2 ∠ MON ¼ ∠ AOC. Prove that
NB þ BM þ MN AC.
Hint See problem 1.1.14d.
1.1.52. The sum of the distances from point M to the two neighboring vertices of the
square is equal to a. What is the largest value of the sum of the distances from point
M to the other two vertices of the square?
Hint See problem 1.1.14а.
1.1.53. Given that the perimeter of a convex quadrilateral is equal to 2004 and one
of its diagonals is equal to 1001. Can the second diagonal be equal to 1? Can the
second diagonal be equal to 2? Can the second diagonal be equal to 1001?
1.1.54. Let ABC be a triangle. Prove that
(a) maa2 þ mbb2 þ mcc2 mcab þ mabc þ mbac.
Hint According to problem 1.1.14а, we have that a2 23 ma 2c m3b þ b2 m3c .
(b) ma mb þ mb mc þ mc ma 2p2 34 ðab þ bc þ acÞ.
Hint According to problem 1.1.14а, we have that ma mb c 2c þ a2 b2.
(c) ma þ mb þ mc þ min (a, b, c) la þ lb þ lc þ max (a, b, c).
Hint We have that ma la a2 ðp bÞ ¼ bc
2 :
1.1.55. Let A, X, D be points on a line, such that X is in between A and D. Let point
B be such that ∠ABX 120 and point C be in between B and X. Prove that
pffiffiffi
2AD 3ðAB þ BC þ CDÞ.
Hint We have that AX2 AB2 þ BX2 þ AB BX 34 ðAB þ BXÞ2 .
1.1.56. Let K and L be points on side AB of triangle ABC, such that AK ¼ KL ¼ LB.
Prove that
24 1 Theorem on the Length of the Broken Line
If A1, A2, . . . , An are distinct points, then A1An A1A2 þ A2A3 þ . . . þ An 1An.
Note that the equality holds true only if simultaneously hold true the following
conditions: point Ai is on the segment Ai 1Ai þ 1 for all i ¼ 2, 3, . . . , n 1.
1.2 Theorem on the Length of the Broken Line 25
1.2.1. Given two circles with radiuses R1 and R2, such that for the distance between
their centers it holds true the following inequality d > R1 þ R2. Prove that
d R1 R2 XY d þ R1 þ R2, where X and Y are arbitrary points of these
two circles.
1.2.2. Prove that in any polygon there are at least two sides a and b, such that
1 ba < 2.
1.2.3. Given a convex hexagon ABCDEF, such that ∠A 90 , ∠ D 90 . Prove
that BC þ CE þ EF þ FB 2AD.
1.2.4. Given the points A(a, 0), B(0, b), C(c, d) and O(0, 0) on a coordinate plane.
Prove that AB þ BC þ CA 2CO.
1.2.5. Prove the following inequalities:
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
(a) a21 þ b21 þ ::: þ a2n þ b2n ða1 þ ::: þ an Þ2 þ ðb1 þ ::: þ bn Þ2 .
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
a21 þ ka1 b1 þ b21 þ ::: þ a2n þ kan bn þ b2n
(b) qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ða1 þ ::: þ an Þ2 þ kða1 þ ::: þ an Þðb1 þ ::: þ bn Þ þ ðb1 þ ::: þ bn Þ2 ,
where |k| 2.
(c) ða þ b þ cÞða b þ cÞ þ ða b þ cÞða þ b cÞ þ ða þ b cÞða þ b þ cÞ
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffi pffiffiffi pffiffiffi
abcð a þ b þ cÞ, where a, b, c > 0:
1.2.6. On the legs of a right-angled triangle with hypotenuse c and acute angle α are
chosen points P and Q. Let PK and QH be perpendiculars to the hypotenuse drawn
from points P and Q. Prove that KP þ PQ þ QH c sin 2α.
1.2.7. Prove that from all triangles inscribed in an acute triangle ABC, the smallest
perimeter has the orthic triangle (the triangle whose vertices are the endpoints of the
altitudes of triangle ABC).
1.2.8. Given a triangle ABC. Prove that ∠ACB 120 is a necessary and sufficient
condition for the following inequality to hold true MA þ MB þ MC AC þ BC, for
any point M of plane ABC.
1.2.9. (a) Prove that MAA11MA
A2
2
þ ::: þ MAAn1 MAn MA1 MAn , where M, A1, . . . , An are
n1 An A1 An
1.2.17. Inside of the convex polygon with perimeter P are given two rectangles with
the perimeter with sides a, b and c, d which do not have any common interior point.
Prove that min(a, b) þ a þ b þ min (c, d ) þ c þ d < P.
1.2.18. (а) Let points A and B be outside of circle ω. Through points A and B are
drawn tangents AM and BN to circle ω. Prove that if segment AB intersects the
circle ω, then AB > AM þ BN, and if it does not intersect, then AB AM þ BN.
(b) Let points A, B, C be outside of circle ω, such that ω intersects segments AC, BC
and does not intersect segment AB. Through points A, B, C are drawn tangents
AM, BN, CK to circle ω. Prove that AM BC þ BN AC > CK AB.
Solutions
1.2.1. Let point X belong to a circle with center O1 and radius R1.
Let point Y belong to a circle with center O2 and radius R2.
For the broken line O1XYO2 we have that R1 þ XY þ R2 d.
Thus, it follows that XY d R1 R2.
1.2 Theorem on the Length of the Broken Line 27
NC ¼ ðac4Þ þd ¼ AC
2
2 , then AB þ BC þ AC 2OC.
See problem 1.1.14d.
1.2.5. (a) The proof follows straightforwardly from 1.2.5b for k ¼ 0.
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2
(b) Let us consider the points Ai 1 k4 ða1 þ ::: þ ai Þ; b1 þ ::: þ bi þ 2kða1 þ :::
þai ÞÞ, i ¼ 1, . . . , n.
Note that
vffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
u0sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi 12
u 2
u k 2
k
Ai Aiþ1 ¼ t@ 1 aiþ1 A þ biþ1 þ aiþ1
4 2
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
¼ a2iþ1 þ kaiþ1 biþ1 þ b2iþ1 , i ¼ 0, :::, n 1,
2 ,b ¼ 2 ,c ¼ 2 .
(c) Let a þ b þ c ¼ m, a b þ c ¼ n, a þ b c ¼ k, then a ¼ nþk mþk mþn
Therefore, if mn þ nk þ mk 0, then
28 1 Theorem on the Length of the Broken Line
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi !
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffi pffiffiffi pffiffiffi 1 pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi2
abcð a þ b þ cÞ ¼ ððn þ kÞmÞ2 þ ðn þ kÞ mn þ nk þ mk þ
4
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi2ffi
þ ððm þ kÞnÞ2 þ ðm þ kÞ mn þ nk þ mk
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi2
þ ððn þ mÞkÞ2 þ ðn þ mÞ mn þ nk þ mk
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1
4ðmn þ nk þ mkÞ2 þ 4ðm þ n þ kÞ2 ðmn þ nk þ mkÞ
4
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1
4ðmn þ nk þ mkÞ2 þ 12ðmn þ nk þ mkÞ2
4
¼ mn þ nk þ mk,
Figure 1.12
1.2 Theorem on the Length of the Broken Line 29
Let AA1, BB1, CC1 be the altitudes of triangle ABC. As BP BB1, then from
(1.16) we obtain that
Let the altitudes AA1, BB1, CC1 intersect at point H. Note that
2BB1 sin ∠B ¼ BB1 sin ∠B þ BB1 sin ∠B ¼ BB1 sin ∠B þ CC1 sin ∠C ¼¼ BH sin ∠B
þ CH sin ∠C þ B1 H sin ∠B þ C1 H sin ∠C ¼ A1 C1
þ A1 B1 þ þB1 H cos ∠C1 B1 H þ C1 H cos ∠B1 C1 H
¼ A1 C1 þ A1 B1 þ C1 B1 :
ð1:18Þ
MN þ NP þ MP > A1 C1 þ A1 B1 þ C1 B1 :
Figure 1.13
AM þ CM þ BM ¼ AM þ CM þ B1 M1 AM þ MM1 þ B1 M1 AB1
¼ AC þ CB:
AM þ BM þ CM
AM0 þ BM0 þ CM0 :
CB2
Indeed, according to problem 1.2.9a, we have that MCMB2
þ MBMB
B2 B
2
MCMB
BC
or
MB þ MC MB2. Therefore MA þ MB þ MC MA þ MB2 AB2 ¼ AM0 þ M0B2 ¼
AM0 þ BM0 þ CM0.
1.2.9. (а) Let us choose a point Bi on ray MAi, such that MBi ¼ MA
1
i
, i ¼ 1, . . . , n.
AA
Note that Bi Bj ¼ MAiiMA
j
j
.
Indeed, if rays MAi and MAj are not on the same line, we obtain that triangle
MAiAj is similar to triangle MBiBj.
BB
Hence, it follows that Aii Ajj ¼ MB
MAi ¼ MAi MAj .
i 1
AA
Therefore, Bi Bj ¼ MAiiMA
j
j
.
If rays MAi and MAj are on the same line, then
1 1 MA MA Ai Aj
Bi Bj ¼ MBi MBj ¼ ¼ i j
¼ :
MAi MAj MAi MA MAi MAj
1.2 Theorem on the Length of the Broken Line 31
Therefore, points M, A1, A2, A3 are on the same circle. In a similar way, one
obtains that points M, A2, A3, A4, ...,M, An 2, An 1, An are on the same circle. Then,
points M, A1, A2, . . . , An are on the same circle (in the given order).
1
(b) 1. We have that MAMB ¼ MBMC
1
þ MCMD
1
þ MDMA
1
ρðM;CDÞ
¼ ρðM;AB
ρðM;ABÞ
AB
Þ þ 1 is the smallest if ρ(M, AB) is the largest, i.e. M is the
midpoint of arc AB.
pffiffiffi
MAMB ctg 8 ¼ 3 þ 2 2.
Therefore, MCMD 2π
AM þ MB þ MN þ CN þ DN ME þ MN þ NF EF:
2 þ 2 þ 2 A1 C1 :
According to problem 1.2.12а, we have that AB BC CD
pffiffi
thus, p 2 3 3 p1 :
This ends the proof.
1.2.13. Points A, B are on the sides of a polygon and divide its perimeter to two equal
parts. Note that for any point C, belonging to any side of the polygon, we have that
OC OM þ MC ACþBC 2 a2, where O is the center of segment AB (Figure 1.14).
Thus, a circle with radius a2 and center O covers this polygon.
This ends the proof.
1.2.14. (a) Given a tetrahedron SA1A2 . . . An with a vertex S. Consider scanning its
lateral surface, making the “cross section” along the edge SA1 (see Figure 1.15).
Given that the sum of the planar angles at vertex S is equal to 180 . Then
∠A1SA10 ¼ 180 and 2SA1 < A1A2 þ A2A3 þ . . . þ An 1An þ AnA10 ¼ A1A2 þ A2A3
þ . . . þ An 1An þ AnA1.
(b) Let A be the intersection point of line A1S with a side of polygon A1A2 . . . A0n A1,
different from A1 (see the solution of problem 1.2.14а). Hence, if A 2 AkAk þ 1,
(An þ 1 A10 ), then A1A2 þ . . . þ AkA > A1S þ SA, SA þ AAk þ 1 þ . . .
þ AnA10 > SA10 .
Therefore, A1A2 þ . . . þ An 1An þ AnA1 > 2SA1.
1.2.15. Consider the layout of the side surface of the cube (Figures 1.16 and 1.17).
pffiffiffi
Note that AA0 ¼ 3 2 and
Figure 1.14
1.2 Theorem on the Length of the Broken Line 33
Figure 1.15
Figure 1.16
Figure 1.17
34 1 Theorem on the Length of the Broken Line
AB þ BC þ CD þ DE þ EF þ FA ¼ AB þ BC þ CD þ DE þ EF þ FA0 AA0
pffiffiffi
¼ 3 2:
AB þ BC þ CDq þffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
DE þ ffiEF þ FA ¼
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
¼ a1 þ a2 þ b21 þ b22 þ c21 þ c22 þ d21 þ d 22 þ e21 þ e22 þ f 21 þ f 22
2 2
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ða1 þ b1 þ c1 þ d1 þ e1 þ f 1 Þ2 þ ða2 þ b2 þ c2 þ d 2 þ e2 þ f 2 Þ2 ¼ m,
Figure 1.18
1.2 Theorem on the Length of the Broken Line 35
1.2.17. Lemma Let convex polygons B1B2 . . . Bp and C1C2 . . . Cm not have any
common interior points. Then, there exists a line l passing through one of the sides
of the polygons and separating these polygons.
Indeed, let us choose a point O inside of the polygon B1B2 . . . Bp, such that O is
not on lines BiCj. Let k be the smallest positive integer, such that the image of the
polygon B1B2 . . . Bp by homothety with the center Oand ratio k has a common point
with the polygon C1C2 . . . Cm.
Then, the following two cases are possible (Figure 1.19a, b).
In both cases the proof of the lemma is straightforward.
The proof of the problem follows from the lemma and problem 1.2.16.
1.2.18. (a) Let segment AB intersect circle ω, CD is tangent to the circle ω and CD||
AB (Figure 1.20a).
We have that AC þ AB þ BD > CP þ PD ¼
¼ AC þ AM þ BD þ BN. Therefore, AB > AM þ BN.
If segment AB does not intersect circle ω (Figure 1.20b), then
AB AC þ CD þ BD ¼ AC þ CP þ PD þ DB ¼ AC þ CM þ BD þ DN
¼ AM þ BN
Figure 1.19
36 1 Theorem on the Length of the Broken Line
Figure 1.20
Figure 1.21
1.2.19. Given two circles with radiuses R1, R2, such that the distance between their
centers is equal to d and d þ R1 < R2. Prove that R2 R1 d XY d þ R1 þ R2,
where X and Y are arbitrary points of these two circles.
1.2.20. Prove that in any quadrilateral there are at least two sides a and b, such that
1 ba < 1, 875.
1.2.21. Prove that any hexagonal cross section of a unit cube by a plane passing
pffiffi
through its center has an area not less than 3 4 2.
1.2 Theorem on the Length of the Broken Line 37
1.2.22. In a quadrilateral ABCD angles A and C are not less than 90 . Prove that the
perimeter of the inscribed quadrilateral in the quadrilateral ABCD is not less than
2AC (see problem 2.3.6).
1.2.23. (a) In a tetrahedron SABC all planar angles at vertex S are equal to 60 .
Prove that AB þ BC þ AC SA þ SB þ SC.
(b) In a convex hexagon ABCDEF any two of diagonals AD, BE and CF make
an angle of 60 . Prove that AB þ BC þ CD þ DE þ EF þ FA AD þ BE þ CF.
(c) Among all convex quadrilaterals with given diagonals and given angles between
them find the quadrilateral with the smallest perimeter.
Hint
(а) Let SA ¼ a, SB ¼ b, SC ¼ c; then
sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
a 2 pffiffi3ffi 2
b
2 pffiffiffi 2
3
AB þ BC þ AC ¼ b þ a þ c þ b
2 2 2 2
sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
c 2 pffiffi3ffi 2
þ a þ c ,
2 2
1.2.25. Prove that for any polyhedron there are three edges, from which you can
construct a triangle.
1.2.26. Given an infinite set of points S on a plane, such that in any 1
1 square
there are finitely many number of points of the set S. Prove that there are two
distinct points A and B from the set S, such that for any other point X belonging to
the set S it holds true min(XA; XB) 0, 999AB.
Hint Proceed the proof by contradiction argument.
1.2.27. Given a triangle ABC, such that ∠BAC 60 . Let M be the midpoint of side
BC and P be any point in plane ABC. Prove that PA þ PB þ PC 2AM.
Hint Let the rotation by the angle 60 and center A, point P moves to point P1 and
point C moves to point C1. Prove that PA þ PB þ PC ¼ PB þ PP1 þ P1C1
BC1 2AM.
1.2.28. On the sides of a unit square, as on hypotenuses, are externally constructed
right-angled triangles. Let A, B, C, D be the vertices of the right angles and O1, O2,
38 1 Theorem on the Length of the Broken Line
O3, O4 be the incenters of these triangles, respectively. Prove that the area of
quadrilateral:
(a) ABCD is not greater than 2.
(b) O1O2O3O4 is not greater than 1.
Hint
(a) Let M and N be the midpoints of the opposite sides of the square. Then
AC AM þ MN þ CN ¼ 2.
(b) Prove that if points O1, O2, O3, O4 are on a circle, circumscribed around the
pffiffiffi
square, then O1 O3 2.
where H is the length of the altitude of tetrahedron SABC, drawn from the vertex S.
Hint See problem 1.2.5а.
1.2.30. Let P be the projection of point M on a plane containing points A, B, C.
Prove that if from segments PA, PB, PC one can construct a triangle, then one can
construct a triangle from segments MA, MB, MC too.
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
Hint We have that MA þ MB ¼ AP2 þ MP2 þ BP2 þ MP2
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ðAP þ BPÞ2 þ 4MP2 (see problem 1.2.5a).
This chapter consists of four sections and is devoted to the projection method.
The projection method is one of the fundamental methods applied in order to deal
with geometric inequalities.
In this chapter we learn some techniques on how the projection method can be
applied and to prepare a background for the application of projection method: in
Section 2.1 we consider several problems and some properties of convex polygon
lying inside of another polygon, in Section 2.2 we consider some problems with a
sufficient condition for comparison of lengths of two broken lines on the plane; in
Section 2.3 we deal with the inscribed polygons with the least perimeter and in
Section 2.4 we consider problems that can be proved using these properties and the
projection method.
The main statement that we are going to use in order to apply the projection
method is the following: if A0 B0 is the orthogonal projection of segment AB onto a
line l or onto a plane α, then AB A0 B0 .
In Section 2.1 selected problems are those that deal with geometric inequalities
related to two figures, such that one of them is inside of the other one. In this
section, problems 2.1.1 and 2.1.10 are used as the main techniques of proofs.
In Section 2.2 is provided a sufficiency condition of comparing the sum of the
length of the segments belonging to two sets of segments on the plane. This
beautiful condition is given in problem 2.2.18. Moreover, the following problems
demonstrate the application of this condition.
In Section 2.3 are given the solutions, for the triangle and quadrilateral, of the
following problem: given a convex n-gon A1A2 . . . An. Inscribe to A1A2 . . . An a
polygon B1B2 . . . Bn, such that B1B2 . . . Bn has the least perimeter (in Section 4.1
are provided some generalizations of this problem, see problem 4.1.18).
The last section of this chapter (Section 2.4) is devoted to the application of
projection method in different problems.
Some problems in this chapter were inspired by [4, 8, 9, 12, 13,
15]. Nevertheless, even for these problems the authors have mostly provided their
own solutions.
2.1.1. Prove that, if a convex polygon lays inside of other polygon, then the
perimeter of an internal polygon is less than the perimeter of the external polygon.
2.1.2. Prove that, if the sum of the plane angles at the top of a pyramid is greater than
180 , then each lateral edge of a pyramid is smaller than the half-perimeter of its base.
2.1.3. Consider a convex quadrilateral with sides a , b , c , d laying inside of a unit
1 1 1 1
square. Prove that þ þ þ > 4.
a b c d
2.1.4. Prove that, if a regular hexagon with side length b lays inside of an equilateral
a
triangle with side length a, then b < .
3
2.1.5. Prove that, if a rectangle is covered by a right-angled triangle, so that its
smaller side is on a hypotenuse, then it is possible to cover this rectangle by the
same right-angled triangle, such that its two sides are situated on the legs.
2.1.6. (a) Let S1 and S2 be squares with sides a and b such that they are inside of a
unit square. Given that they have no common points. Prove that a þ b < 1.
(b) Given that regular n-gons with sides b and c are located inside of a regular n-gon
with side a and have no common points. Prove that b þ c < a.
2.1.7. If a regular polygon B1B2 . . . Bn is inscribed into polygon A1A2 . . . An
(B1 2 A1A2, B2 2 A2A3, . . ., Bn 2 AnA1), where ∠A1 ¼ ∠A2 ¼ . . . ¼ ∠An, then
A1A2 . . . An is also a regular polygon and one can place in polygon B1B2A3 . . .
AnA1 a polygon equal to B1B2 . . . Bn, so that its sides are parallel to the sides of
polygon A1A2 . . . An.
2.1.8. Let two non-intersecting triangles with altitudes h1 , h2 , h3 and h01 , h02 , h03 lay
pffiffiffi
inside of a unit square. Prove that 2 minðh1 ; h2 ; h3 Þ þ min h01 ; h02 ; h03 .
2.1.9. (a) Prove that, if a regular 2n -gon with a side length a2 lays inside of a regular
2n-gon with a side length a and center O, then it covers point O.
(b) A regular n-gon with a side length b is inside of a regular n-gon with a side
a
length a and does not contain its circumcenter. Prove that b < π .
2cos 2 2n
2.1.10. Let a convex polygon M is inside of triangle ABC. Prove that polygon M can
be covered by triangle ABC, so that one of the sides of polygon M lays on one of the
sides of the triangle.
2.1.11. Consider two triangles, such that one triangle has sides a, b, c, the other has
sides a0 , b0 , c0 . Which relations between numbers a, b, c and a0 , b0 , c0 are necessary
and sufficient in order the first triangle to be covered by the second one?
2.1.12. Prove that, if triangle A1B1C1 is covered by a triangle ABC, then
(a) A1 B1 þ B1 C1 þ A1 C1 maxðA1 B1 ; B1 C1 ; A1 C1 Þ
AB þ BC þ AC maxðAB; BC; ACÞ,
2.1 Convex Polygon Lying Inside of Another Polygon 41
Solutions
2.1.1. Let us construct on the sides of the internal polygon, outside of it, half-strips,
with parallel edges perpendicular to corresponding sides of the polygon (Figure 2.1).
It is clear, that the perimeter of the internal polygon does not exceed that part of
the perimeter of the external polygon which is inside of these strips.
Hence, the perimeter of the internal polygon is less than the perimeter of the
external polygon.
2.1.2. Given a pyramid SA1A2 . . . An with a vertex S. Consider the layout of its
lateral surface making the cut along the edge SA1 (Figure 2.2).
Figure 2.1
42 2 Application of Projection Method
Аn
A1
S
A2
A3
Figure 2.3 K
N B C
M A D L
Since according to the statement of the problem, the sum of the plane angles at the
vertex S is greater than 180 , then triangle SA1 A01 lays inside of polygon A1 A2 :::An A01 .
According to problem 2.1.1 2SA1 þ A1 A01 < A1 A2 þ A2 A3 þ :::þ An A01 þ A1 A01 .
2.1.3. According to problem 2.1.1, we have that a þ b þ c þ d < 4. If
a þ bþ 1c þ d1 4, then by summing up these two inequalities, we deduce that
1 1
a þ 1a þ b þ 1b þ c þ 1c þ d þ d1 < 8. This leads to a contradiction, as
x þ 1x 2 (x > 0). Therefore, 1a þ 1b þ 1c þ d1 > 4.
2.1.4. It is sufficient to notice that the radius of the circle inscribed into a hexagon is
less than the radius of the circle inscribed into the triangle.
2.1.5. Without loss of generality we can assume that rectangle is inscribed in a
right-angled triangle (Figure 2.3).
Since AB AD, then we have that MN BC > KC. Thus, it follows that
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
NC ¼ MC2 MN 2 < MC2 KC2 ¼ MK, where MNBA is a rectangle, such
that triangle NCF can be placed inside of a triangle MKL similar to it.
2.1.6. (a) At first, let us prove the following lemma.
Lemma If a square PQRS with a side length a is inscribed in a rectangle ABCD
(Figure 2.4), then ABCD is also a square and the square with a side a can be placed
inside of pentagon ABQRD, such that the sides of the square would be parallel to
AB and AD.
2.1 Convex Polygon Lying Inside of Another Polygon 43
Figure 2.4 B Q C
P1 Q1
Q2
P P2
R2 R
S2
S1 R1
A S D
Figure 2.5
a b
Indeed, consider the rotation of square PQRS around point O by an angle 90 .
Then point R will turn into point Q, hence line CD will turn into a line BC.
Consequently, point O is equidistant from sides CD and BC. Similarly, we obtain
that point O is equidistant from sides AB and BC, AD and AB. From above it follows
that ABCD is a square with center O.
Consider a square P1Q1R1S1 with center O, such that its sides are parallel to AB,
AD, and P1Q1 ¼ PQ (Figure 2.4).
!
Perform a translation by a vector Q1 Q2 . Therefore, square P1Q1R1S1 turns into a
square P0 Q0 R0 S0 that is inside of pentagon ABQRD, as one can easily prove that
Q1Q2 ¼ PP2 ¼ SS2. This ends the proof of the lemma.
Using the lemma, we can place the square with a side a inside of a unit square, so
that their sides are parallel and again the square with a side a would not have
common points with a square with a side b (Figure 2.5).
Using the lemma once again, we obtain that the sides of the squares with sides
a and b, which do not have common points, are parallel to the sides of the unit
square. It is not difficult to prove that a þ b < 1.
(b) Let a regular n-gon B1B2 . . . Bn with a side b is inside of a regular n-gon with a
side length a. Let us draw lines passing through the vertices of B1B2 . . . Bn and
parallel to the sides of the n-gon with side a (Figure 2.6).
44 2 Application of Projection Method
Figure 2.6
а
c B2
B3
A2
B1
b
A1 Bn An
Figure 2.7
l
Πc
c
dc
db b
Πb Πa
Figure 2.8 А3
B3¢
B2 B3
A2 B2¢
O
B1
B1¢
A1 Bn An
Figure 2.9
P1
l
P2
d1
d2 P
Note that OB1 ¼ OB2 ¼ . . . ¼ OBn, or in the other words, O is the center of
regular n-gon B1B2 . . . Bn. Choose points B01 , B02 , :::, B0n on segments OA1,
OA2, . . . , OAn correspondingly, so that OB0 1 ¼ OB0 2 ¼ ¼ OB0 n ¼ OB1. Since
points B1, B2, . . . , Bn, B01 , B02 , :::, B0n lay on the same circumference, then from the
condition B1 B2 ¼ B02 B03 it follows that B1 B02 B2 B03 is an equilateral trapezoid.
Consequently, ρ B02 ; B1 B2 ¼ ρ B2 ; B02 B03 . Similarly, one can prove that
ρ B1 ; B01 B02 ¼ ρ B02 ; B1 B2 ¼ ρ B2 ; B02 B03 ¼ ¼ ρ Bn ; B0n B01 ¼ ρ B01 ; Bn B1 .
!
Let B02 M⊥B1 B2 and M 2 B1B2, then at translation by a vector B02 M the image of
the regular n-gon B01 B02 :::B0n will be in a polygon B1B2A3 . . . AnA1.
2.1.8. Let straight line l contains one of the sides of the given triangles and separates
these triangles (Figure 2.9).
Consider bands Π1, Π2, Π containing these triangles and the square with minimal
widths d1, d2, and d, their boundaries being parallel to line l. It is clear that
pffiffiffi
d d1 þ d2. Since 2 d and d1 min (h1, h2, h3), d2 min h01 ; h02 ; h03 , then
pffiffiffi
2 minðh1 ; h2 ; h3 Þ þ min h01 ; h02 ; h03 .
46 2 Application of Projection Method
Figure 2.10
2.1.9. (a) Suppose that the polygon with a side a2 does not contain point O, then the
polygon symmetric to the given polygon with respect to point O is also inside of the
polygon with a side a. Then, according to problem 2.1.6(b), a2 þ a2 < a. This leads to
a contradiction.
(b) At first, let us prove that the circumcircle of the regular n-gon with side b does
not have points outside of the circumcircle of the regular n-gon with side a.
Indeed, assume that these circles intersect. Let us choose point M on the larger
circle, such that it is not a vertex of the regular n-gon with a side a and is inside
of the smaller circle (Figure 2.10).
Let given regular n-gons be A1A2 . . . An (A1A2 ¼ a) and B1B2 . . . Bn. Assume that
point M is on the smaller arc A1A2.
We have that ∠A1 MA2 ¼ πðn1 n
Þ
and that polygon A1A2 . . . An is inside of angle
∠A1MA2.
Consequently, polygon B1B2 . . . Bn also is inside of that angle.
Hence, ∠A1 MA2 > max ∠Bi MBj > π ðn1 Þ
n . This leads to a contradiction.
i, j
Let us denote the radiuses of these circles by Ra and Rb and their centers by
O and O1. From aforesaid, it follows that Ra Rb þ OO1, and since point O is not
inside of polygon B1B2 . . . Bn, then OO1 > rb, where rb is the radius of the circle
inscribed in B1B2 . . . Bn.
a b a
Thus, Ra > Rb þ rb, or > . We deduce that b < π.
2 sin πn π b 2cos 2 2n
2 sin þ
n 2tg π
n
2.1.10. It is enough to prove the problem for triangle A1B1C1 (Figure 2.11a, b),
where A1B1 k AB, B1C1 k BC, A1C1 k AC.
Consider the following two cases: Figure 2.11a, b.
Let us consider first the case of Figure 2.11a. Perform a rotation around vertex C2
by some angle, so that one of the sides with vertices C2, B2, A2 of polygon
M becomes for the first time parallel to lines A1B1, A1C1, or B1C1, respectively.
Let u 2 [u1, u2], u1 and u2 being the values of u for aforesaid rotations (in positive
and negative directions). Let us denote by Mu the image obtained by a rotation of
2.1 Convex Polygon Lying Inside of Another Polygon 47
Figure 2.11 B
B1
C2 A2
u nf(u) j-u
mf(u) Mu
a g
A1 B2 C1
A C
a
B
B1
u
mf(u)
Mu
a g
A1 B2 C1
A C
b
where a, φ, and φ1 are constants. Since, in case u 2 [u1, u2] f(u) > 0, or equivalently,
sin(u þ φ1) > 0, then on segment [u1, u2], function sin(u þ φ1) accepts its minimal
value at point u1 or u2. Hence, on segment [u1, u2], function f(u) accepts its
minimal value at points u1 or u2.
The proof is similar for the case of Figure 2.11b. This ends the proof.
48 2 Application of Projection Method
a' b'
a b
c
B' c' A'
C'
a' b'
ha'
a b
c
B' c' A'
Π a'
Figure 2.13
2.1.11. According to problem 2.1.10, if the first triangle is covered by the second
triangle, then one can assume that one of the sides of the first triangle lays on the
side of the second triangle. Let us find necessary and sufficient conditions for the
first triangle to be covered by the second one in a way shown in Figure 2.12.
Let ha0 , hb0 , hc0 be the altitudes of the triangle with sides a0 , b0 , c0 drawn to the
sides a0 , b0 , c0 , correspondingly, and Πa0 , Πb0 , Πc0 be the projections of the first
triangle on the straight lines, containing heights ha0 , hb0 , hc0 (Figure 2.13).
Let us prove that, or order that, one can place the triangle with sides a, b, c inside
of the triangle with sides a0 , b0 , c0 in a way shown in Figure 2.12, it is necessary and
sufficient that conditions
hold true.
The necessity of the conditions ha0 Πa0 follows from the fact that the triangle
0 0 0 0 0
sides a, b, c is inside of a band with boundaries B C and l1 , where A 2 l1 ,
with
0 0 0
l1 B C , (see Figure 2.12). Similarly, one can prove the necessity of conditions
hb0 Πb0 and hc0 Πc0 .
2.1 Convex Polygon Lying Inside of Another Polygon 49
C'
a'
a
b b'
β' β α α'
B' B A A'
Figure 2.14
Figure 2.15
C
d j l
E F
l1
Now, if condition (2.1) is satisfied, then it is clear that c c0 , otherwise Πa0 > ha0 .
Let us consider Figure 2.14.
!
If the parallel displacement of point C by a vector BB0 has moved it in the shaded
half-band, then it means that hb0 < Πb0 . This leads to a contradiction. This means
that, if condition (2.1) is satisfied, then the first triangle can be placed inside of the
second one.
Note that, if point C and straight line l (Figure 2.15) are given, then the
projection of segment CE (E 2 l ) on line l1 is equal to CE| cos (φ δ)|.
Thus, we obtain that Πc0 ¼ hc , Πb0 ¼ 12 ða j sin ðα0 þ βÞj þ b j sin ðα α0 Þjþ
c sin α0 Þ, Πa0 ¼ 12 ða j sin ðβ0 βÞj þ b j sin ðβ0 þ αÞj þ c sin β0 Þ (see the proof of
problem 2.2.1a). Then, condition (2.1) can be rewritten as:
1
hc0 hc , hb0 ða j sin ðα0 þ βÞj þ b j sin ðα α0 Þj þ c sin α0 Þ,
2 ð2:2Þ
1
ha ða j sin ðβ0 βÞj þ b j sin ðβ0 þ αÞj þ c sin β0 Þ:
0
2
It is clear that for condition (2.2) one needs only the values of a, b, c, a0 , b0 , c0 .
Note that, for two triangles 18 variants of dispositions (similar to Figure 2.12)
are possible and for the first triangle to be covered by the second triangle, it is
50 2 Application of Projection Method
necessary and sufficient that condition (2.2) is satisfied at least for one of these
18 variants.
2.1.12. We have to prove that f(A1B1C1) f(ABC), if ΔABC covers ΔA1B1C1,
where f(ABC) 2 R and that f(ABC) ¼ f(MNK), if ΔABC ¼ ΔMNK. According to
problem 2.1.10, one can assume that one of the sides of triangle A1B1C1 lays on
one of the sides of triangle ABC. Without loss of generality, we can assume that two
sides of triangle A1B1C1 lay on two sides of triangle ABC, one of the two sides of
triangle A1B1C1 coincides with one of the sides of triangle ABC.
Indeed, in the case of Figure 2.16a, we have that
Therefore, f(A1B1C1) f(ABC), while in the case of Figure 2.16b, we have that
f(A1B1C1) f(A1B1B2) f(A1BB2) f(A1BC) f(ABC). Thus, it follows that
f(A1B1C1) f(ABC).
(a) Let triangles A1B1C1 and ABC are as it is shown in Figure 2.17.
Figure 2.16 C C
A2 B2
C1
C1
B B1 A1 AB B1 A1 A
a) б)
Figure 2.17 Cº C1
g1
g
b=b1 a1 a
a=a1 b1 b
Aº A1 c1 B1 B
c
2.1 Convex Polygon Lying Inside of Another Polygon 51
Let us consider the following three cases: max(α1, β1, γ 1) ¼ γ 1, max(α1, β1, γ 1) ¼ α1,
and max(α1, β1, γ 1) ¼ β1.
I. If max(α1, β1, γ 1) ¼ γ 1. Therefore, max(α, β, γ) ¼ γ. Note that ∠CB1B ¼
180 β1 > 90 , which means that a > a1. Hence, a þ b ¼ a þ b1 > a1 þ b1.
II. If max(α1, β1, γ 1) ¼ α1, then α ¼ α1 β1 > β. Consequently, max(α, β, γ) ¼ α
or max(α, β, γ) ¼ γ.
If max(α, β, γ) ¼ α, then b þ c ¼ c þ b1 > b1 þ c1.
If max(α, β, γ) ¼ γ, then γ α ¼ α1 γ 1. Therefore, ∠CB1B ¼ 180 β1 >
90 . Consequently, a > a1, this means that a þ b ¼ a þ b1 >
a1 þ b 1 b 1 þ c 1.
III. Let max(α1, β1, γ 1) ¼ β1. Consider the following three cases:
1. max(α, β, γ) ¼ β, then a þ c ¼ a þ BB1 þ c1 > a1 þ c1.
2. max(α, β, γ) ¼ α, then β1 α1. Consequently b1 a1, hence b þ c ¼
b1 þ c a 1 þ c > a 1 þ c 1.
3. max(α, β, γ) ¼ γ. In this case, let us notice that if point E moves from
point B1 to point B along segment B1B, then the value of
∠AEC ∠ACE decreases from β1 γ 1 (β1 γ 1 0) to the value of
β γ (β γ 0). Consequently, on segment B1B exists such point
E that ∠AEC ¼ ∠ACE. Then a1 þ c1 AE þ CE ¼ AC þ CE ¼
b þ CE a þ b. Consequently, a1 þ c1 a þ b (∠CEB > 90 , if point
E does not coincide with point B).
This ends the proof of (a).
(b) In order to end the proof, note that if max(α, β, γ) 120 , then T(ABC) ¼
AB þ BC þ AC max (AB, BC, AC) (see problem 1.2.8) and if max(α, β, γ) <
120 , then T(ABC) ¼ BB0 (Figure 2.18).
Indeed, since max(α, β, γ) < 120 , then quadrilateral ABCB0 is convex and point
B is outside of the circumcircle of the equilateral triangle ACB0 . Let point М0 be such
Figure 2.18 B
M0
M
A 600 C
0 0
60 60
M¢
B¢
52 2 Application of Projection Method
that AМ0 ¼ AM and ∠MAM0 ¼ 60 (Figure 2.18). Then ΔAMC ¼ ΔAM0 B0 and conse-
quently, AM þ BM þ CM ¼ MM0 þ BM þ M0 B0 BB0 ¼ BM0 þ M0B0 ¼ BM0 þ
AM0 þ CM0. This means that T(ABC) ¼ BB0 . Note that T(ABC) ¼ BM0 þ AM0 þ
CM0 > BM0 þ AM0 > AB and T(ABC) ¼ BB0 < AB þ AB0 ¼ AB þ AC. Similarly, one
can prove that T(ABC) > BC, T(ABC) > AC, T(ABC) < BC þ AC, T(ABC) <
AB þ BC.
Without loss of generality, we can assume that side A1C1 is on side AC.
Consider the following cases:
I. If max(α, β, γ) < 120 , max(α1, β1, γ 1) < 120 , then convex quadrilateral
A1B1C1B10 has a diameter T(A1B1C1) and is located inside of convex quadri-
lateral ABCB0 with a diameter T(ABC). Hence T(A1B1C1) T(ABC).
II. If max(α, β, γ) 120 , max(α1, β1, γ 1) < 120 , then according to problem
2.1.12a, we have that
Figure 2.19
h1
2.1 Convex Polygon Lying Inside of Another Polygon 53
Figure 2.20 B
B
B1
B1
A≡A1 C1 C A A1 C≡C1
a b
Figure 2.21 B
B1
A C
Figure 2.22 C
C1
A A1 H M B1 B
Now, let AB1 > AC, then ∠AB1C < ∠ACB1. Consequently, ∠BB1 C > π2.
If ∠AB1A1 ∠BCB1, then the proof of the problem is obtained by rotating
triangle A1B1C around point C by angle ∠AB1A1.
Let AB1 > AC and ∠AB1A1 > ∠BCB1, then ∠AB1C1 < ∠ABC. Since
B1C < BC, A1B1 < AB, ∠AB1C1 < ∠ABC, then if triangle A1B1C1 is placed in
such a way that points B1 and B coincide, while point A1 is on side AB, then vertex
C1 of triangle A1B1C1 is inside of triangle ABC. This ends the proof.
Remark If ABC is an acute triangle, then the statement of the problem is wrong
(see the example in Figure 2.21).
2.1.15. According to problem 2.1.10, one can assume that points A1 and B1 lay on
segment AB (Figure 2.22).
54 2 Application of Projection Method
Note that ∠AC1 B ∠ACB π2. Therefore, if M is the midpoint of segment AB,
pffiffiffi
then AB 2C1 M 2C1 H ¼ 3A1 B1 .
Remark Similarly, one can prove that, if the triangle with altitudes h1, h2, h3 is
inside of non-acute triangle ABC, then the inequality max(AB, BC, AC) 2 min (h1,
h2, h3) holds true.
Another proof of the problem can be obtained by using problem 2.1.13.
2.1.16. (Solution of M.D. Kovalev.) First we need to prove that the side of an
equilateral triangle, containing ΔDEF, is not less than p2ffiffi3 cos 10 . According to
problem 2.1.10, it is sufficient to consider the following two cases (see Figure 2.23).
pffiffi
In case (a), we have that 23 a cos 10 . Consequently, a p2ffiffi3 cos 10 .
In case (b), we have that a D1 E ¼ sin 100
sin 60
¼ p2ffiffi3 cos 10 , where ∠FD1E ¼ 60 .
Consider now the minimal equilateral triangle X1Y1Z1 with sides parallel to the
sides of triangle XYZ, which contains triangles XYZ and DEF (Figure 2.24).
a E a a a
1
F
200
D F D1 D E
a b
Figure 2.23
Y1 Y1 Y1
Y x Y y
a x a a
Y
х
X Z X Z
y z
XºX1 Z Z1 X1 Z1 X1 Z1
a b c
Figure 2.24
2.1 Convex Polygon Lying Inside of Another Polygon 55
The area of a convex figure containing ΔXYZ and ΔDEF is not less than:
pffiffiffi pffiffiffi pffiffiffi
3 1 3 3
in case (a): þ x¼ þ ða 1Þ,
4 2 4 4
pffiffiffi pffiffiffi pffiffiffi
3 xþy 3 3
in case (b): þ ¼ þ ða 1Þ,
4 2 4 4
pffiffiffi pffiffiffi pffiffiffi
3 xþyþz 3 3
in case (c): þ ¼ þ ða 1Þ.
4 2 4 4
pffiffi
It remains to note that 43 a 12 cos 10 .
Remark Among all convex figures covering any triangle with the sides not exceed-
ing 1, the least area has a triangle ABC, such that ∠A ¼ 60 , AB ¼ 1, and the altitude
drawn to AB is equal to cos10 . The area of that triangle is equal to 12 cos 10 .
2.1.17. Let sides AB and BC of rectangle ABCD be equal to 1 and 2 respectively,
and squares with sides a, b, c are not mutually intersecting and lay inside of
rectangle ABCD.
Note that, for each side of a rectangle one can find a “good” square, such that,
while moving it in a direction perpendicular to the given side, it does not intersect
with the other squares before intersecting with that side. According to the
Dirichlet’s principle there is a “good” square simultaneously for two sides of the
rectangle. If these are opposite sides, then this ends the proof (see Figure 2.25). In
the case of Figure 2.25a, we have that a x þ y ¼ MN and b ND. Consequently,
a þ b CD ¼ 1. We have that c 1. Thus, a þ b þ c 2.
In the case of Figure 2.25b, according to problem 2.1.6a, we have that
b þ c 2 MN, a MN. Therefore, a þ b þ c 2 MN þ MN ¼ 2.
If these sides are adjacent, then it is possible to assume that the “good” square is
located on one of these sides (see the proof of problem 2.1.6a). By repeating these
reasonings for the new squares we eventually find that one of these squares lies in
one of the corners of the rectangle (see Figure 2.26).
B C B C
x М
y b
2-MN
x N
b c b
A D A M N D
2-MN
a b
Figure 2.25
56 2 Application of Projection Method
Figure 2.26 B P C
A Q D
b a b a c b a
c
c
a b c
Figure 2.27
b x y
c y
c x
а c b
d
a
a
a b
Figure 2.28
If the projections of any two squares on side CD do not intersect, then as it has
been proven above, a þ b þ c 2. Otherwise, there exists a straight line parallel to
AD crossing all three squares. If none of the squares with sides b and c crosses
segment PQ (see Figure 2.26), then as we have already proven, a þ b þ c 2. Thus,
possible positions of the squares are presented in fig 2.27.
From the proof of problem 2.1.6a, it follows that instead of Figure 2.27 one can
consider the variants presented in Figure 2.28. In the case of Figure 2.28a, we have
that a þ b þ c a þ b þ d 2 and, in the case of Figure 2.28b, we have that a þ b þ
c a þ x þ y þ c ¼ (a þ x) þ (c þ y) 1 þ 1 ¼ 2.
2.1.18. At first, note that if point B is on side AD of triangle ACD, then rABC rADC
(by rXYZ we denote the radius of the incircle of triangle XYZ).
Indeed, let O and O1 be the centers of the incircles of triangles ABC and ADC,
respectively. Since, these points belong to bisector AA1 of triangle ADC, then
∠ACO ¼ 12 ∠ACB 12 ∠ACD ¼ ∠ACO1 . Therefore, AO AO1. Let E, E1 2 AC
and OE ⊥ AC, O1E1 ⊥ AC. Then, ΔAOE ΔAO1E1, thus rrADC ABC
¼ AO
AO
1
1.
2.1 Convex Polygon Lying Inside of Another Polygon 57
Let triangle ABC is covered by a unit square 1, and vertex B does not belong to
any of the sides of the square. Then, if ray AB intersects one of the sides of the
square at point D, we have that rABC rADC.
From the aforesaid, it follows that, it is sufficient to prove the inequality
pffiffi
r 541, for triangle ABC, such that all of its vertices are on the sides of the square.
Let the vertices of the triangle are on the sides of square MNPQ and MN ¼ 1.
Consider the following cases:
(a) A, B 2 MN, C 2 PN, with B being on segment AN.
pffiffi pffiffi pffiffi
Since r ¼ r ABC r ACN r APN r MPN ¼ 1 22 < 541, then r < 541.
(b) A, B 2 MN, C 2 PQ with B being on segment AN. Let C0 be the midpoint of the
segment PQ, then
pffiffiffi
1 1 51
r ¼ rABC rACN rMCN ¼ ¼ r MCN0 ¼ :
MC þ CN þ 1 MC0 þ C0 N þ 1 4
Note that
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1 þ x2 þ 1 þ y2 þ ð1 xÞ2 þ ð1 yÞ2
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffipffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2 2
1 þ x 1 þ y þ ð1 x Þ þ ð1 y Þ
2 2
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
¼ 1 þ x2 1 1 þ y2 1 þ 1
x2 y2
¼ 1 pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi 1 x y,
1 þ x2 þ 1 1 þ y2 þ 1
therefore
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffipffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1 þ x2 þ 1 þ y 2 þ ð1 x Þ2 þ ð1 y Þ2 1 þ x 2 1 þ y 2
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
þ ð1 xÞ2 þ ð1 yÞ2 þ 1 xy
pffiffiffi
1 þ 5 ð1 xyÞ:
2.1.19. Let a triangle with sides a1, b1, c1 be inside of the triangle with sides a, b, c.
Is it true that a21 þ b21 þ c21 a2 þ b2 þ c2 ?
2.1.20. Given points A1, B1, and C1 on sides BC, CA, AB of triangle ABC, respec-
tively, such that ∠AB1C1 þ ∠BC1A1 þ ∠CA1B1 ¼ 180 . Prove that triangle
A1B1C1 can be placed inside of one of the triangles AB1C1, BC1A1, CA1B1.
2.1.21. Given a point O inside of triangle ABC and points A1, B1, C1 on sides BC,
CA, AB, respectively, such that OB1 ⊥ AC, OA1 ⊥ BC, OC1 ⊥ AB.
Prove that triangle A1B1C1 can be placed inside of one of triangles AB1C1,
BC1A1, CA1B1.
2.1.22. Let a convex n-gon be inside of a unit square. Prove that one can find three
vertices A, B, C of this n-gon, so that the area of triangle ABC does not exceed
(a) 12, for n ¼ 3, 4, (b) 14, for n ¼ 5, (c) 18, for n ¼ 6, (d)n82 , for n 7.
2.1.23. Let a convex quadrilateral with the sum of the lengths of the diagonals equal
to d0 be inside of a convex quadrilateral with the sum of the lengths of the diagonals
equal to d. Prove that d0 < 2d.
2.1.24. Let a convex polygon with area S2 and perimeter P2 be inside of the convex
polygon with area S1 and perimeter P1. Prove that 2PS11 > PS22 .
2.1.25. Let a convex quadrilateral with the sum of the lengths of the pairwise
distances of its vertices (i.e., the sum of all its sides and diagonals) equal to S2 be
inside of a convex quadrilateral with the same sum equal to S1. Prove that S2 < 4S31 .
2.2 Sufficient Conditions for Comparison of Lengths of Two Broken Lines on the Plane 59
2.1.26. Is it possible to place inside of a unit square two regular triangles with sides
qffiffi
greater than 23, so that they do not intersect?
2.1.27. Prove that a regular n-gon with a side a can be placed inside of a regular
n þ 1-gon with a side a.
2.1.28. Let a parallelogram with altitudes h1 and h2 be inscribed in a convex
quadrilateral ABCD. Prove that quadrilateral ABCD can be placed inside of a
rectangle with one of the sides equal to h1 þ h2.
2.1.29. (a) Prove that, if a convex polygon lays inside of a circle, then the perimeter
of the polygon is less than the circumference of the circle.
(b) Prove that, if a circle lays inside of a convex polygon, then the circumference of
the circle is less than the perimeter of the polygon.
Hint Inscribe regular polygons in the circle.
2.1.30. Let O be a given point in triangle ABC with the lengths of sides AB ¼ c,
BC ¼ a, CA ¼ b, a b c. Prove that there exists a vertex of the triangle, such that
the distance from point O does not exceed pbffiffi2.
Hint Consider cases when the point is either in triangle ADC or in ABD, where
AD ⊥ BC(D 2 BC).
2.2.1. (a) Given on a plane two sets of segments A1B1, . . . , AnBn and C1D1, . . . ,
CmDm, the sum of lengths of projections of the segments of the first set on any
straight line of this plane is greater than the sum of the lengths of projections of the
segments of the second set on the same straight line. Prove that the sum of the
lengths of the segments of the first set is greater than the sum of the lengths of the
segments of the second set.
(b) Given on a plane two sets of segments A1B1, . . . , AnBn and C1D1, . . . , CmDm.
Let l1, . . . , ln be a straight line on that plane, such that AiBi ⊥ li, i ¼ 1, . . . , n.
Given that for any i (i ¼ 1, . . . , n) the sum of the lengths of projections of the
segments of the first set on any straight line li is greater than the sum of the
lengths of projections of the segments of the second set on the same straight
line. Prove that the sum of lengths of segments of the first set is greater than the
sum of lengths of the segments of the second set.
(c) Given on a plane two sets of segments A1B1, . . . , AnBn and C1D1, . . . , CmDm.
Let l1, . . . , ln be such straight line on that plane that AiBi ⊥ li, i ¼ 1, . . . , n. It is
known that for any value of i (i ¼ 1, . . . , n) the sum of the lengths of pro-
jections of the segments of the first set on any straight line li is greater than the
60 2 Application of Projection Method
sum of the lengths of projections of the segments of the second set on the same
straight line. Prove that the sum of the lengths of the segments of the first set on
any line on the plane is greater than the sum of the lengths of the segments of
the second set on the same line.
2.2.2. Prove that for points A, B, C, D, E on a plane the following inequality
AB þ CD þ DE þ EC AC þ AD þ AE þ BC þ BD þ BE holds true.
2.2.3. Four points on the straight line are denoted by letters A, B, C, D. Prove that
AE þ ED þ |AB CD| > BE þ CE holds true for any point E outside that line.
2.2.4. Given on a plane vectors ~ a, ~ c, ~
b,~ d, whose sum is equal to ~ 0. Prove that
~
a þ ~
b þ ~
c þ ~
d ~ d þ ~
a þ~ b þ~d þ ~ d .
c þ~
2.2.5. Given on a plane two arbitrary triangles ABC and A1B1C1. Prove that
2.2.6. Given on a plane several segments, whose sum of lengths is equal to π. Prove
that it is possible to choose a straight line, so that the sum of lengths of projections
of the segments on this straight line is (a) less than 2, (b) more than 2.
2.2.7. Given on a plane several vectors, whose sum of lengths is equal to π. Prove
that it is possible to choose several of these vectors, so that the length of their sum is
greater than 1.
Solutions
2.2.1. (a) Given on a plane a segment AB and a straight line l. Consider projection of
segment AB on line l and denote by l(AB) the length of that projection.
If AB ⊥ l, then l(AB) ¼ 0. Similarly, for polygon ϕ denote by l(ϕ) the length of
the projection of polygon ϕ on line l.
It is not difficult to prove that, if point C belongs to segment AB, then l(AB) ¼ l
(AC) þ l(CB). On the other hand, if polygon A1A2 . . . An is convex, then l(A1A2) þ l
(A2A3) þ . . . þ l(An 1An) þ l(AnA1) ¼ 2l(A1A2 ... An) and if segments AB and CD
are either on the same line or on the parallel lines, then
CD l(AB) ¼ AB l(CD).
(b) Let us first prove the following lemma.
Lemma If on a plane are given such segments M1N1, M2N2, . . . , MpNp ( p 2),
that no two of them are on the same or parallel lines, then there exists a convex and
M N M N
centrally symmetric polygon with sides M12N1 , M22N2 , :::, p2 p , M12N 1 , M22N2 , :::, p2 p ,
so that the sides with length M2i Ni are parallel to segments MiNi, for any 1 i p.
We proceed the proof by mathematical induction.
2.2 Sufficient Conditions for Comparison of Lengths of Two Broken Lines on the Plane 61
Figure 2.29 M2 N2
N1
M1
Figure 2.30 d d’
fk Nk+1
fk ¢ A¢
О
A fk ¢¢
Mk+1
Figure 2.31
Figure 2.32 fA
M¢ Bi
M O
Ai
li
E F
segment with length AiBi þ AjBj (parallel to segment AiBi). So, one obtains that
segments A1B1, . . . , AnBn satisfy to the conditions of the lemma.
Let ϕA be a convex polygon with a center of symmetry at point O, with the sides
parallel to segments A1B1, . . . , AnBn and equal to A12B1 , :::, An2Bn , A12B1 , :::, An2Bn .
The polygon (or segment) ϕC, for segments C1D1, . . . , CmDm with the same
symmetry center, is defined similarly.
Let us prove that polygon ϕC is inside of polygon ϕA. Otherwise, there exists
such a point M 2 ϕC, as it is shown in Figure 2.32.
Let M0 be the symmetric point to point M with respect to point O.
We have that
Remark
1. Similarly, one can prove that if among segments A1B1, . . . , AnBn there are two
located on non-parallel (crossing) lines and li(A1B1) þ . . . þ li(AnBn)
li(C1D1) þ . . . þ li(CmDm), i ¼ 1, . . . , n, then A1B1 þ . . . þ
AnBn C1D1 þ . . . þ CmDm.
2. If for any line l it holds true l(A1B1) þ . . . þ l(AnBn) l(C1D1) þ . . . þ l
(CmDm), then A1B1 þ . . . þ AnBn C1D1 þ . . . þ CmDm.
(c) Since ϕC is inside of ϕA (see the solution of problem 2.2.1b), then l(ϕC) < l(ϕA),
so 2l(ϕC) < 2l(ϕA). Therefore, l(A1B1) þ . . . þ l(AnBn) > l(C1D1) þ . . . þ l
(CmDm).
Remark One can prove that, if there are given segments A1B1, . . . , AnBn on a plane
and lines li ⊥ AiBi, i ¼ 1, . . . , n, then for any line l of that plane and for arbitrary
mi > 0, i ¼ 1, . . . , n, holds true the following inequality
2.2 Sufficient Conditions for Comparison of Lengths of Two Broken Lines on the Plane 63
2.2.2. According to remark 2 (see the solution of problem 2.2.1b) it is enough to prove
the inequality for the projections of points A, B, C, D, E on a line, i.e., it is enough to
solve the problem for the case when points A, B, C, D, E are on the same line.
As the inequality is symmetric with respect to points C, D, E, then we can take
that E lays between points C and D, then DE þ EC ¼ CD.
According to the triangle inequality AC þ AD CD, BC þ BD CD,
AE þ BE AB. Summing up these three inequalities, we deduce that
AC þ AD þ AE þ BC þ BD þ BE AB þ CD þ DE þ EC:
2.2.3. Let AB > CD (in the case of AB < CD the proof is similar). One has to prove
that
AE þ ED þ AB > CD þ BE þ CE: ð2:3Þ
Figure 2.33 E
A B C D
N
64 2 Application of Projection Method
! ! !
2.2.4. Consider points A, B, C, D, such that a, BC ¼ ~
AB ¼ ~ b, CD ¼ ~
c, then
! ~
DA ¼ d. We have to prove that
AB þ BC þ CD þ DA AC þ BD þ 2MN, ð2:4Þ
where M and N are the midpoints of segments BD and AC. According to remark
2 (see the solution of problem 2.2.1b) it is sufficient to prove inequality (2.4) for
projections of points A, B, C, D on a line, i.e., it is enough to solve the problem for
the case, when points A, B, C, D are on the same line.
We can assume that A(0), B(b), C(c), D(d), and b, c, d 0, d b, then we must
prove that |c b| þ |c d| c 2b þ |d þ b c|.
If d þ b c, then |c b| þ |c d| |(c b) (c d)| ¼ d b ¼ c 2b þ |
d þ b c|.
If d þ b < c, then |c b| þ |c d| ¼ c b þ c d c 2b þ |d þ b c|.
2.2.5. According to remark 2 (see the solution of problem 2.2.1b) it is sufficient to
prove the inequality for the projections of points A, B, C, A1, B1, C1 on a line, i.e., it
is enough to prove the problem for the case, when points A, B, C, A1, B1, C1 are on
the same line.
As the inequality is symmetric with respect to points A, B, C (A1, B1, C1), without
loss of generality one can assume that point B lays between points A and C and point
B1 lays between points A1 and C1, A1C1 AC.
Then AB þ BC þ AC þ A1B1 þ B1C1 þ A1C1 ¼ 2AC þ 2A1C1. Since AC AB1
þ B1C, A1C1 A1B þ BC1, AC AA1 þ CA1, A1C1 AC AC1 þ CC1, then by
summing up these inequalities we obtain that
2AC þ 2A1 C1 AA1 þ AB1 þ AC1 þ BA1 þ BC1 þ CA1 þ CB1 þ CC1 :
Therefore
AB þ BC þ AC þ A1 B1 þ B1 C1 þ A1 C1
AA1 þ AB1 þ AC1 þ BA1 þ BB1 þ BC1 þ CA1 þ CB1 þ CC1 :
2.2.6. Given segments A1B1, . . . , AnBn. We can assume that any two segments do
not belong to the same or parallel straight lines. For n ¼ 1 the statement of the
problem is evident, let n 2.
Construct a polygon ϕA (see the solution of problem 2.2.1b).
(a) Let O be the center of symmetry of polygon ϕA, and d be the minimal of all
distances between opposite sides (Figure 2.34).
Figure 2.34 l fA
O d
2.2 Sufficient Conditions for Comparison of Lengths of Two Broken Lines on the Plane 65
Figure 2.35
fA
d1
O
l1
Since the circumference with a center O and radius d2 is inside of polygon ϕA, the
length of that circumference is less than the perimeter of polygon ϕA, i.e., πd < π
(see problem 2.1.29b). Then the sum of the lengths of the projections of the
segments A1B1, . . . , AnBn on line l is equal to 2d and 2d < 2 (Figure 2.34).
(b) Consider all diagonals of the ϕA polygon which pass through point
O (Figure 2.35) and let d1 be the length of the largest of them.
Since polygon ϕA is inside of the circumference with a center O and radius d21 , the
perimeter of polygon ϕA is less than the length of that circumference, i.e., πd1 > π
(see problem 2.1.29a). Then the sum of the lengths of the projections of the
segments A1B1, . . . , AnBn on line l1 (Figure 2.35) is equal to 2d1. Thus, it follows
that the sum is larger than 2.
! ! ! !
2.2.7. Let be given vectors A1 B1 , :::, An Bn , such that A1 B1 þ ::: þ An Bn ¼ π.
Consider segments A1B1, . . . , AnBn, then according to problem 2.2.6b there
exists a straight line l, such that l(A1B1) þ . . . þ l(AnBn) > 2 (see notations in the
!
solution of problem 2.2.1). Let ~ e be a unit vector on line l and Ai Bi ,~ e 90 ,
!
i ¼ 1, . . . , k and Ai Bi ,~e > 90 , i ¼ k þ 1, . . . , n. Then, either l(A1B1) þ . . . þ l
(AkBk) > 1 or l(Ak þ 1Bk þ 1) þ . . . þ l(AnBn) > 1. Let l(A1B1) þ . . . þ l(AkBk) > 1.
! !
We have that A1 B1 þ ::: þ Ak Bk lðA1 B1 Þ þ ::: þ lðAk Bk Þ > 1. Therefore,
! !
A1 B þ ::: þ A k Bk > 1.
1
2.2.8. Points C1, A1, B1 are taken correspondingly on sides AB, BC, AC of triangle
ABC, such that BA1 ¼ λBC, CB1 ¼ λCA, AC1 ¼ λAB, where 12 < λ < 1. Prove that for
perimeter P of triangle ABC and for perimeter P1 of triangle A1B1C1 it holds true
(2λ 1)P < P1 < λP.
2.2.9. Point O is inside of triangle ABC with a perimeter P. Prove that
P
2 < AO þ BO þ CO < P.
66 2 Application of Projection Method
2.2.10. Prove that, if the lengths of all sides and diagonals of a convex polygon is
less than d, then its perimeter is less than πd.
2.2.11. Given several convex polygons and it is known that it is impossible to draw
a straight line, so that it does not intersect any polygon and on both sides of it there
is at least one polygon. Prove that all these polygons can be confined within a
polygon with the perimeter not exceeding the sum of their perimeters.
2.2.12. Given on a plane several vectors, whose sum of the length is equal to 1.
Prove that they can be broken into three groups (possibly empty), so that the sum
pffiffi
of the lengths of the vectors in these groups is more than 32π3.
Remark Add to these n vectors another 2n vectors obtained from the vectors of the
given set by rotation by angle 120 clockwise or counterclockwise.
2.2.13. Given on a plane a convex n-gon. Let ak be the length of its k-th side and dk be
the length of the projection of n-gon on a line containing that side (k ¼ 1, 2, . . . , n).
Prove that da11 þ ::: þ dann 4.
Remark First prove the statement of the problem for centrally symmetric polygons.
2.3.1.
Given convex polygon A1A2 . . . An and points B1, B2, . . . , Bn on its sides
B1 2 A1 A2 ; B2 2 A2 A3 ; :::; Bn 2 An A1 ; Bi Aj , so that for any points C1, . . . , Cn on
the side of polygon A1 . . . An (C1 2 A1A2, . . ., Cn 2 AnA1, Ci Aj ) the inequality
B1B2 þ B2B3 þ . . . þ Bn 1Bn þ BnB1 C1C2 þ C2C3 þ . . . þ Cn 1Cn þ CnC1
is true.
Prove that
2.3.2.
Given convex polygon A1A2 . . . An and points B1, B2, . . . , Bn on its sides
B1 2 A1 A2 ; B2 2 A2 A3 ; :::; Bn 2 An A1 ; Bi Aj , so that condition (2.5) of problem
2.3.1 is satisfied. Prove that for any points C1, . . . , Cn on the sides of polygon
A1A2 . . . An (C1 2 A1A2, ..., Cn 2 AnA1) the following inequality is true:
B1B2 þ B2B3 þ . . . þ Bn 1Bn þ BnB1 C1C2 þ C2C3 þ . . . þ Cn 1Cn þ CnC1.
2.3.3. Prove that if A1A2A3 is not an acute-angled triangle, then on its sides do not
exist such points B1, B2, B3 (B1 2 A1A2, B2 2 A2A3, B3 2 A3A1, Bi Aj) for which the
condition (2.5) of problem 2.3.1 is satisfied.
2.3.4. Prove that if A1A2A3 is an acute-angled triangle, then on its sides exist such
points B1, B2, B3 (B1 2 A1A2, B2 2 A2A3, B3 2 A3 A1 , Bi Aj for which the condition
(2.5) of problem 2.3.1 is satisfied.
2.3 Inscribed Polygons with the Least Perimeter 67
2.3.5. Given convex quadrilateral A1A2A3A4 and points B1, B2, B3, B4 on the sides of
that quadrilateral (B1 2 A1A2, B2 2 A2A3, B3 2 A3A4, B4 2 A4A1, Bi Aj ) so that the
condition (2.5) of problem 2.3.1 is satisfied. Prove that quadrilateral A1A2A3A4 is
inscribed and that
2.3.6. Prove that if a convex quadrilateral A1A2A3A4 is inscribed and for it condition
(2.6) of problem 2.3.5 is satisfied, then on the sides of that quadrilateral exist such
points B1, B2, B3, B4 (B1 2 A1A2, B2 2 A2A3, B3 2 A3A4, B4 2 A4A1, Bi Aj), for which
the condition (2.5) of problem 2.3.1 is satisfied.
2.3.7. Given a regular tetrahedron A1A2A3A4 with edge 1 and points B1, B2, B3, B4 on
its faces A2A3A4, A1A3A4, A1A2A4, and A1A2A3, respectively. Prove that
pffiffiffiffiffi
B1 B2 þ B2 B3 þ B3 B4 þ B4 B1 0, 4 10.
2.3.8. Given a cub ABCDA0 B0 C0 D0 with edge 1 and points B1, B2, B3, B4, B5, B6 on its
faces ABCD, AA0 B0 B, BB0 C0 C, A0 B0 C0 D0 , DD0 C0 C, AA0 D0 D, respectively. Prove that
pffiffiffi
B1 B2 þ B 2 B3 þ B 3 B4 þ B 4 B5 þ B 5 B6 þ B 6 B1 2 3 .
Solutions
Figure 2.36 An
Bn
A3
B2
M A2 B B1 A1
B'2
68 2 Application of Projection Method
Figure 2.37 ln
Bn-1
An
Bn
A3 bn l1
B2 b1 C1 A1
C1'
b1 B1
A2
C1''
l2
B02 B01 þ B01 Bn < B02 B1 þ B1 Bn , thus B2 B01 þ B01 Bn < B2 B1 þ B1 Bn , which means
that
hence
Remark
1. The equality holds true if and only if
Figure 2.38 A1
B3
B1
A3 B2 A2
Figure 2.39 A1
B1
B3
A3 B2 A2
70 2 Application of Projection Method
Figure 2.40 A2
B2
B1
P
O A3
A1
B3
B4
A4
Since points B1 and B3 lay on the circumference with a diameter A1H, we have
∠B3B1A1 ¼ ∠B3HA1. Similarly we get that ∠B2B1A2 ¼ ∠B2HA2 and since
∠B3HA1 ¼ ∠B2HA2, then ∠B3B1A1 ¼ ∠B2B1A2.
The other two equalities are proved similarly.
Remark According to problems 2.3.1 and 2.3.3, a triangle with a minimum perim-
eter can be inscribed in the given triangle A1A2A3 if it is an acute triangle (necessary
condition).
On the other hand, according to problems 2.3.2 and 2.3.4 this is also a sufficient
condition.
2.3.5. We have that (Figure 2.40)
∠A2 þ ∠A4 ¼ π ∠B2 B1 A2 ∠B1 B2 A2 þ π ∠B4 B3 A4 ∠B3 B4 A4
¼ π ∠B4 B1 A1 ∠B1 B4 A1 þ π ∠B3 B2 A3 ∠B2 B3 A3 ¼ ∠A1 þ ∠A3 ,
Figure 2.41 A2
B2
A3
B1
O
B3
А1
B4
A4
Since points B1 and B4 are on the circle with diameter A1O, then
∠B4B1A1 ¼ ∠B4OA1. We have ∠B4 OA1 ¼ π2 ∠B4 A1 O ¼ π2 ∠B2 A2 O ¼
∠B2 OA2 .
Since points B1 and B2 are on the circle with diameter A2O, then
∠B2OA2 ¼ ∠B2B1A2. Thus ∠B4B1A1 ¼ ∠B2B1A2. The other three inequalities
one can prove similarly.
Remark
1. According to problems 2.3.1 and 2.3.5, a quadrilateral with a minimum perim-
eter can be inscribed into the given quadrilateral A1A2A3A4 if the latter is
inscribed and condition (2.6) of problem 2.3.5 is satisfied (necessary condition),
and according to problems 2.3.2 and 2.3.6 these are also sufficient conditions.
2. If a quadrilateral with a minimum perimeter can be inscribed into the given
quadrilateral A1A2A3A4 then the number of these would be infinite. According to
remark 1 to problem 2.3.2, corresponding sides of all minimum possible perim-
eter quadrilaterals inscribed into A1A2A3A4 quadrilateral will be parallel to each
other (Figure 2.42).
2.3.7. Let M be the midpoint of edge A1A3. Denote points symmetric to B1, B2, B3,
B4 with respect to plane A2MA4 by B01 , B02 , B03 , B04 , respectively, and the midpoints of
the segments B03 B1 , B2 B02 , B3 B01 , B4 B04 by C1, C2, C3, C4,respectively.
Note that points C1 and C3 are on facets A2A3A4 and A1A2A4 respectively, and
points C2 and C4 are on segments MA4 and MA2, respectively
According to problem 1.1.9a (see the solution) we have that
B 1 B2 þ B 2 B3 B 2 B3 þ B1 B2 B3 B4 þ B4 B1 B1 B 4 þ B3 B 4
¼ þ þ þ
2 2 2 2
¼ B 1 B2 þ B 2 B3 þ B 3 B4 þ B4 B1 ,
Figure 2.42 A2
B1
B2
A1
A3
B4
B3
A4
D1 D2 þ D2 D3 þ D3 D4 þ D4 D1
C1 C2 þ C04 C01 C2 C3 þ C03 C04 C3 C4 þ C02 C03 C1 C4 þ C01 C02
þ þ þ
2 2 2 2
¼ C1 C2 þ C2 C3 þ C3 C4 þ C4 C1 :
Thus D1D2 þ D2D3 þ D3D4 þ D4D1 C1C2 þ C2C3 þ C3C4 þ C4C1, which
means that D1D2 þ D2D3 þ D3D4 þ D4D1 C1C2 þ C2C3 þ C3C4 þ C4C1
B1B2 þ B2B3 þ B3B4 þ B4B1, consequently,
B1 B2 þ B2 B3 þ B3 B4 þ B4 B1 D1 D2 þ D2 D3 þ D3 D4 þ D4 D1
ρðNA3 ; MA4 Þ þ ρðMA4 ; NA1 Þ þ ρðNA1 ; MA2 Þ þ ρðMA2 ; NA3 Þ,
where ρ(l1, l2) is the distance between straight lines l1 and l2.
We shall prove that one can choose on segments MA4 and NA3 points K and E,
respectively, so that KE ⊥ MA4, KE ⊥ NA3, then ρ(NA3, MA4) ¼ KE (Figure 2.43).
! ! !
Denote A3 A ¼ ~
1 a, A3 A ¼ ~
4 b, A3 A2 ¼ ~
c, A3 E ¼ λ, A4 K ¼ μ.
A3 N A4 M
We have that
! ¼ ! ! !
EA 3 þ A3 M þ MK ¼
EK
! ~ a ! λ
~
a ~
a
¼ λA3 N þ þ ð1 μÞMA 4 ¼¼ ~ c þ þ ð1 μ Þ ~
b þ~ b ¼
2 2 2 2
1
Figure 2.43 A4
A2
K b
A1
M c
a
A3
! ~
!
Since aj ¼ ~
j~ b ¼ j~ a~
cj ¼ 1,~b ¼~ c ¼~
b~ a ¼ 12
c~ and EK ⊥ b þ~ c , EK ⊥
2~
b ~a , then μ~ a þ ð2 λ 2μÞ~ c ~
b λ~ b þ~ c ¼ 0 and ðμ~
a þ ð2 λ 2μÞ
~ cÞ 2~
b λ~ b ~a ¼ 0, thus 3λ 2μ þ 3 ¼ 0 and 2λ 3μ þ 3 ¼ 0. Hence, we
obtain that λ ¼ μ ¼ 35.
r ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2ffi
! pffiffiffiffiffi
Then ρðNA3 ; MA4 Þ ¼ EK ¼ EK ¼ 0, 1 3~ ~
a þ b 3~ c ¼ 0, 1 10. Simi-
pffiffiffiffiffi
larly we get that ρðMA4 ; NA1 Þ ¼ ρðNA1 ; MA2 Þ ¼ ρðMA2 ; NA3 Þ ¼ 0, 1 10, thus
pffiffiffiffiffi
B1 B2 þ B2 B3 þ B3 B4 þ B4 B1 0, 4 10.
Another solution of this problem can be obtained by using a problem 4.1.24b.
Remark If points B1, B2, B3, B4 are on segments A3N, A4M, A1N, A2M, respectively,
pffiffiffiffiffi
and AA33BN1 ¼ AA44BM2 ¼ AA11BN3 ¼ AA22BM4 ¼ 35, then B1 B2 þ B2 B3 þ B3 B4 þ B4 B1 ¼ 0, 4 10.
2.3.8. Consider Cartesian coordinate system in the space and let B(0; 0; 0), A
(1; 0; 0), C(0; 1; 0), B0 (0; 0; 1), B1(x; y; 0).
Denote the points symmetric to B1, D1, D2, D3, D4 with respect to planes AA0 B0 B,
BB0 C0 C, A0 B0 C0 D0 , DD0 C0 C, AA0 D0 D by D1, D2, D3, D4, and D5, respectively. Then
D1(x; y; 0), D2(x; y; 0), D3(x; y; 2), D4(x; 2 þ y; 2), D5(2 þ x; 2 þ y; 2).
Note that
B1 B2 þ B2 B3 þ B3 B4 þ B4 B5 þ B5 B6 þ B6 B1 ¼
¼ D 1 B2 þ B2 B3 þ B3 B4 þ B4 B5 þ B5 B6 þ B6 B1
D 1 B3 þ B3 B4 þ B4 B5 þ B5 B6 þ B6 B1 ¼ D 2 B3 þ B3 B4 þ B4 B5 þ B5 B6 þ B6 B1
D 2 B4 þ B4 B5 þ B5 B6 þ B6 B1 ¼ D 3 B4 þ B4 B5 þ B5 B6 þ B6 B1
D 3 B5 þ B5 B6 þ B6 B1 ¼ D 4 B5 þ B5 B6 þ B6 B1 D 4 B6 þ B6 B1 ¼
¼ D 5 B6 þ B6 B1 D 5 B1 ,
74 2 Application of Projection Method
pffiffiffi
consequently B1 B2 þ B2 B3 þ B3 B4 þ B4 B5 þ B5 B6 þ B6 B1 D5 B1 ¼ 2 3.
(See also problem 4.1.24c.)
2.3.9. Given an inscribed quadrilateral ABCD. Prove that the perimeter of the
quadrilateral inscribed into ABCD is greater than or equal to 2AC sin ∠A.
2.3.10. Given straight lines l, m, and n. Find the triangle with the minimum possible
perimeter and the vertices on lines l, m, and n.
2.3.11. Given an inscribed quadrilateral ABCD. Find on lines AB, BC, CD, DA, such
points B1, B2, B3, B4, respectively, for which the sum B1B2 þ B2B3 þ B3B4 þ B4B1
would be minimal.
2.4.1. Prove that radius of the incircle of the right-angled triangle is less than half of
its leg.
2.4.2. Several circles, the sum of lengths of which is equal to 10, are located inside a
unit square. Prove that one can find a straight line crossing at least four of these circles.
2.4.3. Non-self-crossing broken line of length 1000 is located inside a unit square.
Prove that that one can find a straight line parallel to one of the sides of a square
which would cross at least 500 segments of this broken line.
2.4.4. Given two straight lines a and b. A1B1, A2B2, A3B3 are perpendiculars drawn
from three consecutive points A1, A2, A3 on line a to line b.
Prove that A2B2 max (A1B1, A3B3).
2.4.5. Diagonals of a convex quadrilateral ABCD intersect at point O. Let P and Q be
the centers of circumcircles of triangles AOB and COD. Prove that PQ > ABþCD 4 .
2.4.6. Points A1, B1, and C1 are taken on sides BC, CA, and AB of non-obtuse
triangle ABC, respectively. Prove that 2(B1C1 cos α þ C1A1 cos β þ A1B1 cos γ)
BC cos α þ AC cos β þ AB cos γ, where ∠A ¼ α, ∠B ¼ β, ∠C ¼ γ. Give an example
of an obtuse triangle for which the inequality does not hold.
2.4.7. Let circles of unit radiuses have no common internal points and be inside of a
band S. The band is formed by two parallel lines having a distance w. Let us call
these circles a k-cloud, if each line that intersects S, intersects also more than or
pffiffiffi
equal to k circles. Prove that for k-cloud w 2 þ 3 2k , where k 2 N and [a] is the
integer part of the number a.
2.4 Method of Projections 75
2.4.8. Let ON be the radius of the circle with a center at point O, which intersects
chord AB at point M at a right angle. Let P be an arbitrary point on the larger arc AB,
not coinciding with the point diametrically opposite to point N. Straight lines PM
and PN define points Q and R on the circumference and on chord AB, respectively.
Prove that RN > MQ.
2.4.9. In convex pentagon ABCDE, side AB is perpendicular to side CD, and side BC
is perpendicular to side DE. Prove that, if AB ¼ AE ¼ ED ¼ 1, then BC þ CD < 1.
2.4.10. (a) Opposite sides of convex hexagon ABCDEF are parallel (AB||DE, BC||
EF, CD||FA). Prove that RA þ RC þ RE P, where RA, RC, RE are the radiuses of the
circumcircles of triangles FAB, BCD, and DEF, respectively, and p is the half-
perimeter of hexagon ABCDEF.
(b) Let M be an arbitrary point inside triangle ABC, Ra, Rb, Rc the distances of point
M from A, B, C, da, db, dc the distances from point M to lines BC, AC, and AB,
respectively. Prove that Ra þ Rb þ Rc 2da þ 2db þ 2dc.
(c) Let M be a point inside triangle ABC. Prove that one of the angles
∠MAB, ∠MBC, ∠MCA is less than or equal to 30 .
2.4.11. Prove that for an acute triangle ha þ hb þ hc 4R þ r.
2.4.12. Given points U and V on sides AB and CD of square ABCD, respectively.
Let straight lines DU and AV intersect at point P, and lines CU and BV at point Q.
Prove that PQ 12 AB.
2.4.13. Given 110 unit vectors on a plane, the sum of these being a zero vector.
Prove that of these 110 vectors one can choose such 55 vectors, that the modulus of
the sum of which will not be greater than 1.
2.4.14. Let the diagonals of convex quadrilateral ABCD intersect at point P. Points
Q, R, S, and T are the feet of the perpendiculars drawn from point P to lines AB, BC,
CD, and DA, respectively. Prove that
1
PQ þ PR þ PS þ PT ðAB þ BC þ CD þ DAÞ:
2
2.4.15. Let ABCDEF be a convex hexagon. Given that AB ¼ CD ¼ EF. Prove that
AD þ BE þ CF AB þ BC þ CD þ DE þ EF þ FA. For which hexagon does equal-
ity hold true?
2.4.16. The vertices of tetrahedron KLMN lay either (inside) on the facets or on the
edges of another tetrahedron ABCD. Prove that the sum of the lengths of all edges of
tetrahedron KLMN is less than 43 of the sum of the lengths of all edges of
tetrahedron ABCD.
2.4.17. Let M be a point inside a convex n-gon A1A2 . . . An and p be half-perimeter
∠An
of that n-gon. Prove that MA1 cos ∠A ∠A2
2 þ MA2 cos 2 þ ::: þ MAn cos 2 p.
1
2.4.18. (a) Points M, N, P are chosen on edges A1B1, C1C and AD of unit cube
ABCDA1B1C1D1, respectively. Prove that the perimeter of triangle MNP is not less
pffiffiffi
than 3 6=2.
76 2 Application of Projection Method
(b) Given a unit cube ABCDA1B1C1D1. Prove that the distance from the arbitrary
point in the space to one of straight lines A1B1, C1C, AD is not less than p1ffiffi2.
(c) Given two spheres with diameters d and D inside a unit cube so that they do not
pffiffiffi
have common points. Prove that d þ D < 3 3.
Solutions
Figure 2.44 A B
A1 A2 Am
2.4 Method of Projections 77
Figure 2.45
bi ci bi
ai
ai
B A2¢
A3¢
If the straight lines a and b are not in the same plane then we shall consider the
projections of points A1, A2, A3, B1, B2, B3 on the plane perpendicular to line b. Let
those points are A01 , A02 , A03 , and B (Figure 2.46).
Since max ∠BA0 2 A03 ; ∠BA0 2 A01 90 , hence it follows that max(BA0 1, BA0 3) >
BA0 2 and we have that BA0 1 ¼ B1A1, BA0 2 ¼ B2A2, BA0 3 ¼ B3A3. Therefore
A2B2 < max (A1B1, A3B3).
Remark Given segments AB and CD, then inequality SABM max (SABC, SABD)
holds true for any point M of segment CD.
2.4.5. Note that the lengths of the projections of segment PQ on lines AC and BD
2 and 2 , respectively. Thus PQ þ PQ > 2 þ 2 , consequently, PQ
are equal to AC BD AC BD
2.4.6. Let A2C2 be the projection of segment A1C1 on side AC. Since β π2 and
A1C1 A2C2, therefore we deduce that 2A1C1 cos β 2A2C2 cos β ¼ 2 cos β
(AC AC1 cos α CA1 cos γ).
Similarly we get that 2A1B1 cos γ 2 cos γ(AB AB1 cos α BA1 cos β) and
2B1C1 cos α 2 cos α(BC BC1 cos β CB1 cos γ).
78 2 Application of Projection Method
2ðB1 C1 cos α þ C1 A1 cos β1 þ A1 B1 cos γ Þ 2AC cos β þ 2AB cos γ þ 2BC cos α
2cos α cos βðAC1 þ C1 BÞ 2cos β cos γ ðBA1 þ A1 CÞ 2 cos γ cos αðAB1 þ B1 CÞ
¼ 2BC cos α þ 2AC cos β þ 2AB cos γ cos αðAB cos β þ AC cos γ Þ
cos βðAB cos α þ BC cos γ Þ cos γ ðAC cos α þ BC cos βÞ ¼
¼ 2BC cos α þ 2AC cos β þ 2AB cos γ BC cos α AC cos β AB cos γ ¼
¼ BC cos α þ AC cos β þ AB cos γ:
Hence, it follows that 2(B1C1 cos α þ C1A1 cos β1 þ A1B1 cos γ) BC cos α þ
AC cos β þ AB cos γ.
For α ¼ γ ¼ π6, AC1 ¼ AB 3 ¼ 3, and C1B1 k CB, B1A1 k AB we have that C1 B1 ¼ 3,
a a
pffiffi
A1 B1 ¼ 23 a , A1 C1 ¼ 37 a. Thus
2.4.7. Draw through the center of a certain circle of the k-cloud a straight line l,
which is perpendicular to the boundaries of band S. Then that line l should intersect
not less than k 1 other circles. Line l divides the plane into two half-planes. It is
not difficult to understand that one of the half-planes contains not less than 2k þ 1
centers of those circles (including kthe centers which are on line l ). Let O1, O2, . . . ,
On be these centers, where n ¼ 2 þ 1 (Figure 2.47).
Let points O01 , O02 , :::, O0n be the projections of points O1, O2, . . . , On on line l.
Denote by d i ¼ Oi O0i , i ¼ 1, . . . , n. Note that for i ¼ 1, . . . , n 1 we have that
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffi
O0i O0iþ1 ¼ Oi O2iþ1 ðdi diþ1 Þ2 4 ðd i diþ1 Þ2 4 1 ¼ 3,
pffiffiffi pffiffiffi
since 0 di 1, i ¼ 1, . . . , n. Consequently O01 O0n 3ðn 1Þ ¼ 3 2k , where
O01 and O0n are, respectively, the lowest and the highest points on line l.
Figure 2.47 l
On¢ On
O¢j O j
O¢2 O2
O¢1 O1
2.4 Method of Projections 79
Figure 2.48 L
K
A T M R B
Q N
Since band S should extend, at least by the radius of the circle, on each side of the
ends of segment O01 O0n , to contain the circles with centers O1 and On, then it should
pffiffiffi
have a width w 2 þ 3 2k .
2.4.8. Consider the figure below (Figure 2.48).
Segments MR and KM are projections of segments NR and QM on lines AB and
KM, respectively. We have that ∠QMK ¼ π2 ∠KQM ¼ π2 ∠MNR ¼ ∠MRN.
Therefore, it will be sufficient to prove that MR > MK. Note that
_ _ _ _
∠BRP ¼ BPþAN
2 ¼ BPþBN
2 ¼ ∠MLP.
This means that MLPR is an inscribe quadrilateral. Since ∠MLR ¼
∠MPR ¼ ∠TLM, then MR ¼ MT > MK.
2.4.9. Let ∠CDB ¼ α, ∠CBD ¼ β, α β, and A0 E0 is the projection of segment AE
on line BD. We have that AE A0 E0 ¼ BD þ sin α þ sin β, consequently
Hence
sin ðα þ βÞ
BD < : ð2:8Þ
sin α þ sin β
BD sin α BD sin β
Since BC þ CD ¼ sin ðαþβÞ þ sin ðαþβÞ, then according to (2.8) we get
BC þ CD < 1.
2.4.10. (a) Consider Figure 2.49.
We have that BF MN and BF PK. Thus, we deduce that BF MNþPK
2 or
2RA sin α ða sin βþf sin γÞþ2 ðc sin γþd sin βÞ. Therefore, it follows that
80 2 Application of Projection Method
Figure 2.49 M B b C P
b g
a c
A a
D
f a
d
g b
N F e E K
1 sin β 1 sin γ
RA ða þ dÞ þ ðf þ cÞ : Similarly we get that
4 sin α 4 sin α
1 sin α 1 sin β
RC ðf þ cÞ þ ðb þ eÞ ,
4 sin γ 4 sin γ
1 sin γ 1 sin α
RE ðb þ eÞ þ ða þ dÞ :
4 sin β 4 sin β
Summing up these inequalities and making use of inequality x þ 1x 2ðx > 0Þ,
we obtain that RA þ RC þ RE 12 ða þ dÞ þ 12 ðb þ eÞ þ 12 ðf þ cÞ ¼ p. This ends
the proof.
Remark Equality holds if and only if hexagon ABCDEF is regular.
(b) Draw perpendiculars MB1, MD1, MF1 to lines BC, AC, AB, respectively, and
construct parallelograms B1MF1A1, D1MB1C1, F1MD1E1.
Since the radiuses of the circumcircles of triangles D1MF1, B1MF1 B1MD1 are
equal to R2a , R2b , R2c , with R2a ¼ RE1 , R2b ¼ RA1 , R2c ¼ RC1 , then according to problem
2.4.10a we have that R2a þ R2b þ R2c p ¼ da þ db þ dc . Thus
Ra þ Rb þ Rc 2da þ 2db þ 2d c :
Figure 2.50 B
A1
C1
M
A B1 C
Figure 2.51 B
A2
C1 A1
kc ka
O
kb
A B1 C
2.4.11. Let O be the center of the circumcircle of acute triangle ABC and ka, kb, kc be
the distances from point O to its sides (Figure 2.51).
Lemma Prove that ka þ kb þ kc ¼ R þ r.
Let A1, B1, and C1 be the midpoints of sides BC, CA, and AB, respectively. By
Ptolemy’s theorem akc þ cka ¼ bR akb þ bka ¼ cR, ckb þ bkc ¼ aR. On the other
hand, aka þ bkb þ ckc ¼ 2S ¼ (a þ b þ c)r. By adding these equalities and reducing
a þ b þ c, we obtain that ka þ kb þ kc ¼ R þ r. This ends the proof of the lemma.
Projection of broken line AOA1 on straight line AA2 is equal to ha, where
AA2 ⊥ BC, thus R þ ka ha. Similarly we get that R þ kb hb, R þ kc hc.
By summing up these inequalities we get according to lemma that
4R þ r ¼ 3R þ ka þ kb þ kc ha þ hb þ hc (see problem 5.5.8b).
2.4.12. Let BU CV, then AU DV. Draw a median MN of the square (Figure 2.52)
and P1P2||Q1Q2||AB.
Projections of segments PP1 and QQ1 on side AB do not have common internal
points, thus
P1 P2 Q1 Q2 KN KM
PQ AB ðPP1 þ QQ1 Þ ¼ AB þ AB þ
2 2 2 2
1
¼ AB:
2
82 2 Application of Projection Method
Figure 2.52
Figure 2.53 x
a1 S - r = a1 + ... + an
an
a2
Figure 2.54 B
B1
A2
A1
A P C
C2
D1 C1
2.4.14. We shall make use of the following fact: if XX1 is a bisector of angle X of
triangle XYZ and ∠XX1Z 90 , then the midpoint of side YZ belongs to segment
X1Z. Indeed, since ∠XX1Z 90 , then ∠Y ∠Z.consequently,
YX1 XY
¼ 1:
X1 Z XZ
Let straight line A1C1 contain the bisector of angle APB and points A2, C2 be,
respectively, the midpoints of sides AB, CD (see Figure 2.54).
Let also points A02 , C02 be the projections of points A2, C2 on line A1C1.
We have that A1 C1 A02 C02 , thus it follows that A02 C02 A2 C2 ADþBC 2 (see
problem 1.1.9a), consequently A1 C1 ADþBC 2 . Similarly we get that B D
1 1 ABþCD
2 .
Summing up these inequalities we obtain that
ABþBCþCDþDA
2 A1 C1 þ B1 D1 ¼ A1 P þ B1 P þ C1 P þ D1 P PQ þ PRþ
PS þ PT, which means that ABþBCþCDþDA 2 PQ þ PR þ PS þ PT.
Remark The equality in the last inequality holds true if and only if quadrilateral
ABCD is a rectangular.
2.4.15. Let points B0 , C0 be projections of points B, C on line AD. Then AD ¼
AB cos ∠BAD þ B0 C0 þ CD cos ∠ADC AB cos ∠BAD þ BC þ CD cos ∠ADC.
Similarly we obtain that BE AB cos ∠ABE þ AF þ EF cos ∠FEB and
CF CD cos ∠FCD þ ED þ FE cos ∠CFE.
Summing up these two inequalities we deduce that
AD þ BE þ CF ABð cos ∠BAD þ cos ∠ABEÞ þ CDð cos ∠ADC þ cos ∠FCDÞþ
∠BAD þ ∠ABE
þ EFð cos ∠FEB þ cos ∠CFEÞ þ BC þ DE þ AF 2AB cos
2
∠ADC þ ∠FCD ∠FEB þ ∠CFE
þ 2CD cos þ 2EF cos þ BC þ DE þ AE
2 2
3AB þ BC þ DE þ AE ¼ AB þ BC þ CD þ DE þ EF þ FA:
84 2 Application of Projection Method
Figure 2.55 N C D P
M A F K
AD þ BE þ CF > AB þ BC þ CD þ DE þ EF þ FA:
1
KL þ LM þ KM þ KN þ LN þ MN ¼ KL þ LM þ KM þ ðKN þ LN þ KLÞþ
2
þ ðKN þ MN þ KMÞ þ ðLN þ MN þ LMÞ
4ðKL þ LM þ KMÞ
¼ 2ðKL þ LM þ KMÞ:
2
Project tetrahedron ABCD on the plane of facet KLM. Denote the projections of
vertices A, B, C, D of the tetrahedron by A1, B1, C1, D1, respectively. Let Γ be the
convex envelope of points A1, B1, C1, D1 and PΓ be the perimeter of polygon Γ.
Since triangle KLM is inside Γ, then according to problem 2.1.1 we have
KL þ LM þ KM PΓ. Thus, it follows that
2.4 Method of Projections 85
Figure 2.56 B1 B1 C1
D1
A1
A1 C1
D1
a b
PΓ ¼ A1 B1 þ B1 C1 þ C1 D1 þ D1 A1 ¼
2 1
¼ ðA1 B1 þ B1 C1 þ C1 D1 þ D1 A1 Þ þ ðA1 B1 þ B1 C1 þ C1 D1 þ D1 A1 Þ <
3 3
2 2
< ðA1 B1 þ B1 C1 þ C1 D1 þ D1 A1 Þ þ ðA1 C1 þ B1 D1 Þ
3 3
KL þ KM þ KN þ ML þ NL þ MN 4 n 2n
> : ð2:9Þ
AB þ AC þ AD þ BC þ BD þ CD 3n þ 3
4ðn2Þ
Since at n ! 1 we have that 3nþ3n ! 43, then it is clear that the value 4
3 in
inequality 2.4.16 cannot be lowered.
2.4.17. Let ∠MAiAi þ 1 ¼ βi, ∠MAiAi 1 ¼ γ i, ∠Ai ¼ αi, i ¼ 1, . . . , n, An þ 1 Ai,
A0 An, it is clear that αi ¼ βi þ γ i. Note that
X
n X
n
βi þ γ i β γi
2p ¼ MAi ð cos βi þ cos γ i Þ ¼ 2MAi cos cos i
i¼1 i¼1
2 2
X
n
αi
2MAi cos ,
i¼1
2
∠A1 ∠An
consequently, MA1 cos 2 þ ::: þ MAn cos 2 p.
2.4.18. (a) Let M0, N0, and P0 be the midpoints of edges A1B1, C1C, and DA,
pffiffi
respectively. From right-angled triangles AA1P0 and A1M0P0 we have A1 P0 ¼ 25,
pffiffi
M0 P0 ¼ 26, and cos ∠A1 M0 P0 ¼ p1ffiffi6. Similarly, we get that the cosines of angles
∠B1M0N0, ∠C1N0M0, ∠CN0P0, ∠DP0N0, and ∠AP0M0 are equal to p1ffiffi. 6
Let point X0 be the projection of point X on line M0P0. Then, we have that
B01 M0 þ M0 P0 þ P0 D0 ¼ B01 M0 þ M0 P0 þ P0 D0 , M0 P0
1 1
¼ M0 P0 þ pffiffiffi ðB1 M þ PDÞpffiffiffi :
6 6
1 1
MP M0 P0 þ pffiffiffi ðB1 M þ PDÞpffiffiffi : ð2:10Þ
6 6
1 1
MN M0 N 0 þ pffiffiffi ðA1 M þ CN Þpffiffiffi , ð2:11Þ
6 6
and
1 1
PN P0 N 0 þ pffiffiffi ðAP þ NC1 Þpffiffiffi : ð2:12Þ
6 6
2.4 Method of Projections 87
(b) Let O be the center of the cube and M be an arbitrary point of the space.
Let’s consider projections of point M and straight lines A1B1, C1C, AD on plane
M0N0P0 (see notations in the solution of problem 2.4.18a).
Denote the projection of point X on plane M0N0P0 by X0 .
Since OM0 ⊥ A1B1, we have OM0 ⊥A01 B01 . Let A01 B01 \ A0 D0 ¼ A2 ,
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
A1 B1 \ C1 C ¼ B2 , A D \ C1 C ¼ C2 , then A2B2C2 is a regular triangle with
center O.
We have that SM0 A2 B2 þ SM0 B2 C2 þ SM0 A2 C2 SA2 B2 C2 , consequently
M0 M0 2 A2 B2 M0 N 0 2 B2 C2 M0 P0 2 A2 C2 1 A2 B2 þ B2 C2 þ C2 A2
þ þ pffiffiffi ,
2 2 2 2 2
thus maxðM0 M0 2 ; M0 N 0 2 ; M0 P0 2 Þ p1ffiffi2, where MP2 ⊥ AD, MM2 ⊥ A1B1, MN2 ⊥ C1C,
and P2 2 AD, M2 2 A1B1, N2 2 C1C, which means that
0 1
maxðMM2 ; MN 2 ; MP2 Þ max M0 M0 2 ; M0 N 0 2 ; M0 P2 pffiffiffi :
2
(c) Let O1 and O2 be the centers of these spheres and projections of segment O1O2
on the edges emerging from the same vertex are equal to a, b, and c. We have
that a2 þ b2 þ c2 ¼ O1O22. Let a b, a c, in that case a Op1 Offiffi3 2 . Note
(Figure 2.57) that d2 þ a þ D2 1.
Consequently
pffiffiffi
1 Op1 Offiffi3 2 þ d2 þ D2 > dþD
pffiffi þ dþD. Hence, we deduce that d þ D < 3
2 3 2 3.
Figure 2.57
D
О2
2
а
О1
d
2
88 2 Application of Projection Method
2.4.19. Prove that the distance from one of the vertices of the convex quadrilateral
to the opposite diagonal does not exceed the half of that diagonal.
2.4.20. Let parallelogram P2 be inscribed in parallelogram P1 and parallelogram P3
be inscribed in parallelogram P3, such that the sides of P3 are parallel to the sides of
P1. Prove that the length of at least one of the sides of P1 does not exceed the double
length of the corresponding parallel side of P3.
2.4.21. Prove that inside a convex n-gon (n 7) one can find a point, the sum of the
distances from which to the vertices are greater than the perimeter.
2.4.22. Given a unit square and such a broken line, that inside it every line parallel
to the side of the square intersects it in no more than one point. Prove that the length
of the broken line is less than 2.
2.4.23. (a) Let us consider on a plane a finite set of segments, the sum of lengths of
pffiffiffi
which is less than 2. Prove that there exists an infinite net of unit squares, the sides
of which do not intersect with any of these segments.
Remark The statement of the problem holds true also if the number of segments is
not finite.
(b) A figure on the coordinate plane has an area S, where S > 1. Prove that it can be
translated by a vector with the integer number of coordinates, so that the figure
and its image do not intersect.
2.4.24. Let ABCDEF be a convex hexagon, such that AB|| ED, BC||EF, CD||AF, and
AB þ DE ¼ BC þ EF ¼ CD þ AF. Prove that
AD þ BE þ CF AB þ BC þ CD þ DE þ EF þ AF:
BC DE BC AF AF DE
AD þ BE þ CF AB þ CD þ EF þ þ þ :
AF DE BC
2.4.29. Let p be the sum of the lengths of the edges of convex polyhedron and d be
the maximal distance between its vertices. Prove that p > 3d.
Hint Consider the projection of the polyhedron on straight line AB, where A and
B are the vertices of the polyhedron and AB ¼ d.
2.4.30. The closed broken line passes on a surface of a unit cube and has common
points with all its facets. Prove that the length of the broken line is not less than
pffiffiffi
3 2.
Hint Consider the projections of the broken line on three mutually non-parallel
edges of the cube.
2.4.31. A number of segments is located inside a unit cube, so that any plane
parallel to one of the facets of the cube crosses not more than one of them. Prove
that the sum of the lengths of these segments is not greater than 3.
Hint Consider projections of these segments on three edges of a cube with
common vertex.
2.4.32. A number of polygons is located inside a unit cube, so that any line parallel
to one of the edges of the cube intersects with not more than one of them. Prove that
the sum of the areas of these polygons is not greater than 3.
Hint Consider projections of polygons on three facets of a cube with common
vertex.
2.4.33. Prove that for any tetrahedron one can find two such planes that the ratio of
pffiffiffi
the areas of the projections of the tetrahedron on these planes is not less than 2.
Hint For the tetrahedron SABC let MN be the common perpendicular of straight
lines SA and BC. Consider planes α, β, γ, passing through line MN, where
α ⊥ SA, β ⊥ BC, such that the angles between γ and straight lines SA, BC are equal.
90 2 Application of Projection Method
Hint Consider the projections of segments ICIA, IAIB, and IBIC on the straight lines
AC, AB, and BC, respectively. Then, one can easily deduce that
IAIB þ IBIC þ ICIA A1B1 þ B1C1 þ A1C1. Prove that GC GA 13 ðA1 C1 þ ACÞ and
GAGB þ GBGC þ GCGA A1B1 þ B1C1 þ A1C1.
2.4.43. Prove the inequality cos α Rr for a triangle, where α ¼ max (α, β, γ).
Hint Prove that cosβ þ cos γ 1.
Chapter 3
Areas
This chapter is devoted to the inequalities related to areas and it consists of only one
paragraph, that is Section 3.1. One of the methods for proving the inequalities
related to areas (of some figures on the plane) is the following: if the figures with
areas S1 , S2 , . . . , Sk cover a figure with area S, then S1 þ S2 þ . . . þ Sk S.
Let us give a simple example. Prove that the area of parallelogram AMNK
(M 2 AB, N 2 BC, K 2 AC) inscribed to triangle ABC is not greater than the half of
the area of ABC. Consider parallelograms BNKE and NCKF; note that triangles
AEK and KNF are, respectively, equal to triangles MBN and KNC. Moreover,
triangles AEK and KNF cover parallelogram AMNK; therefore the sum of the
areas of triangles MBN and KNCis not smaller than the area of parallelogram
AMNK. This ends the proof of given example.
One of the main methods of proving geometric inequalities related with areas is
rewriting them as algebraic inequalities by introducing some notations.
In order to compare areas of two figures, often one needs to consider consequent
figures, such that the first figure and the last figure are the given figures. Afterwards,
one needs to compare consequently areas of any two of the considered figures.
Some problems in this chapter were inspired by [2, 4, 9, 11, 13–16].
Nevertheless, even for these problems the authors have mostly provided their
own solutions.
3.1.1. (a) In a convex quadrilateral ABCD diagonals intersect at a point O and BC||
AD. Prove that SOCD 14 SABCD .
(b) Given points E and F on parallel sides BC and AD of the convex quadrilateral
ABCD, respectively. Given also that AE, BF intersect at point P and segments
CF, ED at point Q. Prove that SPEQF 14 SABCD .
3.1.12. Let A1, B1, C1 be points on sides BC, CA, AB of a triangle ABC, respectively.
Prove that
(a) SABC S2A1 B1 C1 4SAB1 C1 SBA1 C1 SCA1 B1 ,
(b) minðSAB1 C1 ; SBA1 C1 ; SCA1 B1 Þ SA1 B1 C1 ,
(c) minðSAB1 C1 ; SBA1 C1 ; SCA1 B1 Þ 14 SABC ,
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi 3 pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
(d) SAB1 C1 þ SBA1 C1 þ SCA1 B1 2 SABC ,
1 BB1 CC1
(e) SA1 B1 C1 min 14SABC ; 2AAðABþBCþACÞ , if segments AA1, BB1 and CC1 intersect at
one point,
(f) SA1 B1 C1 SAB1 C þ SBA1 C þ SCA1 B 3,
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1 1 1 1
ffi 1 1
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
SAB1 C1 SBA1 C1 SCA1 B1 SAB1 C1 SBA1 C1 SCA1 B1
(g) max S S ,
ð AB1 C1 ;SBA1 C1 ;SCA1 B1 Þ A1 B1 C1 minðSAB1 C1 ;SBA1 C1 ;SCA1 B1 Þ
3.1.19. Given a convex polygon in which one cannot place any triangle with area
1. Prove that this polygon can be placed into a triangle with area 4.
3.1.20. Given an acute triangle ABC. Let A1, B1, C1 be the points symmetric to
points A, B, C with respect to straight lines BC, AC, AB, respectively. Prove that
SA1 B1 C1 4SABC .
3.1.21. Given a triangle ABC. Segments BB1, CC1, AA1 are placed on rays AB, BC,
CA starting at points B, C, A, respectively, such that BB1 ¼ AC, CC1 ¼ AB,
AA1 ¼ BC. Prove that SAA1 B þ SBB1 C þ SCC1 A 3SABC .
3.1.22. Three secants are drawn for each internal point X of triangle ABC parallel to
its sides. As a result of this, one obtains three triangles each bounded by two secants
and a side of the triangle. Let the areas of these triangles be S1, S2, S3. Prove that
S1 þ S2 þ S3 13 S.
3.1.23. In a convex hexagon ABCDEF the opposite sides are parallel to each other
(AB||DE, BC||EF, CD||AF). Prove that 2SBDF SABCDEF.
3.1.24. Given points P, Q, R on sides AB, CD, EF of the centrally symmetric convex
hexagon ABCDEF, respectively. Prove that 2SPQR SABCDEF.
3.1.25. The triangle is inscribed into a regular hexagon; one of the sides of the
triangle passes through the center of symmetry of the hexagon. Prove that the area
of the triangle does not exceed 13 of the area of the hexagon.
3.1.26. Points D and E are chosen on the sides AB and AC of the triangle ABC,
respectively. Let segments BE and CD intersect at point P. Prove that
pffiffi
(a) SPDE 5 5211 SABC ,
pffiffiffi
(b) SPDE 5 2 7 SABC , if SBCED ¼ 2SPBC.
3.1.27. The segment PQ passes through the centroid of triangle ABC and points P,
Q are on sides BC, AC, respectively. Prove that SMPQ 29 SABC , where M is the
midpoint of side AB.
3.1.28. Prove that the area of any section of the cube by a plane passing through its
center is not less than the area of the faces of the cube.
3.1.29. The part of a plane between two parallel straight lines is called a “strip”. Let
several strips be given on a plane, and no two of them are parallel, i.e. no two
boundary straight lines of different strips are parallel. How one should move the
strips parallel to themselves to make the area of the polygon formed by the
intersection of the strips the greatest possible?
3.1.30. (a) Given a circle ω with a center A 12; 12 and radius R, where R < 12. Points
M and N are on the positive semiaxes Oy and Ox so that segment MN is tangent to
circle ω. Prove that
3.1 Inequalities with Areas 97
pffiffi 2 pffiffi
(1) SMON 2
2
R , if 0 < R 2
4 ,
pffiffi
(2) SMON 14 R2 , if 42 < R < 12.
pffiffiffi
(b) Prove that any section of the unit cube by a plane has an area not greater than 2.
3.1.31. (a) Given points B2, . . . , Bn and C2, . . . , Cn on the sides of triangle B1AC1
(B2, . . . , Bn 2 AB1, C2, . . . , Cn 2 AC1). The ray with a vertex at A intersects seg-
ments B1C1, B2C2, . . . , BnCn at points D1, D2, . . . , Dn, respectively. Prove that
AD1 þ AD2 þ ::: þ ADn maxðAB1 þ AB2 þ ::: þ ABn ; AC1 þ AC2 þ ::: þ ACn Þ:
(b) Prove that in a convex quadrilateral the length of any segment with ends on the
sides of the quadrilateral, which passes through the point of intersection of
diagonals do not exceed the length of one of the diagonals.
(c) Prove that the area of any cross section of the tetrahedron by a plane does not
exceed the area of one of its faces.
3.1.32. Given a convex quadrilateral ABCD. Prove that
(a) CD2 SABC þ BC2 SACD > AC2 SBCD, if ∠A þ ∠ C > 180 ,
(b) CD2 SABC þ BC2 SACD ¼ AC2 SBCD, if ∠A þ ∠ C ¼ 180 ,
(c) CD2 SABC þ BC2 SACD < AC2 SBCD, if ∠A þ ∠ C < 180 .
3.1.33. In a convex hexagon ABCDEF opposite sides are parallel (AB||DE, BC||EF,
CD||AF). Denote by A1, B1, C1, D1, E1, and F1 the midpoints of sides AB, BC, CD,
DE, EF and FA, respectively. Prove that
(a) segments A1D1, B1E1 and C1F1 can be sides of a triangle.
(b) 12 SBDF < S1 SBDF , where S1 is the area of the triangle with sides having
lengths A1D1, B1E1 and C1F1.
3.1.34. Given that the rectangle with sides a and b is inside the rectangle with sides
c and d, such that max(a, b) > max (c, d ). Prove that 2ab < cd.
3.1.35. O is an internal point of the convex quadrilateral ABCD with area S. Let
points K, L, M and N be on segments AB, BC, CD and DA, respectively. Prove that if
OKBL and OMDN are parallelograms, then
pffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi
(a) S S1 þ S2 :
pffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi
(b) 1, 25 S > T 1 þ T 2 :
pffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi
(c) C0 S T 1 þ T 2 ,
where S1, S2, T1, T2 are the areas of the quadrilaterals ONAK, OLCM, OKBL,
OMDN, respectively and
sin 2α þ π4
C0 ¼ max :
½0;π4 cos α
98 3 Areas
3.1.36. Let A1, B1, C1, D1 be the midpoints of sides BC, CD, DA, AB of a convex
quadrilateral ABCD, respectively, S0 be the area of the quadrilateral, formed by the
segments AA1, BB1, CC1, DD1, and S be the area of the quadrilateral ABCD. Prove
that 16 S < S0 15 S.
3.1.37. Consider a triangle with the area S. Prove that if one places externally
equilateral triangles on each side of the given triangle, then centers of these tri-
angles are vertices of an equilateral triangle with the area not less than S.
3.1.38. Given on a plane mutually nonintersecting triangles all obtained from
triangle ABC using a translation by a certain vector. All these triangles are contin-
ued to become parallelograms, such that any of these parallelograms has a diagonal
parallel to AB. Prove that S0 1, 5S, where S0 is the area of the union of these
parallelograms and S is the sum of the areas of all triangles.
3.1.39. Given that in a convex hexagon ABCDEF triangles ACE and BDF are
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
similar. Prove that SABCDEF Rr SACE SBDF , where r and R are, respectively,
inradius and circumradius of triangle ACE.
3.1.40. Given on a plane five points, so that the area of each of 10 triangles defined
by these points is greater than 2. Prove that among those triangles exists a triangle,
pffiffiffi
such that its area is greater than 1 þ 5.
3.1.41. The vertices of a convex hexagon A1A2A3A4A5A6 are on the sides of the unit
square. Prove that the area of one of triangles A1A2A3, A2A3A4, A3A4A5, A4A5A6,
A5A6A1, A6A1A2 is not greater than 18.
3.1.42. Given on a plane a triangle ABC and a point P, such that ∠A ¼ 600, PA ¼ 1,
pffiffiffiffiffi pffiffi
PB ¼ 2, PC ¼ 3. Prove that SABC 13 þ 73 83.
3.1.43. Given on a plane a triangle ABC and a point P, such that ∠A ¼ α π2,
PA ¼ r1, PB ¼ r2, PC ¼ r3, with 0 < r1 < r2 < r3, where r1, r2, r3, α are constants.
Find the possible highest and lowest values of the area of triangle ABC.
3.1.44. Consider two parallelograms that intersect exactly in eight points. Prove that
the common area of these parallelograms is greater than or equal to half of the area
of one of them.
Solutions
3.1.1. (a) Consider the midpoints of segments AC, CD and BD and let those points
be M, N and P, respectively. We have that MN||AD and NP||BC and also
SOCD SMCDP ¼ SMCN þ SPND ¼ 14 SACD þ 14 SBCD ¼ 14 SACD þ 14 SABC ¼ 14 SABCD .
Consequently, SOCD 14 SABCD .
(b) Making use of problem 3.1.1a we get that
3.1 Inequalities with Areas 99
Figure 3.1 B C
N
M
K
L
1 1 1
SPEQF ¼ SPEF þ SEQF SABEF þ SFECD ¼ SABCD :
4 4 4
1
SB1 B2 :::Bn ¼ SA1 A2 :::An SB1 A2 B2 ::: SBn A1 B1 ¼ SA1 A2 :::An ðSA1 A2 A3 þ ::: þ SAn A1 A2 Þ ¼
4
1 1
¼ SA1 A2 :::An ð2SA1 A2 :::An SC1 A2 C2 ::: SCn A1 C1 2SC1 C2 :::Cn Þ > SA1 A2 :::An :
4 2
Similarly, we deduce that SALD ¼ ðnS1 yÞyðmS2 yÞ. Since SKLMN ¼ SBNC þ SALD,
then x þ y ¼ ðmS1 xÞxðnS2 xÞ þ ðnS1 yÞyðmS2 yÞ or 1 ¼ ðS1 þS mS1 nS2
2 ÞðmþnÞx
þ ðS1 þS
mS1 nS2
2 ÞðmþnÞy
. Now
we have to find the maximal value of x þ y at x < min (mS1, nS2).
Let x y. Denote ðS1 þSmS1 nS2
2 ÞðmþnÞx
¼ sin 2 α, ðS1 þS
mS1 nS2
2 ÞðmþnÞy
¼ cos 2 α, where α0 < α π4,
sin 2 α0 ¼ ðS1 þS2 Þðmþn
mS1 nS2
ÞminðmS1 ;nS2 Þ.
Then x þ y ¼ ðS1 þS24mS
ÞðmþnÞsin 2 2α < ðS1 þS2 ÞðmþnÞsin 2 2α0 .
1 nS2 4mS1 nS2
In the case of nS2 < mS1 the inequality (3.1) is obtained similarly.
3.1.4. We have that SABMND < SABCD,
1 1 1
SABMND ¼ SAMN þ SABM þ SAND ¼ SAMN þ SABC þ SACD ¼ SAMN þ SABCD ,
2 2 2
consequently, SAMN < 12 SABCD . Note that SABCD ¼ SABD þ SBCD ¼ SABD þ 4SCMN.
Therefore, 4SAMN ¼ SABCD þ SABD, so SAMN > 14 SABCD .
3.1.5. (Solution of G. Khotsanyan, 9th grade)
First we shall prove two lemmas which are used at the proof of the inequality.
Lemma 1 A straight line perpendicular to AB is drawn from point H of segment
AB, where AH < BH. Points C and D are taken on that perpendicular so that
CH < DH. Points E and F are the feet of the bisectors drawn from vertices C and D
in triangles ABC and ABD. Prove that AE < AF.
Proof Indeed, according to the interior angle bisector theorem, for triangles ABC
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
CH 2 þAH 2 AF DH2 þAH 2
and ABD we get: AE
EB ¼ AC
BC ¼ p ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi , ¼ AD
¼ pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi .
CH 2 þBH 2 FB BD DH2 þBH 2
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
x2 þAH 2
Consider now a function f ðxÞ ¼ pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi BH 2
2
¼ 1 þ AH x2 þBH 2
. Note that it grows in
2x þBH2
the interval x 2 [0 ; 1 ) (since AH2 BH2 < 0). Consequently, from the condition
3.1 Inequalities with Areas 101
CH < DH, it follows that f(CH) < f(DH). Hence, we deduce that AE
EB < AF
FB or
EB < FB . From this inequality we obtain that AF > AE.
EBþAE FBþAF
Lemma 2 Given that points E and F are the feet of the bisectors drawn from
vertices C and D in triangles ABC and ABD, respectively, with CD||AB. Prove that,
if segments CE and DF do not intersect, then CD > EF.
Proof First introduce following notations (see also Figure 3.2) ∠ACB ¼ 2α,
∠ADB ¼ 2β, ∠BCD ¼ u, ∠ADC ¼ v. It is known that ∠ABC ¼ ∠BCD ¼ u,
∠BAD ¼ ∠ADC ¼ v.
From triangles ABC and ABD we deduce that 2α þ u þ v þ ∠CAD ¼ 180 ,
2β þ u þ v þ ∠CBD ¼ 180 . Hence, we have that 2α þ u þ v < 180 ,
2β þ u þ v < 180 . Summing up these two inequalities, it follows that
2α þ 2β þ 2u þ 2v < 360 , or ∠ECD þ ∠FDC < 180 . If segments CE and DF do
not intersect, then CD > EF. This ends the proof of the lemma.
Now, we continue the proof of the problem. Let us introduce following notations
(see Figure 3.3), AE ¼ a, AH ¼ b, DG ¼ c, BF ¼ d, AB ¼ CD ¼ e, BC ¼ AD ¼ f.
We have that
Figure 3.2 C D
u v
a b b
a
v u
A E F B
e-a e-c
E M G
a c
A b H f-b D
102 3 Areas
Figure 3.4 B C1 C
B1 M D1
A A1 D
Thus,
S 1
S0 ¼ ðc aÞðd bÞ: ð3:2Þ
2 2
Figure 3.5 B C
c2 c1
a1
A D
Figure 3.6 A
E
A1 M
O
F B
!
S ef
S0 1 pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi : ð3:3Þ
2 ef þ ðe þ f Þ e2 þ f 2 þ e2 þ f 2
pffiffiffiffiffi
Since e þ f 2 ef , e2 þ f2 2ef, then
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffi
ef þ ðe þ f Þ e2 þ f 2 þ e2 þ f 2 ef 3 þ 2 2 : ð3:4Þ
1 MA MB 1 2 sin ∠A sin ∠B
SMEF ¼ ME MF sin ∠EMF ¼ AB sin 2 ∠O ¼
2 AB2 2 sin ∠O
MA MB
¼ SABO sin 2 ∠O:
AB2
ð3:5Þ
104 3 Areas
(a) According to (3.5) SABO would be minimal if the value of the expression MAMB
AB2
2
¼ 14 14 ðMAMB
AB2
Þ
would be maximal i.e. at MA ¼ MB.
To construct segment AB one has to note that OA1 ¼ A1A, where MA1||OF.
Remark 1. SMEF 14 SABO .
Indeed, according to (3.5), SMEF MAMB
AB2
SABO 14 SABO .
2. SOA1 M 14 SOAB .
(b) According to (3.5) we have that
where ON ⊥ AB.
If the straight line passing through point M perpendicular to line OM intersects
the sides of the given angle at points A1 and B1, then segment A1B1 is what was
required. Indeed, we have that
1 1 sin 2 ∠O sin 2 ∠O 1 1
þ ¼ ON OM ¼ þ :
MA MB SMEF SMEF MA1 MB1
But if the straight line passing through point M perpendicular to line OM does
not intersect the sides of the given angle, then the required segment cannot be
constructed. Indeed, since N 2 OK (Figure 3.7), where KM||OE, then ON does not
have a maximal value.
N K
O F
Figure 3.7
3.1 Inequalities with Areas 105
Figure 3.8
D2
D3
D D'
D1 C1 C
M B1
B'
A A1 B B3 B2
1
SA1 B1 C1 D1 ¼ SMA1 B1 þ SMB1 C1 þ SMD1 C1 þ SMA1 D1 SABC
4
1 1 1
þ SBCD þ SACD þ SABD ¼
4 4 4
1 S
¼ SABCD ¼
2 2
(see the remark 1 of problem 3.1.6a). This means that SA1 B1 C1 D1 S2.
(b) Draw from points C and M straight lines parallel to diagonal BD (Figure 3.8).
1 1 1
SMA1 D1 þ SMB1 C1 SAB3 D3 þ SCB0 D0 < SAB3 D3
4 4 4
1 1 1
þ SB2 B3 D3 D2 ¼ SAB2 D2 ¼ SABCD :
4 4 2
Since from the statement of the problem, it follows that points C and A are
equidistant from line BD, i.e. BD is the midline of triangle AB2D2.
Remark 1. If ABCD is a square and point M coincides with C, then
1
SMA1 D1 þ SMB1 C1 ¼ SCBD ¼ SABCD :
2
106 3 Areas
Figure 3.9 B
B1
M
G
A P C1 C
Figure 3.10 C
E
E' D
A F B
2. In general the inequality does not hold true: take in a square ABCD a point
M close to point C and move vertices B and D along the sides in the direction
of A.
S2ABCD S2ABCD
3. One can prove that, in general case, SMA1 D1 þ SMB1 C1 < 14 max SBDC ; SABD .
SMGN SABC
9 sin ∠B, SNGP 9 sin ∠C. Thus
2 SABC 2
SABC 2 SABC
SMNP ¼ SMGP þ SMGN þ SNGP sin ∠A þ sin 2 ∠B þ sin 2 ∠C :
9 4
Figure 3.11 B
E
K M
D E1
M1
K1
A T P C
have to prove that SAE0 D 14 SABC . Note that, this follows from the solution of
problem 3.1.6a (see remark 2).
3.1.10. Draw from the point A a straight line parallel to DE (Figure 3.11).
Since DK ¼ KM ¼ ME, then AK1 ¼ K1M1 ¼ M1E1. Now by using Menelaus’
theorem for triangle AE1C and straight lines BT, BP, we obtain that
Consequently,
Olympiad.
(b) Assume that SA1 B1 C1 < minðSAB1 C1 ; SBA1 C1 ; SCA1 B1 Þ and let SAB1 C1 SBA1 C1
SCA1 B1 . Then, taking into account the solution of the problem 3.1.12a, we get
that
therefore
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
AA1 BB1 CC1 4SABC ða þ b þ cÞ αβγ ð1 αÞð1 βÞð1 γ Þ ¼ 2SA1 B1 C1
1 BB1 CC1
ða þ b þ cÞ, hence SA1 B1 C1 2AA
ðABþBCþACÞ.
(f) We have to prove that ð1 αð1 γ Þ βð1 αÞ γ ð1 βÞÞ αð1γ 1
Þ þ βð1αÞþ
1
γ ð1βÞÞ 3, or
1
1 1 1
A ¼ ðð1 αÞð1 βÞð1 γ Þ þ αβγ Þ þ þ 3:
αð1 γ Þ βð1 αÞ γ ð1 βÞ
Note that
ð1 αÞð1 βÞ βγ ð1 β Þð1 γ Þ
A¼ þ þ
α 1γ β
αγ ð1 αÞð1 γ Þ αβ 1β
þ þ þ ¼
1α γ 1β α
β 1γ γ
þβ 1 þ βþ þγ1þ γ
1γ β 1 α
1α α 1β α
þ þα1þ α¼ þ
γ 1
β α 1 β
β 1γ γ 1α
þ þ þ þ 3 3,
1γ β 1α γ
110 3 Areas
that
1 sin 2α sin 2β
ða þ bÞ2
SPMN 2 sin ð2α þ 2βÞ 1
¼ ¼ ¼
SABC 1 2 cos α cos β cos ðα þ βÞ
2a cos α 2b cos β sin ðα þ βÞ
2
1 1
¼ < pffiffi2 pffiffi2 ¼ 1,
cos ðα þ βÞ þ cos ðα þ βÞ cos ðα βÞ
2
2
2
þ 22
cos β 2a cos α
because 2bsin β ¼ sin α and 0 α β < α þ β 45 .
αβ
2
because cos 2 2 sin 2γ 0.
3.1 Inequalities with Areas 111
3.1.16. Consider the straight lines which pass through the vertices of a triangle and
are parallel to one of the sides of the parallelogram (Figure 3.12).
Note that it is sufficient to solve the problem for the cases, when the triangle and
the parallelogram have sides belonging to the same straight line (Figure 3.13a, b).
In a case of Figure 3.13a we have that SXYZT SAY 1 Z1 T 1 12 SABC (see the solution
of problem 3.1.6a, remark 2), where Z1T1||AB. In the case of Figure 3.13b, we have
that SABC SXCT 12 SXYZT .
3.1.17. (a) Let points A and B be the most removed vertices of a polygon. Then it is
clear that the polygon is inside the strip formed by the perpendiculars to the
segment AB at points A and B.
Consider the strip with a minimum width having boundaries parallel to the
segment AB and which contains the given polygon (Figure 3.14).
Then the intersection of these two strips contains the polygon and has area
2SABC þ 2SABD 2S.
(b) Let A, B, C be such vertices of the given polygon that SABC is maximal. It is clear
that the given polygon is contained in the half-plane ΠA, the boundary of which
passes through point A and is parallel to CB (Figure 3.15).
Figure 3.12
B Y Z
Y1 Y Z Z1
A X T T1 C X A B T
a b
Figure 3.13
112 3 Areas
The half-planes ΠB and ΠC are defined similarly. The intersection of these three
half-planes contain the given polygon and have the area equal to 4SABC. Thus, if
SABC S2, then this ends the proof. It remains to consider the case, whenSABC > S2.
Consider a triangle A1B1C1 with a minimum area having parallel sides to the
sides of triangle ABC and which contains the given polygon (Figure 3.16).
Figure 3.14
C
A B
Figure 3.15
PA
A
B
Figure 3.16 A1
D
A S2 B1
B
S1 M
F S3
E
C
C1
3.1 Inequalities with Areas 113
Figure 3.17
P
F
l1(t) l2(t)
A B
C
S1 S2
E
MC
It is clear that AA1, BB1 and CC1 intersect at point M. Let CC 1
¼ k, then SABC ¼ k
(S1 þ S2 þ S3), where S1 ¼ SFAC, S2 ¼ SDAB, S3 ¼ SECB, and D, E, F are some vertices
of the given polygon.
Because SABC > S2, consequently k > 1.
We have that
In the absence of some of the points DEF the proof can be done similarly.
3.1.18. (a) Let points A, B be the most removed vertices of the given polygon and
C be any point on segment AB (Figure 3.17).
Consider the function f(t) ¼ l1(t) l2(t) on the segment [0; 1], where t ¼ AC AB ,
while l1(t) and l2(t) are the lengths of the segments, cut off by the given polygon
from the midpoint perpendiculars of segments AC and CB, respectively. It is not
difficult to understand that the graph of the function f(t) is a broken line and as
l1(0) ¼ l2(1) ¼ 0, then we have that f(0) < 0 and f(1) > 0. Hence, it follows that there
exists a certain point C0, such that l1(t0) ¼ l2(t0), where t0 ¼ AC
AB (i.e. f(t0) ¼ 0).
0
Consider the straight line passing through point C and perpendicular to segment
AB. Assume that it divides the given polygon into two polygons with areas S1 and S2
(Figure 3.17).
Let us draw through points E and F support lines,1 then S1 l1(t) AC.
Similarly, we obtain that S2 l2(t) CB. Consequently, l1(t) AC þ l2(t) CB S.
For point C0 the quadrilateral EFPQ is a parallelogram, such that
1
If the line l has at least one common point with a figure F and whole figure F is located on one side
of l, then the line l is called a support line of the figure F.
114 3 Areas
1 1 1
SA1 B1 C1 ¼ SABC þ SABC1 þ SBCA1 þ SACB1 ab sin 3γ bc sin 3α ac sin 3β ¼
2 2 2
1 1 1
¼ 4SABC ab sin 3γ bc sin 3α ac sin 3β:
2 2 2
1 1 1
ab sin 3γ þ bc sin 3α þ ac sin 3β ¼ SABC ð2 cos 2γ þ 2 cos 2α þ 2 cos 2β þ 3Þ ¼
2 2 2
¼ SABC ð4cos 2 γ þ 4cos 2 α þ 4cos 2 β 3Þ 0
1 1 1
SAA1 B þ SBB1 C þ SCC1 A ¼ ac sin α þ ab sin β þ bc sin γ
2 2 2
sin α sin β sin γ
¼ SABC þ þ
sin β sin γ sin α !
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
sin α sin β sin γ
SABC 2 þ2 1 1
sin β sin γ sin α
sr ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi !
sin α sin γ
SABC 4 1 ¼ 3SABC ,
sin γ sin α
pffiffiffiffiffi
because x þ y 2 xy (x 0, y 0).
2 2 2
3.1.22. We have that SS1 ¼ ðkþmþn
k
, S2 ¼ ðkþmþn
Þ2 S
n
, S3 ¼ ðkþmþn
Þ2 S
m
Þ2
(Figure 3.18).
Consequently
3.1 Inequalities with Areas 115
Figure 3.18 B
S3 S1
X
m k
S2
A n C
Figure 3.19 D E
K M F
N
C
B A
2 2 2
S1 þ S2 þ S3 ¼ S k
kþmþn þ n
kþmþn þ m
kþmþn
2 k 1 2 n 1 2 m 1
S þ þ
3 kþmþn 9 3 kþmþn 9 3 kþmþn 9
2 1 S
¼S 1 ¼ ,
3 3 3
since x2 23 x 19.
3.1.23. Let us draw through points B, D and F lines parallel to segments AF, EF and
AB, respectively (Figure 3.19). Note that SBCD ¼ SBND, SDEF ¼ SDKF, SABF ¼ SBMF.
Consequently 2SBDF ¼ SABCDEF þ SMNK SABCDEF.
3.1.24. Denote the points symmetrical to P, Q and R relative to the symmetry center
0 0 0 0 0 0
of hexagon ABCDEF by P , Q and R , respectively. It is clear that points P , Q and R
0 0 0 0 0
2
belong, respectively, to sides DE, AF and BC. Since Q R#R Q, PQ #P Q and RP #
0
RP , we have 2SPQR ¼ SPR0 QP0 RQ0 SABCDEF (see the solution to problem 3.1.23).
3.1.25. Let ABCDEF be a regular hexagon with a symmetry center O and triangle
MNP an inscribed triangle, with side MN passing through point O. One can assume
2
AB # CD denotes that the segments AB and CD are parallel and equal.
116 3 Areas
that M 2 CD, N 2 AF and P 2 AB. We have that SMNP max (SMNA, SMNB), SMNA
¼ 12 SAMDN 12 SACDF ¼ 13 SABCDEF and SMNB ¼ SBON þ SBOM ¼ SBAO þ SBCO
¼ 3 SABCDEF . Consequently, SMNP 3 SABCDEF .
1 1
AC ¼ λ, AB ¼ μ, SBPC ¼ x, SPDE ¼ y.
3.1.26. Let us introduce the following notations: EC BD
Indeed λμ þ 12 ð1 λÞ þ 12 ð1 μÞ ¼ 1 λμ
2 9. It remains to note that
7
SQMP ¼ S SQCP þ SAQM þ SBMP S 79 S ¼ 29 S, consequently SQMP 29 S.
3.1.28. It is clear that the cross section of the cube by a plane passing through its
center is a centrally symmetric convex polygon, which has an even number of sides.
Thus, it is either a quadrilateral (Figure 3.20a), or a hexagon (Figure 3.20b).
In the first case (Figure 3.20a), we have that Sсеч ¼ bh a a ¼ a2.
3.1 Inequalities with Areas 117
b D
b
B a c
d g
c
h b d E
A
b
a
F
a b
Figure 3.20
Figure 3.21 B S2
C
S1
A
D
yi yi¢
3.1.29. It is clear that one can leave two of the given strips as they are and move the
remaining k strips. Let coordinate straight line be parallel to non of the boundary
lines of these strips.
Denote by xi (i ¼ 1, 2, . . . , k) coordinates of the intersection points of the line li
with the coordinate line, where the straight line li is parallel to the bounding lines of
the i-th strip and is equidistant from them. It is clear that there exist numbers ai and
bi, such that ai xi bi [because the intersection of each of these k strips with
parallelogram ABCD is not empty (Figure 3.21)], where ABCD is the intersection of
two not moved strips.
118 3 Areas
b b
x
x x
a g a 1800-g
x b b=0
a a 1800 -d
d
a b
Figure 3.22
It is clear that to each figure which is the intersection of all these strips,
corresponds a set of numbers x1, x2, . . . , xk. Denote the area of all these k þ 2 strips
by S(x1, x2, ..., xk). If all these strips do not have common points we will set S(x1,
x2, ..., xk) ¼ 0.
We shall prove that there exists a constant number M, such that at any
xi , x0i 2 ½ai ; bi , i ¼ 1, 2, . . . , k the following inequality holds true
Sðx1 ; x2 ; :::; xk ÞS x0 ; x0 ; :::; x0 M jx1 x0 j þ jx2 x0 j þ ::: þ jxk x0 j :
1 2 k 1 2 k
ð3:8Þ
Note that S y1 ; :::; yi1 ; yi ; yiþ1 ; :::; yk S y1 ; :::; yi1 ; y0i ; yiþ1 ; :::; yk S1 þ
S2 (Figure 3.21), and S1 , S2 y0i yi d, where d is the longest diagonal of the
parallelogram ABCD. Then S1 þ S2 2 y0i yi d, and thus
Sðx1 ; x2 ; :::; xk Þ S x0 ; x0 ; :::; x0
1 2 k
Sðx1 ; x2 ; :::; xk Þ S x01 ; x2 ; :::; xk þ S x01 ; x2 ; :::; xk S x01 ; x02 ; x3 :::; xk þ
þ ::: þ S x01 ; x02 ; :::; x0k1 ; xk S x01 ; x02 :::; x0k
2d x1 x01 þ 2d x2 x02 þ ::: þ 2d xk x0k ¼ M jx1 x01 j þ jx2 x02 j þ ::: þ jxk x0k j ,
where M ¼ 2d.
Using the inequality (3.8) one can prove that there exist numbers x01 , x02 , :::, x0k ,
such that for any xi 2 [ai, bi], i ¼ 1, 2, . . . , k, Sðx1 ; x2 ; :::; xk Þ S x01 ; x02 ; :::; x0k .
We shall prove that all strips to which correspond numbers x01 , x02 , :::, x0k have a
common center of symmetry.
Proof by contradiction argument.
Let certain two parallel sides of the intersection with the area S x01 ; x02 ; :::; x0k ¼ S
be not equal. Let a > b (Figure 3.22).
3.1 Inequalities with Areas 119
Figure 3.23 y
E
a
K
O N x
Let us shift the strip, one of the boarders of which contains a, by x (Figure 3.22).
0
Denote the area of intersection of new strips by S . Then for sufficiently enough
small x we have that
SMON ¼ :
cos 2α
pffiffi
pffi 2
pffiffi 2
2 cos αR
2
(1) For 0 < R 4
2
we have to prove that cos 2α 22 R , or
pffiffi cos αpffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi ffi pffiffi cos αpffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi ffi pffiffi
2 ð cos 2αÞ
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi 2 ð cos 2αÞ
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2 R (α ¼
6 0). We need to prove that 2 2
4 , or
1 cos 2α
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi 1 cos 2α
2 cos α 1 cos 2α, i.e. (cosα 1)2 0.
(2) We shall prove that for 0 < R < 12 the following inequality holds true
p ffi 2
2 cos αR
2 pffiffiffi 2
cos 2α 14 R2 , or 2R cos α 12 0.
pffiffi
For 42 < R < 12 the equality may hold true, since p1ffiffi2 < 2p1ffiffi2R < 1, hence there
exists such an angle α, for which cos α ¼ p1ffiffi . 2 2R
120 3 Areas
B1 C1 B1 W C1
B1 C1
V
A1 D1 P A1
A1 N D1 D1
S
M N O
K U
B C B C B C
b
M O1
R T
K
A D A D A Q D
a b c
Figure 3.24
(b) According to problem 3.1.29, if one shifts the plane parallel to itself so that it
passes through the center of the cube, then the area of the cross section does not
decrease. Thus, it is sufficient to make the proof for the case of dissection of the
cube by a plane passing through its center. Consider the following cases
(Figure 3.23a, b, c).
pffiffiffi
I. (Figure 3.24a) Ssec ¼ 2SANC1 2maxðSAD1 C1 ; SADC1 Þ ¼ 2.
II. (Figure 3.24b) Ssec ¼ 2SNKP 2maxðSNKC1 ; SNKC Þ ¼ maxðSANC1 K ; SA1 NCK Þ
pffiffiffi
2.
III. Let OO1 ⊥ ABC, where O is the center of the cube, O1K ⊥ QT and O1K ¼ R,
∠O1KO ¼ β (Figure 3.24c).
pffiffi
pffi 2
12STQD 12 22R
If 0 < R 4 , then Ssec ¼ cos β pffiffiffiffiffiffi
2
R (see problem 3.1.30 a,1).
1þR2
pffiffi 2 pffiffi
4
pffiffiffi pffiffi
We need to prove that 1 2 22 R pffiffiffiffiffiffiffi 2R ffi
, or 2 2R 2R2 p2ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2R ffi
,
4þR
1 2
1þ4R2
pffiffiffi pffiffi pffiffiffi p ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi1
2
2 R pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2 ffi
2
, or 2 p1þ4R ffi R, or 4 2R 1 þ 4R2 þ 1 þ 4R2 .
2
1þ4R
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1þ4R
pffiffiffi
Indeed, 1 þ 4R2 þ 1 þ 4R2 > 4R þ 2R ¼ 6R > 4 2R.
pffiffi 12ð14R2 Þ
12S
IV. If 42 < R 12, then Ssec ¼ cosTQD β pffiffiffiffiffiffi
R (see problem 3.1.30a)
1 2 þR
4
pffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1 1þ4R2 1
(3) We need to prove that 2 þ 2R R
2
2, or (1 þ x)2(1 þ x) 8x, where
2
Figure 3.25 A
a-x
x
B D C
Using further the inequality (3.9) for numbers ai ¼ ABi sin x and bi ¼ ACi sin
(α x) at 0 < x < α, we deduce that
Figure 3.26 C
B А'
E M
E' F
A B'
D B1
C1
M N1
K1
L
L1
D1
B
C N
К
A A1
a b
Figure 3.27
0 0 0
From problem 3.1.31a we have that ME þ MF max (MC þ MA , MB þ MD),
or EF max (AC, BD).
(c) Let the section of a tetrahedron ABCD be a quadrilateral KLMN (Figure 3.27a).
We need to prove that SKLMN max (SAMC, SDKB). Let us project the tetrahedron
on a plane perpendicular to KM (Figure 3.27b).
Since SKLMN ¼ 12 KM L1 N 1 and from problem 3.1.31b we have that L1N1 max
(A1C1, B1D1), then SKLMN max 12KM A1 C1 ; 12KM B1 D1 maxðSAMC ; SBKD Þ.
It remains to note that SAMC max (SACD, SABC) and SBKD max (SABD, SCBD),
(see remark to the solution of problem 2.4.4.).
In the case of triangular section one can assume that it is passing, e.g., through
vertex D, i.e., points L and M have coincided with point D.
3.1.32. Let points C1, B1, A1, D1 be H images of points C, B, A, D (Figure 3.28).
3.1 Inequalities with Areas 123
B1
D
AC×CD
AB×CD
H- image BD×AC
C А C1 BC×CD
A1
BC×AD
BC×AC
B
D1
Figure 3.28
Figure 3.29 C2 C C1 D
Δ1 B1 D1
B2
B E2 Δ2
A1 E
E1
A2 A F1 F
(a) If ∠A þ ∠C > 180 , then ∠B þ ∠D < 180 . Hence C1B1A1D1 is a convex quad-
rilateral, thus SA1 B1 C1 þ SA1 C1 D1 > SC1 B1 D1 . SA1 B1 C1 ¼ CD2 SABC , SA1 C1 D1 ¼
BC2 SACD , SC1 B1 D1 ¼ AC2 SBCD . Consequently CD2 SABC þ BC2 SACD > AC2
SBCD.
(b) If ∠A þ ∠C ¼ 180 , then SA1 B1 C1 þ SA1 C1 D1 ¼ SC1 B1 D1 . Thus CD2 SABC þ BC2
SACD ¼ AC2 SBCD.
(c) If ∠A þ ∠C < 180 , then ∠B þ ∠D > 180 , hence point A1 is inside the triangle
C1B1D1, consequently SA1 B1 C1 þ SA1 C1 D1 < SC1 B1 D1 . Therefore, it follows that
CD2 SABC þ BC2 SACD < AC2 SBCD.
3.1.33. Consider a hexagon A2B2C2C1E2F1, where CC2 ¼ AF1, AA2 ¼ CC1, C1E2||
A2B2||DE, C2B2||F1E2||BC (Figure 3.29).
We have that the opposite sides of the hexagon A2B2C2C1E2F1 are parallel to
each other and C1 C2 ¼ AFþCD
2 ¼ A2 F1 . Consequently, C1E2 ¼ B2A2, E2F1 ¼ B2C2.
Let points E and E3 be symmetric to each other with respect to point E2, then
ABCE3 is a parallelogram. Therefore, C1 E2 ¼ ABþDE2 , F1 E 2 ¼
BCþEF
2 . One can easily
prove that B2C1||A1D1 and B2F1||B1E1, B2C1 ¼ A1D1, B2F1 ¼ B1E1.
This ends the proof of the point (a) of the problem.
124 3 Areas
Figure 3.30 d
d1
c c1 b
a
Figure 3.31
N d C P
N1 P1 D
c O
B M1 Q1
M A Q
possible.
To conclude the proof it remains to draw through the vertices A, B, C, D of the
rectangle with the sides a and b a straight line, parallel to the sides of the rectangle
with the sides c and d. We have that
ab ¼ SABCD < SBCQ1 þ SADN1 þ SCDP1 þ SABM1 ¼ SBCN þ SADQ þ SCDP þ SABM
¼ cd ab:
Denote the intersection points of a straight line passing through O with lines BA,
AD, CD and BC, respectively, W, X, Y and Z. Assume that W
X
A. Then OW OX ¼ 1,
and OY > 1. Now we rotate the line around point O in such a way that it does not
OZ
2SAOB SBOC
T1 ¼ :
a
sin ð2αþπ=4Þ
2b
pffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffi
cos α ¼ 1, i.e. C0 1. Thus, in all cases T 1 þ T 2 C0 S.
Note that if in a quadrilateral the conditions AB ¼ BC, AD ¼ CD are satisfied and
ABCO is a parallelogram, then using the condition SSACD ABC
¼ tg 2 α0 , where 0 α0 π4
sin ð2α0 þπ=4Þ pffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffi
and C0 ¼ cos α0 we obtain that T 1 þ T 2 ¼ C0 S.
We need to prove that, if 0 α π4, then sin 2α þ π4 < 54 cos α. This ends the
proof of the point (b)
of the problem.
Indeed, let φ 2 0; π4 and cos φ ¼ 45, then at 0 α < φ, we have that
sin 2α þ π4 < 1 ¼ 54 cos φ < 54 cos α. But if φ α π4, then tgφ ¼ 34 >
126 3 Areas
Figure 3.32 A D1 B
M4
M
O M1
C1
М3
A1
K
M2
D
B1
C
pffiffiffi pffiffi
2 1 ¼ tg π8. Therefore, φ > π8 and sin 2α þ π4 sin 2φ þ π4 ¼ 22 31
25 <
pffiffi
2 4 1, 25 cos α.
2 5
Remark
Using
the concept of a derivative it is possible to prove that
tg 2α0 þ π4 tg α0 þ 2 ¼ 0, or tg3α0 þ 3tgα0 2 ¼ 0. Consequently, tg α0 ¼
p ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffi p ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffi
2 þ 1 2 1¼ 0, 59 . . ., then C0 ¼ 1, 11. . ..
3 3
3.1.36. (Solution of O. Sarkisyan, 9th grade) Let the diagonals of the quadrilateral
ABCD intersect at point O (Figure 3.32) and OC AO
¼ λ, OD
BO
¼ μ.
Let us express S0 through S, λ, μ. Since segment AA1, BB1, CC1 and DD1 medians
of triangles ABC, BCD, ACD and ABD, then
S
SAA1 CC1 ¼ SAA1 C þ SCC1 A ¼ SABA1 þ SCDC1 ¼ :
2
Similarly,
S
SBB1 DD1 ¼ SBCB1 þ SDAD1 ¼ :
2
Consequently,
AK A1 K BM þ MO 1 BM
¼ ¼ ¼ þ :
AO MO 2MO 2 2MO
AK AO þ OK OC 1
¼ ¼1þ ¼1þ :
AO AO 2AO 2λ
λþ1
Therefore, 1 þ 2λ
1
¼ 12 þ 2MO
BM
, from which it follows that BM ¼ 2λþ1 BO. From
(3.10) we deduce that
BM1 BM λ þ 1 BO
¼ ¼ ¼
M1 B1 A1 B1 2λ þ 1 BD=2
ð2λ þ 2Þμ
¼ :
ð2λ þ 1Þðμ þ 1Þ
Consequently,
Figure 3.33
B
O2
O3
b
c a
A b C
O1
А2
B¢ B¢ B2
A¢ A¢ B1
A1 B1 A1
C2
А2
C1 B2 C1 l
l C2
C¢ C¢
a b
Figure 3.34
0 0 0 0 0 0
triangles A B C and A2B2C2 have a common point, where A B C is the image of
triangle A1B1C1 under similarity transformation with a center O and similarity
coefficient k. The existence of line l follows from Figure 3.34.
Let A1B1C1 and A2B2C2 be two given triangles. Note that if line l contains sides
A1C1 or B1C1, then parallelograms A1C1B1D1 and A2C2B2D2 do not have any
common internal point, while if line l contains side A1B1, then hexagons
A1M1N1B1K1P1 and A2M2N2B2K2P2 do not have common internal points [here
MiNi and PiKi are midlines of triangles AiBiCi and AiBiDi (i ¼ 1, 2), respectively
(Figure 3.35)].
From the aforesaid it follows that, if given triangles AiBiCi, i ¼ 1, 2, . . . , n do
not have any common internal point, then any two of the hexagons AiMiNiBiKiPi,
i ¼ 1, 2, . . . , n also do not have any common internal point.
P
n P
n
Therefore, S0 SA i M i N i B i K i P ¼ 2 SAi Bi Ci ¼ 2 S.
3 3
i¼1 i¼1
130 3 Areas
Figure 3.35 D2
P2 K2
A2 B2
D1
M2 N2
P1 K1
A1 C2 B1 l
M1 N1
C1
Figure 3.36 N
A C
A1 C1
F E1 D
M E K
3.1.39. Let us draw through points A, C and E straight lines MN, NK and MK parallel
to BF, BD and DF, respectively (Figure 3.36).
Then ΔBFD ΔMNK, and let MN ¼ λBF.
Note that
λ2 SBDF ¼ SMNK ¼
¼ SBDF þ SMNBF þ SNKDB þ SMKDF :
We have that R > r1 (see the solution of problem 7.1.79), where r1 is the radius of
the incircle of triangle BDF. Hence, we obtain that
3.1 Inequalities with Areas 131
Figure 3.37 A
B M E
D
C
R R pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
SABCDEF SBDF ¼ SACE SBDF :
r1 r
Remark 1. If center O of the circumcircle of a triangle ACE is in a convex hexagon
ABCDEF, then SABCDEF ¼ SABOF þ SBCDO þ SDEFO BFR 2 þ 2 þ 2 ¼
BDR FDR
R
r1 SBDF .
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2. If ABCDEF is a convex hexagon, then SABCDEF Rr Rr11 SACE SBDF , where r,
R and r1, R1 are the inradius and circumradius of triangles ACE and BDF,
respectively.
3.1.40. Denote given five points by A, B, C, D, E. If the pentagon with vertices at A,
B, C, D, E is not convex, then we can assume that point D is inside triangle ABC,
pffiffiffi
then SABC ¼ SABD þ SDBC þ SDAC > 6 > 5 þ 1.
Consider now the case when pentagon ABCDE is convex. Let M be the point of
intersection of BE with AC (Figure 3.37).
pffiffi pffiffi pffiffi pffiffiffi
Suppose that BM ME
1þ2 5, then SSACE ¼ BM
ME
1þ2 5, SACE SABC 1þ2 5 > 1 þ 5.
pffiffi ABC
pffiffi
51
ME
In the case BM < 1þ2 5, SMDE min (SCDE, SADE) > 2, SSBMD ¼ BM
ME > 2 , SBMD >
pffiffi p ffiffi
ffi p ffiffi
MDE
ffi pffiffiffi
51
2 SMDE ¼ 5 1. Therefore SBDE ¼ SBMD þ SMDE > 5 1 þ 2 ¼ 5 þ 1.
3.1.41. In the case when four vertices of the hexagon A1A2A3A4A5A6 are on two
adjacent sides of the unit square ABCD, we have that if A1, A2 2 AB, A3, A4 2 BC,
4
then SA1 A2 A3 SA2 A3 A4 ¼ 14 A1 A2 BA3 A2 B A3 A4 14 A1 A2 þBA3 þA
4
2 BþA3 A4
64
1
.
Consequently, minðSA1 A2 A3 ; SA2 A3 A4 Þ 18.
It remains to consider the case when A1, A2 2 AB, A3 2 BC, A4, A5 2 CD,
A6 2 AD.
Let A4C A2B. If DA5 AA1, then we proceed to the proof by contradiction
argument. Suppose that the areas of all these triangles are greater than 18. Then by
approaching point A3 to C, and point A6 to D, one can obtain SA3 A4 A5 ¼ SA4 A5 A6 ¼ 18,
while other areas are greater than 18. Now by drawing together points A1 and A2, we
can reach SA6 A1 A2 ¼ SA1 A2 A3 ¼ 18, while areas of other two triangles are greater than 18.
Then we have that
132 3 Areas
1 þ A1 A2 1 þ A4 A5
SA1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 ¼ SA1 A2 A3 A6 þ SA6 A3 A4 A5 ¼ BA3 þ CA3 ¼
2 2
1 A1 A2 BA3 A4 A5 CA3 3
¼ þ þ ¼ :
2 2 2 4
On the other hand
1 A1 A2 þ A4 A5 1
SA1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 ¼ SA6 A1 A5 þ SA2 A3 A4 þ SA1 A2 A4 A5 > þ ¼
4 2 4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3
þ þ ¼¼ þ þ ¼ :
8 BA3 A3 C 4 8 BA3 A3 C 4 2 ðBA3 þ A3 CÞ 2 4
Figure 3.38 Q A1 A2 R
0 1
45 a
4a
M
a
N
A3
U
A6 1 b V
4b
a
P A5 A4 S O
3.1 Inequalities with Areas 133
i
Since the function f ðxÞ ¼ x cos α sin α þ 1x decreases in 0; pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1
cos α sin α
ffi and
aþb< 1
< pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1 ffi, ða þ bÞ cos α sin α þ
then > cos α sin αþ
1 1
sin α cos α sin α sin α
pffiffiffi aþb
sin α ¼ cos α þ sin α. Consequently, 2 > sin αþ45 1
ða þ bÞ cos α sin α þ aþb
1
ð Þ
cos αþ sin α
pffiffiffi
> sin ¼ 2 . This leads to a contradiction.
ðαþ45 Þ
This ends the proof.
Remark The number 18 cannot be made smaller, because if A1
A, A4
C,
A1 A2 ¼ A1 A6 ¼ 12 ¼ A3 A4 ¼ A4 A5 , then SA1 A2 A3 ¼ SA2 A3 A4 ¼ ::: ¼ SA6 A1 A2 ¼ 18.
0 0
3.1.42. Let us consider point B and P , such that BB ~ 0 ¼ PP~ 0 ¼ AC. ~ Let O be the
0
midpoint of segment BC and AB ¼ c, BC ¼ a, AC ¼ b, PB ¼ d.
0 0
According to problem 1.1.14a, for points P, B , P , C we have that bc d þ 6.
0 0
Since quadrilateral ABB C is a parallelogram, then O is the midpoint of segment AB .
0 2 0
Consequently, PO2 ¼ 2þ2d 4AB , AB 2 ¼ 2b2 þ 2c2 a2, PO2 ¼ 8þ18a
2 2
4 .
Hence, we obtain that b þ c a ¼ d 12, then d 12 ¼ bc d þ 6. Thus
2 2 2 2 2
pffiffiffiffi pffiffi pffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi pffiffi
d 1þ2 73, therefore SABC ¼ 43 bc 43 ðd þ 6Þ 13 þ 73 83.
3.1.43. First we prove that if given an angle ∠MAN ¼ α, then on sides AM, AN one
can find points B0, C0, respectively, and inside the given angle a point P, such that
PA0 ¼ r1, PB0 ¼ r2, PC ¼ r3 and ∠PB0A ¼ ∠PC0A.
Indeed, let point K be inside angle MAN and ρ(K, AM) ¼ r2, ρ(K, AN) ¼ r3.
Denote by P the intersection point of the circle with a center at A and radius r1
with ray AK. Then AP ¼ r1 and ρρððP;AM Þ
P;AN Þ ¼ r3 , and it remains to use the conditions
r2
r2 > r1 and r3 > r1 to choose on rays AM and AN points B0 and C0, such that
PB0 ¼ r2, PC0 ¼ r3 (Figure 3.39).
Then ΔPEB0 and ΔPFC0 are similar.
Hence ∠PB0A ¼ ∠PC0A. We need to prove that SABC SAB0 C0 .
Let ΔABC and point P satisfy the conditions of the problem.
0 0
Consider points B and P , such that BB ~ 0 ¼ PP~ 0 ¼ AC~ 0 , then (see the solution of
0
problem 3.1.42), if PB ¼ d, we obtain that
Figure 3.39 B0
M
r2
E
P
r1 r3
a
A F C0 N
134 3 Areas
bc dr 1 þ r 2 r 3 ð3:12Þ
d2 r 22 þ r 23
r 21 þ 2ðdr 1 þ r 2 r 3 Þ cos α:
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
Hence d r 1 cos α þ r 22 þ r 23 þ 2r 2 r 3 cos α r 21 sin 2 α.
Therefore,
1
SABC ¼ bc sin α
2 qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1 2
r 1 cos α þ r 1 r 22 þ r 23 þ 2r 2 r 3 cos α r 21 sin 2 α þ r 2 r 3 sin α ¼ SAB0 C0 ,
2
since for triangle AB0C0 the inequality (3.12) turns into equality.
Now we will find the minimal value of SABC. To do that, let us note that points A,
B, C are on the circles with a center at point P and with radiuses r1, r2, r3, respec-
tively (see Figure 3.40).
0 0
Note that triangle AB C also satisfies the conditions of the problem and
SABC SAB0 C0 ¼ 14 AB AB0 AC AC0 sin 2 α ¼ 14 r 22 r 21 r 23 r 21 sin 2 α.
Thus, it follows that
2
1 2 2 1 r 2 r 21 r 23 r 21 sin 2 α
SABC ¼ r 2 r 1 r 3 r 1 sin α
2 2 2
:
4 SAB0 C0 4SAB0 Co
Figure 3.40 C
a B
A
a
B¢ P
C'
3.1 Inequalities with Areas 135
Figure 3.41
3.1.45. Prove that in any convex polygon one can place a rectangle having the area
not less than 14 of the area of the given polygon.
3.1.46. There are 5 patches placed on the shirt with area 1, the area of each of them
being not less than 12. Prove that one can find two patches so that the area of their
common parts is not less than 15.
3.1.47. Let T1 and T2 be two triangles with sides a1, b1, c1 and a2, b2, c2. Prove that
there exists a triangle T with sides a, b, c, such that if S1, S2 and S are the areas of
triangles T1, T2 and T, respectively, then
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
S1 þS2 a21 þa22 b21 þb22 c21 þc22
(a) S 2 , where a ¼ 2 , b¼ 2 ,c ¼ 2 ,
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
(b) S 4 S1 S2 , where a ¼ a1 þ a2, b ¼ b1 þ b2, c ¼ c1 þ c2.
136 3 Areas
3.1.48. The area of a convex quadrilateral ABCD is equal to S. Prove that the area of
the quadrilateral, with the vertices at the midpoints of segments AC, AD, BD and
BC, is less than S2.
3.1.49. Prove that in a triangle with area S one can inscribe a regular triangle, such
that its area is not greater than S4.
3.1.50. Prove that any acute triangle with area 1 can be placed into right-angled
pffiffiffi
triangle with area not greater than 3.
3.1.51. Given several squares the sum of area of which is equal to S. Prove that
(a) one can place them without overlapping inside a square with area 2S,
(b) with these squares one can always cover the square with area S4.
3.1.52. Let AD be the altitude of the right-angled triangle ABC, ∠A ¼ 90 . The
straight line passing through the centers of the incircles of triangles ABD and ACD
intersects sides AB and AC, respectively, at points K and L. Prove that
SABC 2SAKL.
3.1.53. Bisectors of angles A, B, C of an acute triangle ABC intersect its circumcir-
cle at points A1, B1, C1, respectively. The straight line AA1 intersects the bisectors of
the external angles B and Cof triangle ABC at point A0. Points B0, C0 are defined
similarly. Prove that SA0 B0 C0 4SABC .
3.1.54. Let ABC be an acute triangle, points M, N and P be the feet of the
perpendiculars drawn from the centroid of the triangle to sides AB, BC and CA,
respectively. Prove that SMNP > 27
4
SABC .
3.1.55. Let ABCD be a unit square. For any internal points M and N, such that line
MN does not contain any of the vertices of the square, denote by S(M, N ) the least of
the areas of the triangles with the vertices from the set of the points {A, B, C, D, M,
N}. Find the smallest number k, such that S(M, N ) k for all such points M and N.
Hint Let point N be inside of triangle CMD, then
SAMB þ SCMD ¼ 12, SCMD ¼ SCMN þ SMND þ SCND 3S(M, N ). Therefore
4SðM; N Þ 12. Hence, it follows that SðM; N Þ 18.
3.1.56. Points K, L, M and N are taken on sides AB, BC, CD and DA of a convex
quadrilateral ABCD, respectively. Denote by S1, S2, S3 and S4 the areas of
pffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi
triangles AKN, BKL, CLM and DMN, respectively. Prove that 3 S1 þ 3 S2 þ
p ffiffiffiffi
ffi p ffiffiffiffi
ffi p ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ffi
3
S3 þ 3 S4 2 3 SABCD .
sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
3
Hint Prove that SABCD ¼ AK S1
AN SABD
þ þ SABD
3 1 AK AN
AB AD SABCD 3 AB AD SABCD .
Hint Draw a segment connecting the opposite sides of the parallelogram, then one
can assume that ΔA1A2A3 is inside the parallelogram with area 12.
Consequently, SA1 A2 A3 14.
3.1.58. (a) Let ABCDEF be a convex hexagon, such that AB||ED, BC||FE and CD||
AF. Prove that
6
1
SABC SBCD SCDE SDEF SEFA SFAB SABCDEF : ð3:13Þ
6
3.1.62. Prove that none of the triangles inscribed into polygon M can have an area
greater than the maximal area of the triangles, the vertices of which coincide with
some of the vertices of M.
3.1.63. (a) Let M be a convex polygon and l be an arbitrary straight line. Prove that
one can inscribe into M a triangle, оne side of which is parallel to l and the area of
which is not less than 38 of the area of M.
138 3 Areas
(b) Let M be a regular hexagon and l be a line parallel to one of its sides. Prove that
one cannot inscribe into M a triangle, оne side of which is parallel to l and the
area of which is greater than 38 of the area of M.
3.1.64. Solve problem 3.1.43 in the case of α > π2.
Hint Prove that there exists a triangle PB0C0 and a point A inside it, such that
PA ¼ r1, PB0 ¼ r2, PC0 ¼ r3 and ∠BAC ¼ α, ∠AB0P ¼ ∠AC0P. Then
SABC SAB0 C0 .
3.1.65. A triangle with the area 1 is cut out of paper. Prove that one can flex it over
pffiffiffi
the segment of a line, so that area S of obtained figure would be less than 2 2.
Hint Let AB AC BC, if we flex triangle ABC (SABC ¼ 1) over the bisector of
angle C, then S ¼ BCþAC
BC
. On the other hand, if we flex triangle ABC over a segment
perpendicular to side BC, then one can prove that
2
S ∠C
,
3 þ tg
tg ∠B
and that the equality can hold true. Then, prove that
!
1 2 pffiffiffi
min sin ∠B
; tg ∠C
<2 2:
1þ sin ð∠Cþ∠BÞ 3þ tg ∠B
3.1.66. Given a triangle ABC. Prove that there exists a straight line l, such that if
points A1, B1, C1 are symmetric to points A, B, C with respect to line l, then the area
pffiffiffi
of the common parts of triangles ABC and A1B1C1 is greater than 2 2 1 .
Hint See the Hint of problem 3.1.64.
3.1.67. Let diagonals AD, BE and CF of the convex hexagon intersect at one point
and A1 ¼ AD \ BF, D1 ¼ AD \ CE, B1 ¼ BE \ AC, E1 ¼ BE \ DF, C1 ¼ CF \ BD,
F1 ¼ CF \ AE. Prove that
1
SA1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 SABCDEF :
4
Hint Let diagonals AD, BE, and CF intersect at a point O. Prove that
AOB SBOC SAOF
SA1 OB1 ¼ ðSAOBSþS BOC ÞðSAOB þSAOF Þ
18 ðSAOF þ SBOC Þ.
3.1.68. The medians of triangle ABC intersect the circumcircle of the triangle for
the second time at points A1, B1, C1. Prove that SA1 B1 C1 SABC .
Remark Let point M be the centroid of triangle ABC. Then
ða2 þb2 þc2 Þ
2
4.1.1. Let R be the radius of the circumsphere of tetrahedron SABC. Prove that
(a) SA2 + SB2 + SC2 + 4R2 AB2 + BC2 + AC2,
(b) SA2 + SB2 + SC2 + AB2 + BC2 + AC2 16R2,
(c) xyAB2 + yzBC2 + xzAC2 + xtSA2 + ytSB2 + ztSC2 (x + y + z + t)2R2, where x, y, z, t
are arbitrary numbers.
4.1.7. (a) Given 7 points on a unit sphere. Prove that among them one can find
pffiffiffi
2 points, such that the distance between them is less than 2.
(b) Given 5 points on a unit sphere. Prove that among them one can find 2 points,
pffiffiffi
such that the distance between them is not greater than 2.
4.1.8. For any points A, B, C, M and arbitrary numbers x, y, z prove that
(a) (x + y + z)(xMA2 + yMB2 + zMC2) xyc2 + yza2 + xzb2, where AB ¼ c, BC ¼ a,
AC ¼ b ,
(b) aMA2 + bMB2 + cMC2 abc,
(c) MA MBc + MB MCa + MC MAb abc,
(d) (x + y + z)(xMB2MC2 + yMA2MC2 + zMA2MB2) xyc2MC2 + yza2MA2 + xzb2MB2,
(e) (a + b + c)(aMB2MC2 + bMA2MC2 + cMA2MB2) a2b2c2,
(f) (MA MB + MB MC + MC MA)(MA + MB + MC) a2MA + b2MB + c2MC.
4.1.9. Prove the following inequality
A1 A2 A 2 A3 An1 An A1 An
þ þ ::: þ ,
MA1 MA2 MA2 MA3 MAn1 MAn MA1 MAn
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
MA þ MB þ MC 2 p
MA MB cos ∠PMA cos ∠PMBþ ffi
ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
þ2pMB MC cos ∠QMB cos ∠QMCffi þ
ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
þ2 MA MC cos ∠RMA cos ∠RMC:
4.1.12. Let M be a given point inside of triangle ABC. Denote the distances from the
point M to lines BC, CA, AB by da, db, dc and the distances from point M to vertices
A, B, C by Ra, Rb, Rc, respectively. Prove that
(a) Ra + Rb + Rc 2da + 2db + 2dc,
(b) RaRb + RbRc + RcRa 2Rada + 2Rbdb + 2Rcdc.
4.1.13.1 For any points A1, A2, . . ., An, M and any numbers m1, . . ., mn prove the
following inequality m1 MA21 þ ::: þ mn MA2n m1 GA21 þ ::: þ mn GA2n , where
! !
m1 + . . . + mn 0 and m1 GA 1 þ ::: þ mn GA n ¼ ~0.
4.1.14. Let points A1, A2, . . ., An be on the same circle, m1, . . ., mn > 0 and G be
! !
such a point that m1 GA 1 þ ::: þ mn GA n ¼ ~ 0. Given that straight lines GA1, . . .,
GAn intersect the circle for the second time at points B1, . . ., Bn. Prove that
(a) m1GB1 + . . . + mnGBn m1GA1 + . . . + mnGAn,
(b) m1 GB21 þ ::: þ mn GB2n m1 GA21 þ ::: þ mn GA2n .
4.1.15. (а) Let M be a point inside of the convex n-gon with vertices A1, A2, . . ., An.
Perpendiculars MB1, MB2, . . ., MBn are drawn from point M to lines A1A2, A2A3,
. . ., AnA1, respectively, and C1 2 A1A2, C2 2 A2A3, . . ., Cn 2 AnA1 are arbitrary
A2 ¼ A2 A3 ¼ ::: ¼ An A1 .
mn MBn
points. Given positive numbers m1, . . ., mn, such that mA11MB 1 m2 MB2
P P
Prove that mi mj Ci C2j mi mj Bi B2j .
i<j i<j
(b) Let M be a point inside of convex n-hedron. Perpendiculars MB1, . . ., MBn are
draw from point M to planes Π1, . ., Πn containing the faces of the polyhedrons
with areas S1, . . ., Sn, respectively, and C1 2 Π1, . . ., Cn 2 Πn are arbitrary
points. Given positive numbers m1, . . ., mn such that m1SMB
1
1
¼ ::: ¼ mnSMB
n
n
.
P P
Prove that mi mj Ci C2j mi mj Bi B2j :
i<j i<j
4.1.16. (a) Given a triangle ABC and positive numbers x, y, z. Points A1, B1, and C1
are taken on straight lines BC, CA, and AB, respectively. Prove that
xA1 B21 þ yB1 C21 þ zA1 C21 xAB42ðþyBC
xyþyzþzxÞ
2 S2 , and that the equality holds true.
þzAC2 ABC
1
The point Gis called center of mass for the system of points A1, A2, . . ., An with masses m1,
m2, . . ., mn, and the expression IM ¼ m1 MA21 þ ::: þ mn MA2n is called the moment of inertia of the
system of points A1, . . ., An with masses m1, . . ., mn relative to the point M.
142 4 Application of Vectors
O1 O2 p1 þ p2
< ,
A1 A2 þ B1 B2 þ C1 C2 2maxðp1 ; p2 Þ
4.1.23. Let ABCDbe a tetrahedron, such that AC ⊥ BC and AD ⊥ BD. Prove that the
cosine of the angle between straight lines AC and BD is less than CD
AB .
4.1.24. (a) Given points A1 and B1, A2 and B2, . . ., An and Bn on faces Γ1, Γ2, . . ., Γn
of a convex m-hedron (m n 3), respectively. Given that for any i 2 {1, 2, ..., n}
vector mi~ ei mi1~ ei1 is perpendicular to the plane containing face Γi, where m1,
!
A Aiþ1
m2, . . ., mn are given positive numbers and~ ei ¼ Aii Aiþ1 , i ¼ 1, 2, . . ., n, An + 1 A1,
m0 ¼ mn, ~ e0 ¼ ~en . Prove that
Given a tetrahedron C1C2C3C4, such that C1C2 ¼ C2C3 ¼ C3C4 ¼ C4C1. Find on
faces C2C3C4, C1C3C4, C1C2C4, and C1C2C3 points B1, B2, B3, and B4, respec-
tively, such that sum B1B2 + B2B3 + B3B4 + B4B1 is minimal.
4.1 Application of Vectors for Proving Geometric and Trigonometric Inequalities 143
(c) Given a cube ABCDA0 B0 C0 D0 . Find on faces ABCD, AA0 BB0 , BB0 C0 C, A0 B0 C0 D0 ,
DD0 C0 C, and AA0 D0 D points B1, B2, B3,B4, B5, and B6, respectively, such that the
sum B1B2 + B2B3 + B3B4 + B4B5 + B5B6 + B6B1 is minimal.
4.1.25. Given that circumcenter O of the tetrahedron is inside of that tetrahedron.
Prove that
(a) DA2 + DB2 + DC2 + AB2 + BC2 + AC2 > 12 OA2,
(b) DA + DB + DC + AB + BC + AC > 6 OA.
Solutions
or ð~
r B þ~ r C Þ2 0.
r D ~
144 4 Application of Vectors
! ! ! ! !
a, BC ¼ ~
4.1.4. (a) Let us denote AB ¼ ~ c, DE ¼ ~
b, CD ¼ ~ d, EF ¼ ~
e, then one has
to prove that
2
2 ~ 2 ~
a þ b þ~
2 2 ~
c þ d þ~
2
e þ ~
2 ~
a þ b þ~ ~
c þ d þ~e
2 2 2
~ a þ~b þ~ c þ ~ c þ~
b þ~ d þ ~ c þ~d þ~ e ,
! ! ! ! ! !
(b) Let AB ¼ ~ a, BC ¼ ~
b, CD ¼ ~ c, DE ¼ ~
d, EF ¼ ~
e. Note that 2A1 D1 ¼
! ! ! !
BE þ AD , consequently, 4A1 D21 ¼ BE2 þ AD2 þ 2 BE AD . Consider paral-
2 ! ! !2
lelogram BADM. We have that a ~
~ d ¼ EM 2 ¼ BM BE ¼
! !2 2
AD BE , hence4A1 D21 ¼ 2 AD2 þ BE2 ~ a ~
d . Then, we have that
4 A1 D21 þ B1 E21 þ C1 F21 ¼ 4CF2 þ 4BE2 þ 4AD2
2 2 2
~ a ~d ~ a þ~ c þ~
b þ 2~ d þ~e ~ b ~e ¼
2 2 2
¼4 ~ c þ~ d þ~ e þ4 ~ a þ~ b þ~c þ4 ~ c þ~
b þ~ d
2 2 2
~ a ~d ~ a þ~ b þ~d þ~e þ 2~c ~ b ~e ¼
2 2 2
¼3 ~ a ~d þ3 ~ a þ~ b þ~d þ~ c þ3 ~
e þ 2~ e 4ð~
b ~ a þ~ e Þ2
c þ~
2 2 2
3 ~ a ~ d þ3 ~ a þ~ b þ~d þ~e þ 2~c þ3 ~ b ~
e
3ðAB þ DEÞ2 þ 3ðBC þ EFÞ2 þ 3ðCD þ AFÞ2 :
! ! ! !
a, AC ¼ ~
4.1.5. Let AD ¼ ~ b, then DC ¼ ~
b ~ a, and AB ¼ k ~ b ~a , where k > 0.
2
One has to prove that k > 1. We have that ~ a2 > ðk 1Þ~ b k~
a and
0
2 k1 ðk 1Þ~
b k~
2
~ B aÞ
b2 > k~ b ðk þ 1Þ~
a . Therefore, ¼ ~
a 2
@ 2 .
k þ 1‘ ~ ~
b kb ðk þ 1Þ~
2 a >0
Hence, k > 1.
4.1 Application of Vectors for Proving Geometric and Trigonometric Inequalities 145
!
ei ¼ MA
4.1.6. Let ~ MAi , i ¼ 1, 2, 3, 4, and ~
i e ¼~e1 þ~ e2 þ~e3 þ~ e4 . Let us draw through
point M a plane Π perpendicular to vector ~ e. It is clear that, if all points Ai were in
the same half-space with boundary Π, then point M would have been inside the
given tetrahedron. This means that there exists a vector~ ek , such that~e ~
ek 0. Then
we have that ð~ e ~ ek Þ~
ek 1. Hence, we deduce that min cos ∠Ai MAj
i<j
3 ð~ ek Þ~
e ~ 13.
1
ek
Similarly, we obtain that there exists a vector ~ em , such that ~
e ~em 0. In that
case, we have that ð~
e ~em Þ ~
em 1. Thus, it follows that
max cos ∠Ai MAj 13 ð~
e ~em Þ ~em 13. This inequality can be proven as follows:
i<j
P
max cos∠Ai MAj 16 cos∠Ai MAj ¼ 12 1
ð~
e2 ~e2 1 ~ e2 2 ~
e2 3 ~e2 4 Þ 13, beca-
i<j i<j
use ~
e2 0 and ~
e2 1 ¼ ~
e2 2 ¼ ~
e2 3 ¼ ~
e2 4 ¼ 1.
4.1.7. (а) Let points A1, A2, . . ., A7 are on the unit sphere with center O. Let us
pffiffiffi ! 2 2
assume that Ai Aj 2 ði 6¼ jÞ, then Ai Aj 2 ¼ Ai Aj ¼ ~ aj ~
ai 2, where
!
OA i ¼ ~ai , i ¼ 1, . . ., 7. This means that for i 6¼ j we have that
~
ai ~
aj 0: ð4:1Þ
~
ai ~
aj < 0, ði 6¼ jÞ: ð4:2Þ
A1
B
MB×MC
MB×AC
H- image MC×AB
M C M1 C1
MA×MB
MA×BC
MA×MC
A
B1
Figure 4.1
4.1 Application of Vectors for Proving Geometric and Trigonometric Inequalities 147
! !
4.1.9. Let us denote MA i ¼ ~ r i and MA MAi 2
i
¼!ρ i , i ¼ 1, . . ., n. Note that
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
! ! 2 ! !
rj j ¼ ð~ri2~r2j Þ ¼
j~ri~
2
ρ i ρ j ¼ ρ i ρ j . We have to prove
Ai Aj
MAi MAj ¼ ~
ri ~ rj ~r i ~
r j
that ! ρ1! ρ 2 þ ! ρ2! ρ 3 þ ::: þ !ρ n1 ! ρ n !ρ1! ρ n . This can be
obtained, if we use the following inequality j~ a1 j þ j~
a2 j þ ::: þ j~
an1 j
a1 þ ~
j~ a2 þ ::: þ ~ an1 j (see Section 1.2) for vectors ~ ! !
ai ¼ ρ iþ1 ρ i , i ¼
1, :::, n 1.
4.1.10. Let us draw tangents to the circle at the vertices of the inscribed n-gon
A1 . . . An, and choose unit vectors ~
e1 , :::,~
en on these tangents (Figure 4.2).
Let B1 2 A1An, B2 2 A1A2, . . ., Bn 2 An 1An be the marked points, then
B1 B2 þ B2 B3 þ ::: þ Bn1 Bn þ Bn B1
! ! ! !
B1 B2~
e1 þ B2 B3~ e2 þ ::: þ Bn1 Bn~
en1 þ Bn B1~ en ¼
! ! ! ! ! !
¼ B1 A1 þ A 1 B2 ~ e 1 þ B2 A2 þ A 2 B3 ~e2 þ ::: þ Bn An þ An B1 ~
en ¼
! ! ! 2S
¼ A1 A2~
e1 þ A2 A3~
e2 þ ::: þ An A1~
en ¼ ,
R
! ! ! !
because B2 A2~
e2 ¼ B2 A2~
e1 , :::, An B1~
en ¼ An B1~
e1 .
Figure 4.2
A2 e2
e1 A3
A1 B2 B3 e3
B1
en
An
148 4 Application of Vectors
MA þ MB þ MC
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi ∠AMB pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi ∠BMC pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi ∠AMC
2 MA MB cos þ 2 MB MC cos þ 2 MA MC cos :
2 2 2
ð4:3Þ
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
Let A1, B1, C1 be such points that MA1 ¼
MA, MB1 ¼ MB, MC1 ¼ MC and
∠A1 MB1 ¼ ∠AMB , ∠B1 MC1 ¼ ∠BMC
2 , ∠A1 MC1 ¼ π
∠AMC. Then, from inequality
! ! 2 ! 2 2
P
n
where mi ¼ m. Therefore, IM IG.
i¼1
4.1.14. (a) As mR2 ¼ I0 ¼ mOG2 + IG (see the proof of problem 4.1.13), then
m(R2 OG2) ¼ IG, where O is the center and R is the radius of the given circle.
Hence, point Gis inside of the given circle, thus GAi GBi ¼ R2 OG2.
4.1 Application of Vectors for Proving Geometric and Trigonometric Inequalities 149
We have that
! ! !2
X
n X
n n pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi2 X
X n pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi2 X
n pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
mi GBi mi GAi ¼ mi GBi mi GAi mi GAi GBi ¼
i¼1 i¼1 i¼1 i¼1 i¼1
! ! !2
n pffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
X X X
n
pffiffiffiffiffi 2
n
¼ m2 R2 OG2 ¼ mI G ¼ mi 2 ð mi GAi Þ mi GAi
i¼1 i¼1 i¼1
P
n P
n
(see the proof of problem 4.1.15a). Therefore, mi GBi mi GAi .
i¼1 i¼1
P
n P
n
Therefore, mi GB2i mi GA2i (see the proof of problem 4.1.14 a)
i¼1 i¼1
P
n P
n
Remark If 0 < p 2, then mi GBip mi GAip .
i¼1 i¼1
Indeed, we have that
! ! !2
X
n X
n X
n pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffip pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffip 2
mi GBip mi GAip mi GBi GAi ¼ m R2 OG2 ¼
i¼1 i¼1 i¼1
p
¼ m2 mm1 GA21 þ ::: þ mmn GA2n :
p
Because f ðxÞ ¼ x2 at 0 < p 2 is concave function on the interval [0 ; + 1 ) and
P
n
mi
m ¼ 1, then by using the Jensen’s inequality we deduce that
i¼1
m mn 2 m1 2 mn 2
1
f GA21 þ ::: þ
GAn f GA1 þ ::: þ f GAn , or
m m m m
m mn p2 m mn
1 1
GA21 þ ::: þ GA2n GA1p þ ::: þ GAnp , consequently,
m m m m
150 4 Application of Vectors
! !
X
n X
n m mn p
1
mi GBip mi GAip m2 GA21 þ ::: þ GA2n
i¼1 i¼1
m m
2
m1 GA1p þ ::: þ mn GAnp :
P
n P
n
Hence, it follows that mi GBip mi GAip .
i¼1 i¼1
! !
4.1.15. (а) Note that mi MB 1 þ ::: þ mn MB n ¼ ~0. Indeed, let m1MB1 ¼ kA1A2, . . .,
! !
mnMBn ¼ kAnA1. Under rotations by 90 or –90 vectors mi MB 1 , :::, mn MB n trans-
! ! ! !
form into vectors kA1 A2 , :::, kAn A1 , and because kA1 A2 þ ::: þ kAn A1 ¼ ~
0, then
! ! ~
m1 MB 1 þ ::: þ mn MB n ¼ 0.
! !
Let C0 be such a point that m1 C0 C þ ::: þ mn C0 C ¼ ~
1 0, then n
X X ! ! 2 X
mi mj Ci C2j ¼ C0 Cj C0 Ci mi mj ¼ mi mj C0 C2j
i<j i<j i<j
X X ! !
þ mi mj C0 C2i 2mi mj C0 Ci C0 Cj ¼
i<j i<j
!2
X
n X
n
! X
n
¼ ðm1 þ ::: þ mn Þ mi C0 C2i mi C0 Ci ¼ ðm1 þ ::: þ mn Þ mi C0 C2i :
i¼1 i¼1 i¼1
P
n P
n
Similarly, we obtain that mi mj Bi B2j ¼ ðm1 þ ::: þ mn Þ
mi MB2i .
i<j i¼1
It is known that for any a1, . . ., an and b1, . . ., bn > 0 inequality a21 þ ::: þ a2n
2
b1 þ ::: þ b2n ða1 b1 þ ::: þ an bn Þ2 holds true, the equality being reached only if
2
b1 ¼ ::: ¼ bn . Indeed, it is not difficult to check that a1 þ ::: þ a2n
a1 an
2 P 2
b1 þ ::: þ b2n ða1 b1 þ ::: þ an bn Þ2 ¼ ai bj aj bi 0, where the equality
i<j
holds true, only if aibj ajbi ¼ 0, ( i < j), or equivalently, if ab11 ¼ ::: ¼ abnn . Then, we
have that
4.1 Application of Vectors for Proving Geometric and Trigonometric Inequalities 151
X n
n
Ai A 2 X X Ai Aiþ1 2 X pffiffiffiffiffi 2
iþ1
mi mj Ci C2j ¼
pffiffiffiffiffi ð mi Co Ci Þ ðm1 þ ::: þ mn Þ
i¼1
m i i<j i¼1
m i i<j
!2 !2
X
n X n
ðm1 þ ::: þ mn Þ Ai Aiþ1 Co Ci 4ðm1 þ ::: þ mn Þ SCo Ai Aiþ1
i¼1 i¼1
! 2
X
n
4ðm1 þ ::: þ mn ÞS2A1 A2 :::An ¼ 4ðm1 þ ::: þ mn Þ SMAi Aiþ1 ¼
i¼1
!2
Xn
Ai Aiþ1 pffiffiffiffiffi
¼ ðm1 þ ::: þ mn Þ pffiffiffiffiffi mi MBi
i¼1
mi
! !2
X A i A2
n Xn
¼ ðm1 þ ::: þ mn Þ iþ1
mi MBi ¼
i¼1
mi i¼1
X n
Ai A2iþ1 X
¼ mi mj Bi B2j ,
i¼1
m i i<j
P P
where Cn + 1 C1. Therefore, mi mj Ci C2j mi mj Bi B2j .
i<j i<j
! !
(b) It is sufficient to prove that mi MB 1 þ ::: þ mn MB n ¼ ~ 0 and to replace in the
proof of (a) term Ai A2iþ1 by S2i and areas by volumes.
Pn ! ! n ! !
P
Let N be any point inside, then V ¼ 13 NB i MB
MBi Si ¼ 3
i k
NB i mi MB i ,
i¼1 i¼1
where mi SMB
i
i
¼ 1k, i ¼ 1, . . ., n.
! ! !
By making (in the obtained equality) the replacement NB i ¼ NM þ MB i , we
! Pn !
deduce that the expression NM mi MB i is constant for any N. Hence,
i¼1
P
n !
mi MB i ¼ ~
0.
i¼1
4.1.16. (a) Let m1, m2, m3 be positive numbers, such that x ¼ m1m2, y ¼ m2m3,
z ¼ m1m3. Then,
(see the proof of problem 4.1.15a). To prove that the equality holds true, it is
sufficient to prove that inside of triangle ABC there exists point M, such that
m1 MA1 m2 MB1 m3 MC1
BC ¼ AC ¼ AB , where MA1 ⊥ BC, MB1 ⊥ AC, MC1 ⊥ AB, and A1 2 BC,
B1 2 AC, C1 2 AB.
152 4 Application of Vectors
(b) Let us choose points C1, C2, and C3 on edges A1A4, A2A4, and A3A4, respectively,
S2 S2 S2
so that A1 C 1
C1 A 4 ¼ SA2 1 A2 A3 , A 2 C2
C2 A 4 ¼ SA2 1 A2 A3 , A3 C 3
C3 A 4 ¼ SA2 1 A2 A3 . Then, it is not difficult to
A2 A3 A4 A1 A 3 A4 A1 A2 A4
quently, SAMB 4
A A
¼ SAMB 1
A A
. Similarly, we obtain that SAMB 4
A A
¼ SAMB 2
A A
and SAMB 4
A A
¼ SAMB 3
A A
.
1 2 3 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 4
Now, by using problem 4.1.15b for numbers m1 ¼ m2 ¼ m3 ¼ m4 ¼ 1, we obtain
that the given sum is minimal at those points.
4.1.17. Lemma 1 Let M0 be such a point, that for any point M the following
P
n P
n
inequality holds true: mi MAi mi M0 Ai . If
i¼1 i¼1
Pn !
M A
(a) M0 6 Ai , i ¼ 1, 2, . . ., n, then mi M00 Ai i ¼ ~
0, (4.4)
i¼1
P !
n M A
(b) M0 Ak, then mi M00 Ai i j mk : (4.5)
i¼1, i6¼k
The Proof
P
n !
M A
(a) Let ei ¼ ~
mi~ S 6¼ ~
0, where ~
ei ¼ M00 Ai i . Take point Mt so that the equality
i¼1
!
M0 Mt ¼ t ~
S 6¼ ~
0 holds true, where t > 0.
!
M t Ai
Let us denote ~
ei ðtÞ ¼ M t Ai , then we have that
4.1 Application of Vectors for Proving Geometric and Trigonometric Inequalities 153
!
X
n X
n
! ! X
n X
n
!
mi M0 Ai mi M0 Ai ~
ei ðtÞ ¼ M0 Mt mi ~
ei ðtÞ þ mi Mt Ai ~
ei ðt Þ
i¼1 i¼1 i¼1 i¼1
X
n
¼ f ðt Þ þ mi Mt Ai : ð4:6Þ
i¼1
Now, we need to prove that there exists t0 > 0, such that f(t0) > 0, then from (4.6)
P
n Pn
it follows that mi M0 Ai > mi Mt0 Ai . This leads to a contradiction the condition
i¼1 i¼1
of the lemma. Hence ~ S ¼~ 0.
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
Because j~ ei j ¼ ð~
ei ðtÞ ~ ei ðtÞ ~ ei Þ2 ¼ 2 sin ∠Mt2Ai M0 < ∠Mt Ai M0 , then there
j~Sj
exists t0 > 0, such that j~ei ðt0 Þ ~ ei j < 2nmi , for all i ¼ 1, 2, . . ., n. Then,
! X ! X X
n
n n
!
f ðt0 Þ ¼ M0 Mt0 mi~
ei ðt0 Þ ¼ M0 Mt0 mi~
ei þ mi M0 Mt0 ð~
ei ðt0 Þ ~
ei Þ
i¼1 i¼1 i¼1
X
n
!
t0~
S2 mi M0 Mt0 j~
ei ðt0 Þ ~
ei j
i¼1
X n ~
S t0 2
~ ~
> t0 S t0 S
2 mi ¼ ~S > 0:
i¼1
2nm i 2
P n
!
~
(b) Let S ¼ ei > mk . Take point Mt so that the equality Ak Mt ¼ t~
mi~ S
i¼1, i6¼k
holds true, where t > 0. Then, we have that
X
n X
n
!
m i Ak Ai mi Ak Ai~
ei ðtÞ ¼
i¼1, i6¼k i¼1, i6¼k
! X X X
n n n
!
¼ Ak M t mi~ei þ mi Ak Mt ð~
ei ðtÞ ~
ei Þ þ m i M t Ai :
i¼1, i6¼k i¼1, i6¼k i¼1, i6¼k
Let us denote ~ S ¼ mk þ q and choose t0, such that j~ ei j < ðn1q Þmi , i ¼ 1,
ei ðt0 Þ ~
2, . . ., n, i 6¼ k. Then,
Xn X n
q X
n
S2 t0 ~
mi Ak Ai > t0~ S mi þ mi Mt0 Ai
i¼1 i¼1, i6¼k
ðn 1Þmi i¼1, i6¼k
Xn Xn
¼ mk Mt0 Ak þ mi Mt0 Ai ¼ m i M t 0 Ai :
i¼1, i6¼k i¼1
154 4 Application of Vectors
The obtained
inequality
contradicts to the conditions of the lemma. Conse-
P
n
quently, m~e mk . This ends the proof of the lemma.
i¼1, i6¼k i i
Remark By using the Weierstrass theorem one can prove that there exists a point
P
n
M, such that the sum mi MAi is minimal (see [2], problem 19).
i¼1
Lemma 2 If for point M0 the condition (4.4) or (4.5) is fulfilled and points A1, . . .,
An are not on the same line, then for any point M, different from M0, the inequality
Pn P
n
mi MAi > mi M0 Ai holds true.
i¼1 i¼1
X
n X
n
! ! X
n X ! n X n
mi MAi > mi MAi~ei ¼ MM0 mi~
ei þ mi M0 Ai~
ei ¼ mi M0 Ai ,
i¼1 i¼1 i¼1 i¼1 i¼1
X
n X
n
! ! X
n Xn ! !
mi MAi > mi MAi~ei MAk mi~
ei ¼ mi MAi MAk ~
ei
i¼1 i¼1, i6¼k i¼1, i6¼k i¼1, i6¼k
X n
¼ mi Ak Ai :
i¼1
Remark 1. From lemmas 1 and 2 it follows that, if points A1, A2, . . ., An are not on
the same line, then point M0 is unique.
2. If in a statement of lemma 2 the condition that points A1, A2, . . ., An are not on
P
n Pn
the same line was not given, then mi MAi mi M0 Ai
i¼1 i¼1
4.1.18. The proof of the problem follows from the following two lemmas.
Lemma 1 If B1B2 . . . Bn is a polygon inscribed into a polygon A1A2 . . . An,
( Bi 6 Aj and Bi 2 AiAi + 1, An + 1 A1), so that for any polygon C1C2 . . . Cn
(Ci 6 Aj , Ci 2 AiAi + 1) and any positive numbers mi the inequality
Pn Pn
mi Ci Ciþ1 mi Bi Biþ1 , where Cn + 1 C1, Bn + 1 B1, holds true, then the
i¼1 i¼1
following conditions are satisfied:
!
Ai Aiþ1 ðmi1~
ei1 mi~
ei Þ ¼ 0, i ¼ 1, :::, n, ð4:7Þ
!
Bi Biþ1
where ~
ei ¼ Bi Biþ1 , m 0 ¼ m n, ~
eo ¼ ~
en .
4.1 Application of Vectors for Proving Geometric and Trigonometric Inequalities 155
Proof Suppose that, at i ¼ k condition (4.7) does not hold true, that means that
! !
! 0 0 Bk1 B0k 0 B0k Bkþ1
~ ~
0 6¼ Ak Akþ1 ðmk1 ek1 mk ek Þ. Let Bk 2 Ak Akþ1 ,~
ek1 ¼ Bk1 B0 ,~
ek ¼ B0 Bkþ1 .
k k
If points B0k and Bk are different, then we have that
! 0 þ m B !
mk1 Bk1 Bk þ mk Bk Bkþ1 > mk1 Bk1 Bk~e k1 k k Bkþ1~ e0k ¼
! 0 ! 0 ! 0 !
¼ mk1 Bk1 B0k~
ek1 þ mk1 B0k Bk~
ek1 þ mk Bk B0k~ek þ mk B0k Bkþ1~e0k ¼
!
¼ mk1 Bk1 B0k þ mk B0k Bkþ1 þ B0k Bk mk1~e0k1 mk~e0k : ð4:8Þ
! ! ! !
Let B0k Bk ¼ λAk Akþ1 , B0k Bk mk1~ e0k1 mk~e0k ¼ λAk Akþ1 mk1~ e0k1 mk~
e0k .
!
Let us choose λ, so that λ Ak Akþ1 ðmk1~ ek1 mk~ek Þ > 0. We need to prove that
!
0 0
one can choose Bk , so that Bk 2 Ak Akþ1 and λ Ak Akþ1 mk1~ e0k1 mk~e0k > 0.
!
Indeed, let Ak Akþ1 ðmk1~ ek1 mk~ ek Þ ¼ a 6¼ 0. Let us choose B0k , so that
0 a
~
e ~ ei < , at i ¼ k 1 ; k (see the proof of lemma 1 of problem 4.1.17),
i 4mi Ak Akþ1
then
! !
e0k1 mk~
λ Ak Akþ1 mk1~ e0k λ Ak Akþ1 ðmk1~ek1 mk~ ek Þ ¼
! 0 0
¼ λ Ak Akþ1 mk1 ~ ek1 ~ek1 mk ~ ek ~ek
! 0 0 aλ
λ Ak Akþ1 mk1 ~ ek1 ~ ek1 mk ~ ek ~
ek :
2
Therefore,
! ! a λ
0 0
λ Ak Akþ1 mk1~ek1 mk~
ek λ Ak Akþ1 ðmk1~
ek1 mk~
ek Þ
2
aλ
¼ > 0:
2
We have obtained that for polygon B1 B2 :::Bk1 B0k Bkþ1 :::Bn that the considered
sum is less than for polygon B1B2 . . . Bk . . . Bn. This leads to a contradiction.
Remark If m1 ¼ m2 ¼ . . . ¼ mn, then it is possible to prove lemma 1 more simply
than in the general case. On the other hand, Bi Aj is impossible.
Lemma 2 If for the inscribed polygon B1B2 . . . Bn the condition (4.7) is satisfied,
P
n !
then for any inscribed polygon C1C2 . . . Cn the sum mi Ci Ciþ1~
ei is constant and
i¼1
156 4 Application of Vectors
P
n P
n
mi Ci Ciþ1 mi Bi Biþ1 .
i¼1 i¼1
X
n
! X
n ! !
mi Ci Ciþ1~
ei ¼ mi Ci Aiþ1 þ Aiþ1 Ciþ1 ~
ei
i¼1 i¼1
X
n
! X
n
!
¼ mi Ci Aiþ1~
ei þ mi Aiþ1 Ciþ1~
ei ¼
i¼1 i¼1
X
n
! X
n
!
¼ mi Ci Aiþ1~
ei þ mi1 Ai Ci~
ei1
i¼1 i¼1
X
n ! ! X
n
!
¼ mi1 Ai Aiþ1 Ci Aiþ1 ~
ei1 þ mi Ci Aiþ1~
ei ¼
i¼1 i¼1
X
n
! X
n
!
¼ mi1 Ai Aiþ1~
ei1 Ci Aiþ1 ðmi1~
ei1 mi~
ei Þ
i¼1 i¼1
X
n
!
¼ mi1 Ai Aiþ1~
ei1 ,
i¼1
Remark If n is odd, then there exists no more than one polygon B1B2 . . . Bn, while
for even n there can exist an infinite number of polygons B1B2 . . . Bn.
4.1.19. Let O be the incenter of triangle ABC. We need the following property of
point O:
! ! !
BC OA þ AC OB þ AB OC ¼ ~
0: ð4:9Þ
Let us consider points A1, B1, C1 (Figure 4.3). Since, the circle with diameter OA
passes through points B1 and C1, then B1 C1 ¼ OA sin ∠A ¼ BCOA 2R , where R is the
circumradius of triangle ABC. From the above said conditions OA ⊥ B1C1,
OB ⊥ C1A1, OC ⊥ A1B1, it follows that, under the rotation by 90 vectors
! ! ! ! ! !
2RB1 C1 , 2RC1 A1 , 2RA1 B1 transform into vectors BC OA , AC OB , AB OC .
Thus, we have that condition (4.9) is satisfied. According to that condition
4.1 Application of Vectors for Proving Geometric and Trigonometric Inequalities 157
Figure 4.3 B B1
A1
C1
A B1 C
!
! !
!
B1 C1 O1 A1 þ A1 C1 O1 B1 þ A1 B1 O1 C1 ¼ B2 C2 O2 A2
! !
þA2 C2 O2 B2 þ A2 B2 O2 C2 :
ð4:10Þ
! ! ! ! ! !
Taking into account that O2 A2 ¼ O2 O1 þ O1 A1 þ A1 A2 , O2 B2 ¼ O2 O1 þ
! ! ! ! ! !
O1 B1 þ B1 B2 , O2 C2 ¼ O2 O1 þ O1 C1 þ C1 C2 , from (4.10) it follows that
!
!
!
p2 O1 O2 ¼ O1 A1 ðB2 C2 B1 C1 Þ þ O1 B1 ðA2 C2 A1 C1 Þ
! ! ! ð4:11Þ
þO1 C1 ðA2 B2 A1 B1 Þ þ þB2 C2 A1 A2 þ A2 C2 B1 B2
!
þA2 B2 C1 C2 :
Therefore,
p2 O1 O2 O1 A1 B2 C2 B1 C1 þ O1 B1 A2 C2 A1 C1 þ O1 C1 A2 B2 A1 B1 þ
þB2 C2 A1 A2 þ A2 C2 B1 B2 þ A2 B2 C1 C2 :
ð4:12Þ
Let us further note that |B2C2 B1C1| B1B2 + C1C2, |A2C2 A1C1|
A1A2 + C1C2, |A2B2 A1B1| A1A2 + B1B2, then from (4.12) it follows that
p p p
p2 O 1 O 2 1
þ B2 C2 A1 A2 þ 1 þ A2 C2 B1 B2 þ 1 þ A2 B2 C1 C2 <
2 2 2
p1 þ p2
< ðA1 A2 þ B1 B2 þ C1 C2 Þ:
2
Thus, A1 A2 þBO11BO22þC1 C2 < p12pþp2 .
2
It is clear that, from the very beginning we could assume that max( p1, p2) ¼ p2.
Remark If A1 6 A2, B1 6 B2, then (4.13) takes the following form
p2 O1O2 (O1A1 + A1B1 + O1B1)C1C2. Thus, p2 O1O2 < (C1A1 + A1B1 + C1B1)
C1C2 ¼ p1 C1C2.
p1 p2
Hence, it follows that OC11 O
C2
2
< min ;
p p .
2 1
4.1.20. (a) Let P, Q, and R be the tangential points of the unit sphere with the faces
! ! !
Then, ~
of trihedral angle. p ¼ OP, ~ q ¼ OQ , and ~r¼ OR are unit vectors and
arccos3 ~
2 c
p,~ π
q 2, arccos3 ~ 2 c
q,~ π
r 2, arccos3 ~
2 c
p,~r π2 . On the other
!
hand, for vector ~ a ¼ OA , we have that ~ p ¼~
a~ q ¼~
a~ a~r ¼ 1.
pffiffiffi
We needto prove that
j~
a j 3 .
Let max ~ cq ; ~
p,~ cr ; ~
p,~ cr
q,~ ¼ ~ cq ¼ φ, then there exist angles φ1 and
p,~
! !
α, such that φ2 φ1 φ, α < π2, and ~ p ¼ 1; 0; 0 , ~ q ¼ cos φ; sin φ; 0 ,
!
~
r ¼ cos φ1 cos α; sin φ1 cosα; sin α (see Figure 4.4).
pffiffiffi
If α ¼ π2, then a ¼ 3.
y,!z , then we find that x ¼ 1, x cos φ + y sin φ ¼ 1 and x cos φ
If ~ a ¼ x, 1
cos α + y sin φ1 cos α + z sin α ¼ 1. Consequently, x ¼ 1, y ¼ tg φ2 , z¼
φ
φ
φ
cos 2 cos α cos φ1 2 = sin α cos 2 .
2
Then, we have to prove that cos φ2 cos α cos φ1 φ2 sin 2 α 1þ32cos φ.
Figure 4.4
z
r
О a
y
p j1 q
x
4.1 Application of Vectors for Proving Geometric and Trigonometric Inequalities 159
Figure 4.5
Figure 4.6 B¢ C¢
L
A¢ M0 M D¢
e2 L0
e3
B C
e1
K0
K
A D
2
We have that cos φ2 cos φ1 φ2 1. Therefore, f ðtÞ ¼ cos φ2 t cos α
max f cos φ2 ; f ð1Þ , at t 2 cos φ2 ; 1 .
4 4
Note that f cos φ2 ¼ 1þ cos φ
4 sin α2 1þ32cos φ 4 sin α2 1þ32cos φ sin 2 α.
2
2
It remains to prove that f ð1Þ ¼ cos φ2 cos α 1þ32cos φ sin 2 α, or
3ð1 þ cos φÞcos 2 α 4 cos φ2 cos α 2 cos φ 0.
We have that cos ~ cr ¼ cos α cos ðφ φ Þ. Thus, it follows that
q,~ 1
pffiffi
π φ
cos α cos 4 cos α cos 2 cos α cos ðφ φ1 Þ 3. Hence cos α 2 3 2. We have
2
h pffiffii
that t ¼ cos α 2 0; 2 3 2 . We deduce that gðtÞ ¼ 3ð1 þ cos φÞt2 4 cos φ2 t
pffiffi
2 cos φ max g 2 3 2 ; gð0Þ .
pffiffi pffiffi
Note that g(0) ¼ 2 cos φ 0, and g 2 3 2 ¼ 83 ð1 þ cos φÞ 8 3 2 cos φ2
pffiffi hpffiffi i
2 cos φ ¼ 43 cos 2 φ2 8 3 2 cos φ2 þ 2 0, because t ¼ cosφ2 2 22; 1 . Therefore,
160 4 Application of Vectors
(b) Yes, it is possible (see Figure 4.5). First one has to construct “such” tetrahedron
and then add another 96 faces. One should take AB ¼ CD, AD ¼ DB ¼ BC ¼ AC,
where AB is large enough.
4.1.21. Let points K0, L0, M0 be the midpoints of edges AB, CC0 , and A0 D0 ,
! ! !
e1 ¼ KK00M
respectively. Let us denote ~ 0 e ¼ M0 L0 ,~
M0 ,~2
L0 M 0
M0 L0 e3 ¼ L0 M0 (see Figure 4.6).
Note that
! ! !
! ! e þ ! e3 ¼ KA þ AA0 þ A0 M ~
KM~e1 þ ML ~2 LK ~ e1 þ
! ! ! ! ! !
þ MD0 þ D0 C0 þ C0 L ~ e2 þ LC þ CB þ BK ~e3 ¼
! ! ! ! !
¼ AA0~e1 þD0 C0~
e2 þ CB~e3 þ KA~ e1 þ BK~e3 þ
! ! ! !
þ A0 M~ e1 þ MD0~ e2 þ C0 L~ e2 þ LC~e3 ¼
! ! ! ! !
¼ AA0~
e1 þD0 C0~ e2 þ CB~ e3 þ BA~ e1 þ BK ð~
e3 ~
e1 Þ
!
! !
þ þA0 D0~ e2 þ A0 M ð~
e1 ~e2 Þ þ C0 C~e3
!
þ C0 L ð~
e2 ~e3 Þ:
ð4:15Þ
! ! !
Because BK ð~ e3 ~e1 Þ ¼ 0, A0 M ð~ e2 Þ ¼ 0, C0 L ð~
e1 ~ e2 ~
e3 Þ ¼ 0 (see the proof
! ! !
of problem 2.4.18а), then from (4.15) it follows that, the sum KM~ e1 þ ML~ e2 þ LK
~
e3 is constant, this means that
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
þmd ¼ 43 ðAG þ BG þ CG þ DGÞ 83 AG2 þ BG2 þ CG2 þ DG2 , because R2 ¼
! !2 ! !
AO2 ¼ AG þ GO ¼ AG2 þ GO2 þ 2 GO AG . We obtain that
! ! ! ! !
4R2 ¼ AG2 þ BG2 þ CG2 þ DG2 þ 4GO2 þ 2GO AG þ BG þ CG þ DG ¼
¼ AG2 þ BG2 þ CG2 þ DG2 þ 4GO2 AG2 þ BG2 þ CG2 þ DG2 :
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
Thus, ma þ mb þ mc þ md 83 AG2 þ BG2 þ CG2 þ DG2 16 3 R (see prob-
lem 4.1.13).
! ! !
4.1.23. Let CA ¼ a ~i, CB ¼ b ~j, CD ¼ x ~i þ y ~j þ z ~ k, where ~i,~j, ~k are
! ! BD
coordinate vectors and z 6¼ 0. We have that
cos φ ¼ CA ACBD
x
¼ qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi, where φ is the angle between lines AC and BD, as
x2 þ ðy bÞ2 þ z2
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
x2 þy2 þz2 ! !
AB ¼
CD p ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi and 0 ¼ AD BD ¼ xðx aÞ þ yðy bÞ þ z2 . We have to prove
a2 þb2
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
that x2 a2 þ b2 < ðx2 þ y2 þ z2 Þ x2 þ y2 þ z2 þ b2 2by , or x2 a2 þ b2
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ffi
< ðax þ byÞ ax by þ b2 , b2(x2 + y2) < b2(ax + by), 0 < z2.
Now, it is not difficult to check that the conditions of problem 4.1.24a are
satisfied, where m1 ¼ m2 ¼ m3 ¼ m4 ¼ m5 ¼ m6 ¼ 1. Thus, it follows that
B1 B 2 þ B2 B 3 þ B3 B4 þ B4 B5 þ B5 B6 þ B6 B1
A1 A2 þ A2 A3 þ A3 A4 þ A4 A5 þ A5 A6 þ A 6 A1 :
4.1.25. (a) Let us consider midpoints M, N, P, K, F, E of edges AD, BD, CD, AB,
AC, BC, respectively.
As OM ⊥ AD, OK ⊥ AB, OF ⊥ AC, then AO > AM, AO > AK, and AO > AF.
According to problem 7.1.38a tetrahedron AMKF does not contain point O. Then,
we obtain that point O is inside of the polyhedron with faces MPF, MFK, FKE,
PNE, MNK, FPE, MPN, NKE. For point X 6 O draw a plane α passing through
!
point O and perpendicular to vector OX . It is obvious, that at least one of the points
M, N, P, K, F, E and point X are on the different sides of plane α. If that is the point
! !
M, then OM OX < 0.
! ! ! !
Let ~e1 ¼ OA ,~ e2 ¼ OB ,~e3 ¼ OC ,~ e4 ¼ OD and ~ e ¼~e1 þ~ e2 þ~ e3 þ~ e4 . We
OA OB OC OD
need to prove that
4.1 Application of Vectors for Proving Geometric and Trigonometric Inequalities 163
~
e < 2: ð4:16Þ
e 6¼ ~
Indeed, it is sufficient to prove inequality (4.16) in case ~ 0.
! ! !
Let OX ¼ ~ e, then as it was mentioned
OM OX < 0. Consequently,
ð~
e1 þ~ e < 0. We have that ~
e4 Þ~ e2~e ~
e and ~ e ~
e3~ e. Thus, ð~
e1 þ~
e2 þ
2
~
e3 þ~ e < 2~
e4 Þ~
e . Hence ~
e < 2~
e , then ~
e < 2. Note that
4.1.26. Let ABCD be a quadrilateral circumscribed around a circle. Given that the
opposite sides AB and CD, BC and AD are on the lines intersecting at points M and
N. Prove that cos ∠A + cos ∠B + cos ∠C + cos ∠D + cos ∠M + cos ∠N 2.
4.1.27. Let ABC be an arbitrary triangle. Prove that for any equilateral triangle
A1B1C1 the inequality A1 A2 þ B1 B2 þ C1 C2 16 AB2 þ BC2 þ CA2 p2ffiffi3 SABC
holds true.
4.1.28. Given points A1, . . ., An and positive numbers m1, . . ., mn. For any point
X let us denote by f(X) the expression m1A1X + . . . + mnAnX. Given that point M is
on segment AB, such that BM AB ¼ α. Prove that f(M ) αf(A) + (1 α)f(B).
4.1.29. Given that pointsA1, A2, . . ., An are on the same sphere, m1, . . ., mn > 0 and
! !
G is such a point that m1 GA1 þ ::: þ mn GAn ¼ ~ 0. Let straight lines GA1, . . ., GAn
intersect this sphere (for the second time) at points B1, B2, . . . , Bn. Prove that
m1 GB1P þ ::: þ mn GBnP m1 GA1P þ ::: þ mn GAnP , where 0 p 2.
164 4 Application of Vectors
DA þ DB !
Hint Let 2 ; AB ¼ α 6¼ 90 , then
! ! !
SADB ¼ 12 AB DA þ2 DB jctgαj ¼ 14 DA2 DB2 ctgα.
For α ¼ 90 see problem 1.1.14a (not only α ¼ 90 ).
4.1.32. Let in a tetrahedron ABCD the angles ADB, ADC, BDC be obtuse and the
lengths of edges AD, BD, CD be equal. Prove that ABC is an acute triangle.
! !
Hint Prove that CA CB > 0.
4.1.33. Prove that the difference of the squares of the lengths of the adjacent sides of
a parallelogram is less than the product of its diagonals.
4.1.34. Let n points be inside of the unit sphere. Prove that the sum of the squares of
distances between all possible pairs of these points does not exceed n2.
4.1.35. (a) Consider a convex hexagon, such that the length of each of its sides is
more than 1. Will there always be in it a diagonal with the length more than 2?
(b) Consider a convex hexagon ABCDEF, such that the lengths of the diagonals AD,
BE, CFare greater than 2. Will it always have a side with the length more than 1?
Hint See problem 4.1.4a.
4.1.36. Let M be the intersection point of the diagonals of an inscribed quadrilateral,
N be the intersection point of its midlines and O be its circumcenter. Prove that
OM ON (the midline is a segment connecting the midpoints of the opposite sides).
!
Hint Let ABCD be an inscribed quadrilateral, then ON ¼
! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
2
!2 OA þ OB þ OC þ OD .
4 OA þ OB þ OC þ OD , Prove that OM
1
4
4.1.37. Prove that for any triangle ABC the following inequalities hold true:
(a) a2 þ b2 þ c2 9R2 ; cos 2α þ cos 2β þ cos 2γ 32,
(b) a3 þ b3 þ c3 þ 3abc a2 b þ b2 a þ a2 c þ ac2 þ b2 c þ bc2 ; cos α þ cos β þ cos
γ 32,
(c) c2 a2 þ b2 þ R2 ; cos 2α þ cos 2β cos 2γ 32.
4.1 Application of Vectors for Proving Geometric and Trigonometric Inequalities 165
4.1.38. Let α1, α2, . . ., α6 be (the linear angles of) the dihedral angles of a
tetrahedron. Prove that cosα1 + cos α2 + . . . + cos α6 2.
4.1.39. Use problem 4.1.8a for x ¼ y ¼ z ¼ 13 to prove problem 4.1.4b.
! ! ! ! !
Hint Consider points X, Y, Z, and M, such that XY ¼ BC þ CD EF FA ,
! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
YZ ¼ FA þ AB DE CD , and XM ¼ BC EF .
4.1.40. The rectangular projection of a triangular pyramid to some plane has the
greatest possible area. Prove that this plane is parallel either to one of the sides of a
pyramid or to two skew edges of the pyramid.
4.1.41. (a) Given that in a tetrahedron ABCD the sum of the cosines of all plane
angles at vertex D does not exceed –1. Prove that for any point M, other than D,
holds true MA + MB + MC + MD > DA + DB + DC.
(b) Given that in a tetrahedron ABCD the sum of the cosines of all
plane angles at vertex D does not exceed –1. Prove that inside this
tetrahedron one can find a point M0, such that ∠AM0B ¼ ∠CM0D, ∠AM0C ¼
∠BM0D, ∠AM0D ¼ ∠BM0C.
Moreover, for any point M, other than M0, it holds true MA + MB + MC +
MD > M0A + M0B + M0C + M0D.
Hint See the proof of problem 4.1.17.
4.1.42. Let triangles A1A2A3 and B1B2B3 with orthocenters H1 and H2, respectively,
be inscribed in a circle of radius R. Prove that H1H2 < 4R + A1B1.
Hint Let G1 and G2 be the centroids of those triangles A1A2A3 and B1B2B3,
! 1 ! ! !
respectively. Prove that H1H2 ¼ 3G1G2 and G1 G2 ¼ 3 A1 B1 þ A2 B2 þ A3 B3 :
Chapter 5
Application of Trigonometric Inequalities
This chapter consists of five sections, that is, Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, and 5.5.
Many problems in geometry can be solved by applying trigonometry. In partic-
ular, many problems related to geometric inequalities can be deduced to trigono-
metric inequalities.
Section 5.1 mainly provides trigonometric inequalities concerning to angles of a
triangle. Let us emphasize few methods of proving such inequalities: note that, if
πβ πγ
α, β, γ are the angles of some triangle, then πα2 , 2 , 2 are the angles of some
acute triangle. Therefore, if some inequality holds true for angles α, β, γ of some
πβ πγ
triangle, then substituting these angles by πα 2 , 2 , 2 one can obtain a “new”
inequality for angles α, β, γ.
Moreover, if some inequality holds true for the angles of any acute triangle, then
from this inequality one can obtain a “new” inequality for the angles of any triangle.
In Section 5.1 many problems are proved using the maximal (minimal) values of
a quadratic polynomial. One of the crucial methods explained in this section is the
method based on the following statement: if the quadratic coefficient of a quadratic
function is positive (negative), then on any segment that function accepts its
maximal (minimal) value in one of the endpoints of the considered segment.
Section 5.2 selects such inequalities, concerning the angles of a triangle, that
hold true either only for acute triangles or only for obtuse triangles.
One of the most important methods of proving geometric inequalities is based on
modifications of trigonometric expressions. Therefore, Section 5.3 is devoted to
some important mathematical identities related to triangles.
Section 5.4 considers some trigonometric inequalities that are later on applied in
Section 5.5 in order to prove geometric inequalities.
Summarizing the above mentioned, Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, and 5.4 provides
methods related to trigonometry in order to prove geometric inequalities. These
types of geometric inequalities are considered in Section 5.5.
Some problems in this chapter were inspired by [1, 2]. Nevertheless, even for
these problems the authors have mostly provided their own solutions.
Let α, β, and γ be the angles of some triangle. In the problems of this section it is
required to prove the following inequalities.
5.1.1. cos2 α þ cos2 β þ cos2 γ 34.
5.1.2. cosαcosβcosγ 18.
5.1.3. cos2α þ cos2β cos2γ 32.
5.1.4. (a) 1 < cosα þ cosβ þ cosγ 32,
pffiffiffi 2
(b) 3 cos α2 þ cos β2 þ cos 2γ 4 cos α2 þ cos β2 þ cos 2γ þ 2 cos α2 cos β2 cos 2γ .
pffiffiffi
(d) sin α2 þ sin β2 þ sin 2γ 12 sin α2 sin β2 sin 2γ þ 3 cos α2 cos β2 cos 2γ .
(e) cos 2 αβ
4 þ cos
2 βγ
4 þ cos
2 γα
4 2ð cos α þ cos β þ cos γ Þ,
αβ βγ γα
(f) cos 2 þ cos 2 þ cos 2 p2ffiffi3 ð sin α þ sin β þ sin γ Þ,
pffiffiffi
(g) cos α þ cos β þ cos γ þ ctgα þ ctgβ þ ctgγ 1, 5 þ 3,
(h) (1 cos α)(1 cos β)(1 cos γ) cos α cos β cos γ
(4 2 cos α 2 cos β 2 cos γ),
pffiffiffi
(i) sin 2α þ sin 2β þ sin 2γ 2 3ð cos α cos β þ cos β cos γ þ cos γ cos αÞ:
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffi
jαβj jβγ j jγαj
5.1.21. sin 2 þ sin 2 þ sin 2 71þ17 17
32 .
5.1.22. (a) 2xy cos α þ 2yzcosβ þ 2xz cos γ x2 þ y2 þ z2, where α þ β þ γ ¼ π and
α, β, γ, x, y, z are arbitrary numbers.
cos α cos β cos γ
(b) þ sin
sin α1 β1 þ sin γ 1 ctg α1 þ ctg β1 þ ctg γ 1 , where α þ β þ γ ¼ π and
α1, β1, γ 1 are angles of some triangle.
(c) a2ctgα1 þ b2ctgβ1 þ c2ctgγ 1 4S, where a, b, c, S are respectively, the sides and
the area of some triangle, and α1, β1, γ 1 the angles of another triangle.
(d) (b2 þ c2)(1 cos φ) þ a2 cos φ 4S| sin φ|, where φ is any angle and S is the
area of the triangle with sides a, b, c.
(e) a2 b21 þ c21 a21 þ b2 a21 þ c21 b21 þ c2 a21 þ b21 c21 16SS1 , where a, b,
c, S are respectively, the sides and the area of some triangle, and a1, b1, c1, S1 of
another triangle.
(f) (xa2 þ yb2 þ zc2)2 16S2(xy þ yz þ zx), where x, y, z are arbitrary numbers and
S is the area of a triangle with sides a, b, c.
(g) k2tgα1 þ l2tgβ1 þ m2tgγ 1 S, where k, l, m are the distances from the circum-
center of triangle ABC to lines BC, AC, AB, respectively, S is the area of triangle
ABC, and α1, β1, γ 1 are the angles of some other acute triangle.
2
5.1.23. cos 2α2 þ cos 2 β2 þ cos 2 2γ sin α2 þ sin β2 þ sin 2γ .
πþα πþβ πþγ
5.1.24. sin 2α þ sin 2β þ sin 2γ cos 8 þ cos 8 þ cos 8 .
Solutions
1 þ 4 8 ¼ 2.
1 3
5.1 Inequalities for the Angles of a Triangle 171
or
pffiffiffi
3 α β γ 1 α β γ
cos þ cos þ cos 1þ sin þ sin þ sin 1 ,
4 2 2 2 4 2 2 2
α π β π γ π 3
cos þ þ cos þ þ cos þ ,
2 6 2 6 2 6 2
π αþβ γ þ π3 αþβ
þ γþπ=3 π
sin α þ sin β þ sin γ þ sin 2 sin þ 2 sin 4 sin 2 2
¼ 4 sin :
3 2 2 2 3
pffiffi
Hence, we obtain that sin α þ sin β þ sin γ 3 sin π3 ¼ 3 2 3.
This ends the proof.
πβ πγ
5.1.7. Using the inequality of the
pffiffi
problem 5.1.6 for angles πα
2 , 2 , 2 , we deduce
α β γ
that cos 2 þ cos 2 þ cos 2 2 .
3 3
follows that
γ π αþβþγ π
α β γ π αþβ þ þ
ctg þ ctg þ ctg þ ctg 2ctg þ 2ctg 2 6 4ctg 4 12 ¼ 4ctg π :
2 2 2 6 4 2 2 6
β γ
p ffiffi
ffi
Therefore, ctg α2 þ ctg 2 þ ctg 2 3ctg π6 ¼ 3 3.
This ends the proof.
πβ πγ
5.1.11. Using the inequality of the problem 5.1.2 for angles πα
2 , 2 , 2 , we obtain
that sin α2 sin β2 sin 2γ 18.
This ends the proof.
5.1.12. Note that
1 1 cos ðx þ yÞ
sin x sin y ¼ ð cos ðx yÞ cos ðx þ yÞÞ ¼
2 2
x þ y
¼ sin 2 :
2
5.1 Inequalities for the Angles of a Triangle 173
3
cos αcosβ þ cosβ cos γ þ cos γ cos α ¼
4
βþγ βγ 1 3
¼ 2 cos α cos cos þ ð cos ðβ γ Þ þ cos ðβ þ γ ÞÞ
2 2 2 4
α 1 3 1 α 2 α
2 cos α sin þ ð1 cos αÞ ¼ 2 sin 1 4 sin þ 3 0:
2 2 4 4 2 2
Similarly, we obtain that ctgβ þ ctgγ 2tg α2 and ctgγ þ ctgα 2tg β2.
Therefore, ctgα þ ctgβ þ ctgγ tg α2 þ tg β2 þ tg 2γ .
This ends the proof.
5.1.18. Note that cos α þ cosβ ¼ 2 sin 2γ cos αβ
2 2 sin 2γ . Thus, it follows that
cosα þ cos β cosβ þ cos γ cos γ þ cosα
cos α þ cosβ þ cos γ ¼ þ þ
2 2 2
γ α β
sin þ sin þ sin :
2 2 2
This ends the proof.
174 5 Application of Trigonometric Inequalities
5.1.19. We have that ctg 2 α þ ctg 2 β 12 ðctgα þ ctgβÞ2 2tg 2 2γ (see the proof of
the problem 5.1.17). Hence ctg 2 α þ ctg 2 β þ ctg 2 γ tg 2α2 þ tg 2 β2 þ tg 2 2γ .
This ends the proof.
5.1.20. (a) If the triangle is not acute angled, then inequality is correct, as
cos α cos β cos γ 0 < sin α2 sin β2 sin 2γq . ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
π pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
If x, y 2 0; 2 , then cos x cos y 1þ cos2ðxþyÞ ¼ cos xþy 2 .
But if the triangle is an acute triangle, then
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffipffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffipffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
cos α cos β cos γ ¼ cos α cos β cos β cos γ cos γ cos α
αþβ βþγ αþγ γ α β
cos cos cos ¼ sin sin sin :
2 2 2 2 2 2
Because
γ γ π 1 γ π πγ
f ð1Þ ¼ sin
cos 1 þ þ cos þ 2 sin
2 2 6 2 2 6 4
1 γ π πγ πγ πγ π
þ cos þ 2 sin ¼ 2 sin sin þ 1 0,
2 2 6 4 4 4 3
we have that f(1) 0.
(e) Let γ β α. One needs to prove that
3 1 αβ βγ γα
þ cos þ cos þ cos cos α þ cos β þ cos γ:
4 4 2 2 2
γ 1 βα 1 βα π 3γ 3
2 sin cos cos cos þ cos γ 0:
2 4 2 2 4 4 4
prove that
f cos βα4 0, as 0 cos βα 4 1 and for x 2 [0, 1].
We have that f(x) max( f(0), f(1)), then it is sufficient to prove that f(0) 0 and
f(1) 0.
Indeed, we have that
γ 1 1 γ γ 1 1 1
f ð0Þ ¼ cos γ 2 sin ¼ 2sin 2 2sin 2 2 2 < 0:
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
γ 1 π 3γ
f ð1Þ ¼ 2 sin 1 cos þ cos γ:
2 2 4
Remark For α þ β þ γ ¼ π the inequality of problem 5.1.20e may not hold true.
For example, if α ¼ π2 , β ¼ 5π
2 , γ ¼ 2π.
or
4 γ αβ π 3γ αβ 2 4 γ
2 pffiffiffi cos 1 cos 2 2 cos cos þ pffiffiffi sin γ pffiffiffi cos þ 1 0:
3 2 4 4 4 3 3 2
Let f ðxÞ ¼ 2 p4ffiffi cos γ 1 x2 2 cos π3γ
þ p2ffiffi3 sin γ p4ffiffi3 cos 2γ þ 1.
3 2 4 x
Note that
pffiffi
2 p4ffiffi3 cos 2γ 1 2 p4ffiffi3 cos π6 1 ¼ 2 and 22 cos αβ
4 1, as 0 αβ π
4 4.
We have that
pffiffiffi
αβ 2
f cos max f ð1Þ; f :
4 2
pffiffi
Let us prove that f 22 0 and f(1) 0, then (5.1) holds true.
We have that
pffiffiffi
2 2 pffiffiffi π 3γ 2 π pffiffiffi π 3γ
f ¼ pffiffiffi sin γ 2 cos pffiffiffi sin 2 cos ¼
2 3 4 3 3 4
pffiffiffi π 3γ pffiffiffi π pffiffiffi π
¼ 1 2 cos < 1 2 cos < 1 2 cos ¼ 0,
4 4 4
pffiffi
therefore f 22 < 0.
Now, let us prove that f(1) 0.
We need to prove that 1 þ 2 cos π3γ γ
4 3 cos 2 þ 3 sin γ.
p4ffiffi p2ffiffi
0 3 π 3γ 2 γ 2 2 γ 2
g ðγ Þ ¼ sin þ pffiffiffi sin pffiffiffi cos γ pffiffiffi sin pffiffiffi cos γ
2 4 3 2 3 3 2 3
2 π 2 π
pffiffiffi sin pffiffiffi cos ¼ 0:
3 6 3 3
π
Hence, gðγ Þ g 3 ¼ 0.
Hence, it follows that f(1) 0.
5.1 Inequalities for the Angles of a Triangle 177
We have that
2
2γ 2 γ
2γ 2 γ γ
0 γ x sin 2 2x cos 2 γ 1 sin 2 2 sin 2 cos 2
f ðxÞ ¼ 2 sin 2 < 2 sin 2 ¼
2 x2 sin 2 γ 2
2 x2 sin 2 γ 2
3γ γ γ
cos 2 sin cos 3 1
¼ sin γ 2 2 2
2 sin γ 2 0:
x2 sin 2 2γ x2 sin 2 2γ
Thus, it follows that for x 2 sin 2γ ; 1 , we have that f 0 (x) < 0. Therefore, f(x) is a
decreasing function on sin 2γ ; 1 .
αβ 3 pffiffiffi
Note that, it is sufficient to prove that f cos þ 3.
2 2
αβ γ i αβ
As cos 2 sin ; 1 , then f cos f ð1Þ.
2 2 2
3 pffiffiffi αβ 3 pffiffiffi
Let us prove that f ð1Þ þ 3, then f cos þ 3.
2 2 2
γ sin γ
We have that f ð1Þ ¼ 2 sin þ cos γ þ þ ctgγ.
2 1 sin 2 2γ
Let γ ¼ π 2φ, then 0 < φ < π3 pffiffiffi and one needs to prove that
2 cos φ cos 2φ þ 2ctgφ ctg 2φ 32 þ 3, or
3 þ tg 2 φ pffiffiffi 1 2
3 2 cos φ :
2tgφ 2
pffiffiffi 2 2
3 tgφ 4tgφ cos φ 12 ,
pffiffiffi 2 2
3 cos φ sin φ 4 cos φ sin φ cos φ 12 ,
2 2 pffiffiffi 2
ð3cos 2 φ sin 2 φÞ 2 sin 2φ cos φ 12 3 cos φ þ sin φ ,
1 pffiffiffi 2
ð2 cos φ 1Þ2 ð2 cos φ þ 1Þ2 sin 2φð2 cos φ 1Þ2 3 cos φ þ sin φ :
2
178 5 Application of Trigonometric Inequalities
1 pffiffiffi 2
ð2 cos φ þ 1Þ2 sin 2φ 3 cos φ þ sin φ :
2
pffiffiffi
The last inequality holds true, as (2 cos φ þ 1)2 4 and 1
2 sin 2φ 3 cos φþ
sin φÞ2 12 1 4 ¼ 2.
(h) Let α β γ, then we need to prove that
on [0; 1].
We need to prove that f cos αβ2 0.
We have that 0 < γ π3 , therefore
γ γ
f 0 ðxÞ ¼ 12 cos γ sin x2 þ 2 1 5 cos γ þ 2cos 2 γ x 2 sin 1 þ cos 2 γ ,
2 2
γ
f 0 ð0Þ ¼ 2 sin 1 þ cos 2 γ < 0,
2
γ
f 0 ð1Þ ¼ 2 sin 6 cos γ 1 cos 2 γ þ 2 10 cos γ þ 4cos 2 γ
2
6 cos γ 1 cos 2 γ þ 2 10 cos γ þ 4cos 2 γ ¼
¼ ð cos γ 1Þð3 cos γ 1Þ < 0:
Then, for 0 < x < π3 , it follows that gðxÞ > g π3 ¼ 0. Thus, it follows that
f ð1Þ ¼ 2 sin 2γ gðγ Þ > 0:
Note that, for 0 < x 1, f(x) min( f(0), f(1)) > 0. Hence, we obtain that
pffiffiffi
sin 2αþ sin 2β þsin 2γ 2 3ð cos α cos β þ cos β cos γ þ cos γ cos αÞ ¼
αβ αβ
¼ f cos > 0, as 0 < cos 1:
2 2
jα β j jβ γ j jγ αj π π
sin þ sin þ sin sin 2x þ sin x þ sin x ¼
2 2 2 2 2
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
¼ sin x þ cos x þ cos 2x ¼ 1 þ sin 2x þ 1 sin 2x: 2
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
Consider the function f ðtÞ ¼ 1 þ t þ 1 t2 on the interval [0; 1]. Since
pffiffiffiffiffiffi
f 0 ðtÞ ¼ 2p1ffiffiffiffiffi
1þt
ffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
t
1t2
¼ 2p 1t 2t
ffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1t2
¼ 2pffiffiffiffiffiffiffi4t2 þt1
pffiffiffiffiffiffi
1t2 ð 1tþ2tÞ
.
pffiffiffiffi q ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffi
171
Consequently, max f ðtÞ ¼ f 8 ¼ 7þ 17
8 þ 23þ 17
32 .
½0;1
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffipffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffi
Thus, sin jαβ 2
j
þ sin jβγ j
2 þ sin jγαj
2 7þ 17
8 þ 23þ 17
32 ¼ 71þ17 17
32 .
pffiffiffiffi
Remark The given estimate is exact since at β arcsin 1781, we have that
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffi
sin jαβ
2
j
þ sin jβγ j
2 þ sin jγαj
2 71þ17 17
32 .
Note that
sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffiffi
jα β j jβ γ j jγ αj 71 þ 17 17
sin þ sin þ sin < :
2 2 2 32
(b) Let x, y, z > 0 and 2xy ¼ sin1α1 , 2yz ¼ sin1β , 2xz ¼ sin1 γ , this means that
1 1
sin β1 sin γ 1 sin α1
x ¼ pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ffi, y ¼ pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ffi, z ¼ pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ffi. Then from the
2 sin α1 sin β1 sin γ 1 2 sin α1 sin β1 sin γ 1 2 sin α1 sin β1 sin γ 1
problem 5.1.22a, it follows that
5.1 Inequalities for the Angles of a Triangle 181
(c) Let the angles and circumradius of the triangle with sides a, b, c be equal to u, v,
w and R, respectively. Then
1 1 1 1
S ¼ R2 sin 2u þ R2 sin 2v þ R2 sin 2w ¼ a2 ctgu þ b2 ctgv þ c2 ctgw :
2 2 2 4
Therefore,
(g) Let points A1, B1, and C1 be the midpoints of sides BC, AC, and AB, respec-
tively. Using the problem 4.1.8а for x ¼ tgα1, y ¼ tgβ1, z ¼ tgγ 1, we obtain that
tg α tg β A B2 þtg β1 tg γ 1 B1 C21 þtg α1 tg γ 1 A1 C21
tg α1 OA21 þ tg β1 OB21 þ tg γ 1 OC21 1 1 1 1 tg α1 þtg β þtg γ ,
1 1
2 2 2
or k2 tg α1 þ l2 tg β1 þ m2 tg γ 1 ctg γ 1 c4 þ ctg α1 a4 þ ctg β1 b4 , as
tgα1 þ tgβ1 þ tgγ 1 ¼ tgα1tgβ1tgγ 1.
According to problem 5.1.22c, it follows that 14 a2 ctg α1 þ b2 ctg β1 þ
c2 ctg γ 1 Þ S.
Therefore, k2tgα1 þ l2tgβ1 þ m2tgγ 1 S.
This ends the proof.
5.1.23. In any triangle there are angles α and β, such that either α2 , β2 π6 or α2 , β2 π6,
then 1 2 sin α2 1 2 sin β2 0. Thus, it follows that
2
α β γ α β γ
cos 2 þ cos 2 þ cos 2 sin þ sin þ sin ¼
2 2 2 2 2 2
α β γ α β
¼ cos α þ cos β þ cos γ 2 sin sin 2 sin sin þ sin ¼
2 2 2 2 2
α β γ α β γ α β
¼ 1 þ 4 sin sin sin 2 sin sin 2 sin sin þ sin ¼
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
γ α β α β γ
¼ 1 þ sin 1 2 sin 1 2 sin 2 sin sin sin ¼
2 2 2 2 2 2
αβ γ α β
¼ 1 cos þ sin 1 2 sin 1 2 sin 0,
2 2 2 2
2
α β γ α β γ
cos 2 þ cos 2 þ cos 2 sin þ sin þ sin :
2 2 2 2 2 2
α β γ
sin α þ sin β þ sin γ cos þ cos þ cos : ð5:3Þ
2 2 2
In the same way from (5.3), we deduce that
π α π γ
α β γ π β
cos þ cos þ cos cos þ cos þ cos : ð5:4Þ
2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4
2
α 3α α α α
f ð1Þ ¼ 1 2 cos α þ 2 sin þ sin 3 sin ¼ 2 sin 1 2 sin þ 1 0:
2 2 2 2 2
This ends the proof.
5.1.29. We need to prove that, if 0 < x, y < π3, then
α β γ β γ þ α 2φ 4
tg þ tg þ tg tg þ tg þ ¼
2 2 2 2 2 3
π
2 sin φ 4 2 cos φ 4
¼ 2 þ þ ¼ 2:
β γ þ α 2φ π 3 1 þ sin φ 3
cos þ cos φ
2 2 2
Therefore, tg 2α2 þ tg 2 β2 þ tg 2 2γ 2.
This ends the proof.
5.1.31. We have that
Note that
cos 2α þ cos 2β
sin 2 α þ sin 2 β ¼ 1 ¼ 1 þ cos γ cos ðα βÞ
2
αβ
¼ 2 cos γcos 2 þ 1 cos γ
and 2
γ αβ
cos α þ cos β ¼ 2 sin cos :
2 2
γ αþβ αβ
Let f(x) ¼ Ax2 þ þ γC.
Bx Since sin 2 ¼ cos 2 cos 2 1 and A 0, then
max f ðxÞ ¼ max f sin 2 ; f ð1Þ ; thus, if we prove that the inequality (5.7)
½ sin 2γ ;1
holds true for cos αβ γ αβ
2 ¼ sin 2 and cos 2 ¼ 1, then it holds true (in the
general case).
If cos αβ γ
2 ¼ sin 2, then (5.7) has the following form:
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffipffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1 cos 2 γ 1 þ cos γ 1 cos ðα1 β1 Þ þ sin γ sin γ 1 2
or
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
sin γ 1 þ cos γ 1 cos ðα1 β1 Þ þ sin γ sin γ 1 2:
pffiffi
Similarly, to the proof given above in this case too it is sufficient to prove the
inequality (5.10) for cos α1 β π
2 ¼ 1. Then under the condition γ, γ 1 3 one has to
1
γ
If cos 2 þ γ21 1 þ 2 sin γþγ 1
4 cos γγ 1
4 > 0, then
γ γ1 γ þ γ1 γ γ γ þ γ1 γ þ γ1 γ γ1
D ¼ cos þ cos þ 4 sin sin 1 cos 1 þ 2 sin cos
2 2 2 2 2 4 4
γ þ γ1 γ γ γ þ γ1 γ þ γ1
1 þ cos þ 4 sin sin 1 cos 1 þ 2 sin
2 2 2 2 4
γ þ γ1 γ þ γ1 γ þ γ1 γ þ γ1
1 þ cos þ 2 1 cos cos 1 þ 2 sin ¼ D0 :
2 2 2 4
2
Then D0 ¼ 2cos2 γ20 þ sin 2 γ 0 4sin 2 γ20 1 sin γ20 , where γ 0 ¼ γþγ
2 .
1
2 γ0
γ0 2
As 2 D0 ¼ 2sin 2 1 2 sin 2 0, then D0 2. Hence, D 2.
This ends the proof of (5.11).
5.1.40. (sin2β þ sin2γ)(1 cos φ) þ sin2α cos φ 2 sin α sin β sin γ sin φ, where φ is
any angle.
5.1.41. sin2α þ sin2β þ sin2γ < 2(sinα sin β þ sin β sin γ þ sin γ sin α).
5.1.42. sin α2 þ β þ sin β2 þ γ þ sin 2γ þ α > sin α þ sin β þ sin γ.
5.1.43. (a) 1
sin α2 sin β2
þ 1
sin β2 sin 2γ
þ 1
sin α2 sin 2γ
12,
pffiffiffi
cos α2 þ cos β þ cos 2γ 2 3,
1 1 1
(b)
2
pffiffi
5.1.45. sin α sin β sin 2γ 2 9 3.
5.1.46. ctg2β ctgαctgγ, if 2sin2β ¼ sin2α þ sin2γ.
5.1.47. (a) cos α cos β cos ðα βÞ þ cos β cos γ cos ðβ γ Þ þ cos γ cos α cos ðγ αÞ
1 cos α cos β cos γ,
pffiffi
(b) sin α4 sin β4 sin 4γ þ cos α4 cos β4 cos 4γ 3 8 6,
α β γ
α β β γ γ α
4 sin 2 þ sin 2 þ sin 2 k sin 2 sin 2 þ sin 2 sin 2 þ sin 2 sin2 , where k 3,
(c) 63k 2
β γ β β γ γ
(d) sin α2 þ sin 2 þ sin 2 k sin α2 sin 2 þ sin 2 sin 2 þ sin 2 sin α2 63k 4 , where 0 <
k 27,
(e) sin α2 þ sin β2 þ sin 2γ þ k sin α2 sin β2 þ sin β2 sin 2γ þ sin 2γ sin α2 sin α2 sin β2 sin 2γ
32 þ 5k
8 , where k 5,
4
(f) 7 k α β γ α β β γ γ α where
þ sin þ sin þ sin þ k sin sin þ sin sin þ sin sin
5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 α β γ
þ 2k sin sin sin
5 2 2 2
k 45.
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
5.1.48. (a) sin α þ sin β þ sin γ 15 4 þ cos ðα βÞ þ cos ðβ γ Þ þ cos ðγ αÞ,
Let α, β, and γ be the angles of some acute triangle. Prove the inequalities of the
problems 5.2.1–5.2.8.
pffiffiffi
5.2.1. (a) tgα þ tgβ þ tgγ 3 3,
(b) tg 2α2 þ tg 2 β2 þ tg 2 2γ < 2.
5.2.2. (a) tgα þ tgβ þ tgγ ctg α2 þ ctg β2 þ ctg 2γ ,
Solutions
πβ1 πγ 1
5.2.1. (a) Note that, if α ¼ πα 2 , β ¼ 2 , γ ¼ 2 , then α1 þ β 1 þ γ 1 ¼ π and
1
π
Remark For α ¼ 2π
3 , β ¼ γ ¼ 6, we have that tgα þ tgβ þ tgγ ¼ 3.
p1ffiffi
Then,
α β γ
tg 2 þ tg 2 þ tg 2 ¼
2 2 2
2 α β β γ γ α
¼ tg α2 þ tg β2 þ tg 2γ 2 tg tg þ tg tg þ tg tg :
2 2 2 2 2 2
Remark If γ > π2, then tgα þ tgβ þ tgγ < 0 < ctg α2 þ ctg β2 þ ctg 2γ , (see the
problem 5.2.9).
(b) As tgα þ tgβ þ tgγ ¼ tgαtgβtgγ (see the proof of the problem 5.2.9) and
5.2 Inequalities for the Angles of Acute and Obtuse Triangles 193
then according to the problem 5.2.2a, we have that tgαtgβtgγ ctg α2 ctg β2 ctg 2γ .
Remark If γ > π2, then tgαtgβtgγ < 0 < ctg α2 ctg β2 ctg 2γ ,
5.2.3. (a) Note that
pffiffi
π
Remark For γ ¼ 2π
3 , α ¼ β ¼ 6, we have that sin α þ sin β þ sin γ ¼ 1 þ 2
3
< 2:
1 2
cos 2 α þ cos 2 β þ cos 2 γ ¼ cos α þ cos 2 β þ cos 2 β þ cos 2 γ þ cos 2 γ þ cos 2 α
2
1
ð3 cos α cos β cos γ Þ:
2
Therefore,
2
5.2.6. Note that tg 2 α þ tg 2 β ðtgαþtgβ
2
Þ
2tg 2 αþβ 2γ
2 ¼ 2ctg 2 (see the proof of the
problem 5.2.2a). Thus,
tg 2 α þ tg 2 β þ tg 2 γ ¼
1 1 1 γ α β
¼ tg 2 α þ tg 2 β þ tg 2 β þ tg 2 γ þ tg 2 α þ tg 2 γ ctg 2 þ ctg 2 þ ctg 2 :
2 2 2 2 2 2
Remark For angles β ¼ α, γ ¼ π 2α, where α is a sufficiently small number, the
inequality does not hold true.
5.2.7. We have that
Remark For α ¼ β ¼ π6 , γ ¼ 2π
3 the inequality does not hold true.
2
pffiffiffið cos α þ cos β þ cos γ Þ2 sin α sin β sin γ ¼
3
2
2 γ αβ γ αβ 8 γ αβ
¼ pffiffiffi 2 sin cos þ cos γ 2 cos cos sin γ ¼ pffiffiffisin 2 cos 2 þ
3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2
4 γ γ αβ 2
þ2 pffiffiffi sin cos γ cos cos þ pffiffifficos 2 γ sin γ:
3 2 2 2 3
2 γ 2 γ 2 3 γ γ
f ð1Þ ¼ pffiffiffi 2 sin þ cos γ 2 cos sin γ pffiffiffi 2 sin þ cos γ 2 cos sin γ,
3 2 2 3 2 2 2
5.2 Inequalities for the Angles of Acute and Obtuse Triangles 195
2
since 2 sin 2γ þ cos γ ¼ 32 2 sin 2γ 12 32. Thus, it follows that
pffiffiffi γ γ γ π π
f ð1 Þ 3 2 sin þ cos γ 2 cos sin γ ¼ 2 2 sin þ sin γ ¼
2 2 2 6 3
γ π γ π
¼ 4 sin 1 cos 0: Therefore; f ð1Þ 0:
2 6 2 6
We need to prove that f cos 2γ ¼ p2ffiffi3 ð sin γ þ cos γ Þ2 ð sin γ þ cos γ Þ 1 0.
pffiffiffi π
pffiffiffi
Indeed, we have that 1 ¼ sin 2 γþ cos 2 γ sin γ þ cos γ 2sin γ þ 2.
γ pffiffiffi 2pffiffi2 4
Thus, f cos 2 ¼ ð sinγ þ cosγ Þ pffiffi3ð sinγ þ cosγ Þ1 1 2 pffiffi3 1 1<0.
2
Since 0
αβ
γ , then we have that cos γ cos αβ 1, this means that
2 2 2 2
2
pffiffiffið cos α þ cos β þ cos γ 1Þ2 sin α sin β sin γ ¼
3
αβ γ
¼ f cos h max i f ðxÞ ¼ max f cos ; f ð1Þ 0:
2 γ 2
cos ; 1
2
Therefore,
2
sin α þ sin β þ sin γ pffiffiffi ð cos α þ cos β þ cos γ Þ2 :
3
αβ
ð4 cos γ 2Þcos 2
2
γ αβ
4 sin cos γ cos þ 1 cos γ þ sin 2 γ cos 2 γ 0: ð5:12Þ
2 2
Since 4 cos γ 2 0, then min f ðxÞ ¼ min f cos 2γ ; f ð1Þ , where f ðxÞ ¼
½ cos 2γ ;1
γ
ð4 cos γ 2Þx 4 sin 2 cos γx þ 1 cos γ þ sin 2 γ cos 2 γ:
2
2
We have that f ð1Þ ¼ 2 sin 2γ 1 cos γ 0 and f cos 2γ ¼ 1 sin 2γ 0.
Thus, the inequality (5.12) holds true.
5.2.9. We have that
α β γ α γ þ β 90 45 45
sin sin sin < sin sin sin 45 sin sin sin 45 ¼
2 2 2 2 pffiffiffi 2 2 2
1 cos 45 21 β γ 1 γβ βþγ
¼ sin 45 ¼ , since sin sin ¼ cos cos ,
2 4 2 2 2 2 2
sin γþβ90
2 sin 45 ¼ 12 cos α2 cos βþγ 2
sin α2 sin γþβ90
2 ¼ 12 cos 45 α cos 45 , sin 2452 ¼ 12 1 cos 45 ,
cos(45 α) 1, and 0 < α2 < γβ π
2 < 2. Therefore, cos
γβ
2 < cos α2.
5.2.13. Let γ > π2, then
4R2
,
2
þp2 4R2
(b) cos α cos β þ cos β cos γ þ cos γ cos α ¼ r 4R2
,
¼ pp2 þrð2Rþr
4R
2 2 2
(c) 1
cos α þ 1
cos β þ 1
cos γ Þ2
.
αβ βγ γα
¼ p þ2Rrþr
2 2
5.3.11. cos 2 cos 2 cos 2 8R2
.
5.3.12. tgα þ tgβ þ tgγ ¼ a2 þb2 þc
4S
2 8R2 ¼ 2
2pr
p ð2RþrÞ2
.
Þ2
.
5.3.14. tg α2 þ tg β2 þ tg 2γ ¼ 4Rþr
p .
5.3.15. sin 3 α cos β cos γ þ sin 3 β cos αcos γ þ sin 3 γ cos α cos β ¼
pr 2
¼ 4 2R p2 þ ð2R þ r Þ2 :
4R
βγ αγ αβ
5.3.16. sin 2 α cos 2 þ sin 2 β cos 2 þ sin 2 γ cos 2 ¼
2 2 2
ð2R þ r Þp þ 4Rr þ r
2 2 3
¼ :
8R3
200 5 Application of Trigonometric Inequalities
Solutions
5.3.1. (a) Taking into account the relation sin α þ sin β þ sin γ ¼ 2R
a
þ 2R
b
þ 2R
c
, we
obtain that sin α þ sin β þ sin γ ¼ R.
p
(b) Since sin α sin β sin γ ¼ 8R3 and 4R ¼ S ¼ pr, then sin α sin β sin γ ¼
abc abc pr
2R2
.
αþβ αβ γ γ
sin α þ sin β þ sin γ ¼ 2 sin cos þ 2 sin cos ¼
2 2 2 2
γ αβ αþβ α β γ
¼ 2 cos cos þ cos ¼ 4 cos cos cos :
2 2 2 2 2 2
Therefore,
α β γ 1 p
cos cos cos ¼ ð sin α þ sin β þ sin γ Þ ¼ ,
2 2 2 4 4R
5.3.5. Since
Hence,
1 p2 ð2R þ r Þ2
cos α cos β cos γ ¼ ð1 þ cos 2α þ cos 2β þ cos 2γ Þ ¼ ,
4 4R2
(see the problem 5.3.9a).
5.3.10. (a) We have that
2pr 4S
tgα þ tgβ þ tgγ ¼ ¼ :
p2 ð2R þ r Þ 2
a2 þ b þ c2 8R2
2
(see the problem 5.3.7 and the proof of the problem 5.3.12).
5.3.14. Note that
α β γ r r r
tg þ tg þ tg ¼ þ þ
2 2 2 pa pb pc
ab þ bc þ ac p2 r 2 þ 4Rr r þ 4R
¼ r¼ r¼ ,
ðp aÞðp bÞðp cÞ pr 2 p
(see the proof of the problems 5.3.1c, 5.3.9b and the problems 5.3.1b, 5.3.8b).
5.3.16. We have that
βγ αγ α β sin 2 α
sin 2 αcos 2 þ sin 2 βcos 2 þ sin 2 γcos 2 ¼ ð1 þ cos ðβ γ ÞÞ þ
2 2 2 2
sin β
2
sin γ
2
þ ð1 þ cos ðα γ ÞÞ þ ð1 þ cos ðα βÞÞ ¼
2 2
1 ð1 cos 2 αÞ cos β cos γ ð1 cos 2 βÞ cos α cos γ
¼ sin 2 α þ sin 2 β þ sin 2 γ þ þ þ
2 2 2
ð1 cos 2 γ Þ cos α cos β sin α sin β sin γ
þ þ ð sin α þ sin β þ sin γ Þ ¼
2 2
sin 2 α þ sin 2 β þ sin 2 γ cos α cos β þ cos β cos γ þ cos γ cos α
¼ þ
2 2
cosα cos β cos γ sin α sin β sin γ
ðcosα þ cos β þ cos γ Þ þ ð sin α þ sin β þ sin γ Þ ¼
2 2
p2 r2 4rR r2 þ p2 4R2 p2 ð2R þ r Þ2 R þ r pr p
¼ 2
þ 2
2
þ 2 ¼
4R 8R 8R R 4R R
ð2R þ rÞp þ 4Rr þ r
2 2 3
¼
8R3
(see the problems 5.3.1a, 5.3.1b, 5.3.6, 5.3.8a, 5.3.9b, 5.3.10b).
5.4 Trigonometric Inequalities 205
5.4.9. Prove that sin2α þ sin 2β þ sin 2γ þ sin 2δ 16 sin α sin β sin γ sin δ, if
α, β, γ, δ > 0 and α þ β þ γ þ δ ¼ π.
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
5.4.10. Prove that ab sin α þ cd sin β 2 ðp aÞðp bÞðp cÞðp d Þ, if a, b, c,
d, p a, p b, p c, p d are positive numbers, where p ¼ aþbþcþd 2 and a2 þ b2
2ab cos α ¼ c þ d 2cd cos β.
2 2
206 5 Application of Trigonometric Inequalities
β, γ and α þ β þ γ ¼ π,
(d) sin α2 sin β2 þ sin β2 sin 2γ þ sin 2γ sin α2 12 þ 2 sin α2 sin β2 sin 2γ , where α, β, γ > 0
and α þ β þ γ ¼ π.
5.4.12. Prove that cosα þ cos β 1, if α, β > 0 and 2α þ β π, 2β þ α π.
sin ðβþλαÞ sin β
5.4.13. Prove that sin ðαþλβÞ sin α, if 0 < α β, α þ β < π, and 0 λ 1.
0 < φ < γ β α, α þ β þ γ ¼ π.
5.4.19. Prove that
Solutions
5.4.1. Note that if x, y 2 0; π2 , then
thus
5.4 Trigonometric Inequalities 207
1 1 1
ctgα þ ctgβ þ ctgγ ¼ ðctgα þ ctgβÞ þ ðctgβ þ ctgγ Þ þ ðctgγ þ ctgαÞ
2 2 2
αþβ βþγ γþα
ctg þ ctg þ ctg :
2 2 2
5.4.5. We need to prove that ctg α21 þ ctg β21 þ ctg γ21 ctg α21 þ ctg β1 þγ 1 γ
2 þ
ctg 2γ ctg α2 þ ctg β2 þ ctg 2γ .
As α1 α and γ 1 γ, then β1 β (β1 ¼
6 β). Hence, β1 > β.
We have to prove that
β1 γ β þ γ1 γ γ
ctg þ ctg 1 ctg 1 þ ctg , ð5:14Þ
2 2 2 2
β1 þγ 1 β1 þγ 1
sin sin
β1 γ 1
2
β1 þγ 1
β1 þγ 1 2γ
2
:
cos 2 cos 2 cos 2 cos β1 þγ
2
1
α1 β þ γ1 γ α β
ctg þ ctg 1 ctg þ ctg , ð5:15Þ
2 2 2 2
that is
πγ πγ
sin sin
α1 þγβ1 γ 1
2
πγ
βα
2
πγ
:
cos 2 cos 2
cos 2 cos 2
Figure 5.1
1 1
ai ai
ai
5.4 Trigonometric Inequalities 209
Figure 5.2
an-1 a2
p-2an-1 p-2a2
p-2an p-2a1 a1
an
cos α2 þ . . . þ cos αn 1.
2 2
cosφ1 . . . cos φn increases and if we repeat this action not more than n 1 times,
we deduce that cos φ1 ::: cos φn < cos nπn.
If for some i we have that φi > π2, then at n 2, we obtain cos φ1 :::
cos φn < 0 cos nπn.
5.4.8. (a) Since
A ¼ cos α cos β cos γ ðtgα þ tgβ þ tgγ Þ ¼
¼ sin ðα þ βÞ cos γ þ cos α cos β sin γ,
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2
then using the inequality α1 b1 þ α2 b2 a1 þ a22 b21 þ b22 , we obtain that
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
A ðsin 2 ðα þ βÞ þ cos 2 αcos 2 βÞðcos 2 γ þ sin 2 γ Þffi ¼
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1
¼ sin 2 ðα þ βÞ þ ð cos ðα þ βÞ þ cos ðα βÞÞ2
4
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1 4 3 1 2 2
sin 2 ðα þ βÞ þ ðj cos ðα þ βÞj þ 1Þ2 ¼ j cos ðα þ βÞj pffiffiffi:
4 3 4 3 3
Therefore,
αþβ γþδ αþβþγþδ
ctgα þ ctgβ þ ctgγ þ ctgδ 2ctg þ 2ctg 4ctg ¼ 4:
2 2 4
¼ 12 ðR 2r Þ2 0. Consequently, p2 32 R2 þ 10Rr þ r 2 .
πβ πγ
(c) Since πα
2 þ 2 þ 2 ¼ π, then according to the problems 5.4.11a and b, we
obtain that
πα πβ πγ πα πβ πγ
1 þ 4 cos cos cos cos þ cos þ cos
2 2 2 2 2 2
17 2 πα πβ πγ
þ cos cos cos ,
12 3 2 2 2
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
(d) We have that 2 sin α2 sin β2 ¼ tg β2 sin αtg α2 sin β 12 tg β2 sin α þ sin βtgα2 ,
this means that
α β β γ α γ
2 sin sin þ 2 sin sin þ 2 sin sin
2 2 2 2 2 2
1 α 1 β 1 γ
tg ð sin β þ sin γ Þ þ tg ð sin α þ sin γ Þ þ tg ð sin α þ sin βÞ ¼
2 2 2 2 2 2
α βγ β αγ γ αβ
¼ sin cos þ sin cos þ sin cos ¼
2 2 2 2 2 2
α β γ
¼ cosα þ cos β þ cos γ ¼ 1 þ 4 sin sin sin ,
2 2 2
If α þ λβ2 π2, then cos β þ λα λβ λβ λα
2 cos α þ 2 , as α þ 2 β þ 2 < β þ α < π.
We have that sin 2 sin 2 and sin β sin α, consequently, at α þ λβ2 π2 the
λα λβ 1 1
Let α1 and α2 be constant numbers. Consider the expression cos sin α1 þ sin α2 , where
x1 cos x2
α1 > 0, α2 > 0, α1 þ α2 x1 þ x2 π, and x1, x2 0 and let this expression accept its
maximal value at x1 ¼ β1 and x2 ¼ β2.
Let α1 α2, then one can assume that β1 β2. Otherwise, we have that
β1 cos β2
cosβ1 < cos β2. Therefore, (cosβ1 cos β2)(sinα2 sin α1) 0 or cos sin α1 þ sin α2
cos β2 cos β1
sin α1 þ sin α2 .
If β1 ¼ 0, then
Lemma
then λ ¼ 1.
214 5 Application of Trigonometric Inequalities
We proceed the proof by contradiction argument. Let λ 6¼ 1, then one can assume
that λ < 1. Let α1 α2 . . . αn, then it follows from (5.17) that
β1 β2 . . . βn and β1 < α1 , :::, βn1 < αn1 π2.
Note that
sin ðβ1 þ β2 Þ ¼ λð sin α1 cos β2 þ sin α2 cos β1 Þ > λð sin α1 cos α2 þ sin α2 cos α1 Þ ¼
¼ λ sin ðα1 þ α2 Þ:
Note that
Indeed, since cos β2 1
sin α2 1
sin ðα1 þα2 Þ 1
sin α2 1
sin ðα1 þα2 Þ, (α2 þ (α1 þ α2)
α1 þ α2 þ α3 π, sin (α1 þ α2) sin α2); thus it is sufficient to prove that
1 cos α1 1 cos α2 1 cos ðα1 þ α2 Þ
þ 0, or tg α21 þ tg α22 tg α21 þ α22 0,
sin
α1 sin α2 sin ð α 1 þ α 2 Þ
tg α21 þ tg α22 tg α21 tg α22
0.
1 tg α21 tg α22
The last inequality holds true, since 0 < α21 , α22 < π4.
By summing up the inequalities (5.18) and (5.19), we deduce the inequality at n.
Thus, we have that 0 < β1 β2 . . . βn. If the value of β1 decreases, then the
β1 cos βn
expression cossin α1 þ ::: þ sin αn increases. Thus, α1 þ . . . þ αn ¼ β1 þ . . . þ βn. Then
sin β1 sin βn
sin α1 ¼ ::: ¼ sin αn (see the case of n ¼ 2). Consequently, according to the lemma,
α1 ¼ β1, . . . , αn ¼ βn. This ends the proof of the lemma.
5.4.15. Since at 0 α1, α2 π we have that sin α1 þ sin α2 ¼
2 sin α1 þα
2
2
cos α1 α2
2 2 sin α1 þα2
2 , then according to the Jensen’s inequality, we
deduce that sin α1 þ sin α2 þ ::: þ sin αn n sin αn.
5.4.16. As 0 α1 , α2 < π2, we have that
Here, we use the inequality sinx x at x 0 (see the remark of the proof of the
problem 7.1.87).
The proof of the second part is done as follows:
From (5.20) we obtain that sin φ 12, and since 3φ < π, we deduce that φ π6.
π
If min π6; βþγ
3 ¼ 6, then the inequality holds true.
π βþγ
If min 6; 3 ¼ βþγ π
3 , then β þ γ 2 and we obtain from (5.20) that sin2φ <
2 sin φ sin (α þ φ) ¼ sin (β þ γ φ). Thus, 2φ β þ γ φ, or φ βþγ
3 .
(b, c) We need to prove that, if the inequality (5.20) holds true for n ¼ k, then it
holds true also at n ¼ 2k, (k 2 N, k 2).
Indeed, let α1 þ α2 þ . . . þ α2k ¼ π, using the inequalities (5.21) and the
Cauchy-Bunyakovsky inequality, and also (5.20) for n ¼ k, we deduce that
x1 x2 cos α1 þ x2 x3 cos α2 þ ::: þ x2k1 x2k cos α2k1 þ x2k x1 cos α2k
x2 ðx1 cos α1 þ x3 cos α2 Þ þ ::: þ x2k ðx2k1 cos α2k1 þ x1 cos α2k Þ
x2
jx1 cos α1 þ x3 cos α2 j þ ::: þ jx2k j jx2k1 cos α2k1 þ x1 cos α2k j
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
x2
x21 þ x23 þ 2x1 x3 cos ðα1 þ α2 Þ þ ::: þ jx2k j x22k1 þ x21 þ 2x1 x2k1 cos ðα2k1 þ α2k Þ
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2
x2 þ ::: þ x22k 2x21 þ 2x23 þ ::: þ 2x22k1 þ 2x1 x3 cos ðα1 þ α2 Þ þ ::: þ 2x1 x2k1 cos ðα2k1 þ α2k Þ
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ffi
π
2 x22 þ ::: þ x22k x21 þ x23 þ ::: þ x22k1 1 þ cos
k
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi ffi
π 2
¼ 2 cos x2 þ ::: þ x22k x21 þ x23 þ ::: þ x22k1
2k
π 2
cos x þ x22 þ ::: þ x22k :
2k 1
Since the inequality (5.20) holds true for n ¼ 2 and n ¼ 3, then according to the
proved statement it holds true also for n ¼ 4 and n ¼ 6.
ðtg α1 þ ::: þ tg αn Þ cos α1 ::: cos αn ¼ sin ðα1 þ α2 Þ cos α3 ::: cos αn þ
1
þ ð cos ðα1 þ α2 Þ þ cos ðα2 α1 ÞÞðtg α3 þ ::: þ tg αn Þ cos α3 ::: cos αn
2
1
sin ðα þ ðα1 þ α2 αÞÞ cos α3 ::: cos αn þ ð cos ðα þ ðα1 þ α2 αÞÞþ
2
þ cos ðα ðα1 þ α2 αÞÞÞðtg α3 þ ::: þ tg αn Þ cos α3 ::: cos αn ¼
¼ ðtgα þ tg ðα1 þ α2 αÞ þ tg α3 þ ::: þ tg αn Þ
cos α cos ðα1 þ α2 αÞ cos α3 ::: cos αn ,
5.4.25. Let π > α1, α2, . . . , α6 > 0 and α1 þ α2 þ . . . þ α6 ¼ 2π. Is the inequality
cosα1 þ . . . þ cos α6 3 correct?
Hint Take α1 ¼ α2 ¼ α3 ¼ π6, α4 ¼ α5 ¼ π4, and α6 ¼ π.
5.4.26. 1sinsinα αsinsinβ βsinsinγ sin δ
γ sin δ 12 ð sin 2α þ sin 2β þ sin 2γ þ sin 2δÞ, where α, β, γ,
1
δ > 0 and α þ β þ γ þ δ ¼ π.
n sin 2π
5.4.27. sin 2α1 þ ::: þ sin 2αn n
sin α1 ::: sin αn , where α1 . . . αn > 0
ð sin πnÞ
n
and α1 þ α2 þ . . . þ αn ¼ π.
5.4.28. sin2α þ sin 2β þ sin 2γ þ sin 2δ 4k þ 1(sin α sin β sin γ sin δ)k, where k 2 N,
α, β, γ, δ > 0, and α þ β þ γ þ δ ¼ π.
5.4.29. sin α2 þ sin β2 þ sin 2γ 2 sin α2 sin β2 þ 2 sin β2 sin 2γ þ 2 sin 2γ sin α2, where α, β,
γ > 0 and α þ β þ γ ¼ π.
5.4.30. p2ffiffi3 ð sin α þ sin β þ sin γ Þ cos βα
2 þ cos
γβ
2 þ cos αγ
2 p2ffiffi3 cos α2 þ cos β2 þ
γ
cos 2Þ, if α, β, γ > 0 and α þ β þ γ ¼ π.
pffiffiffi
5.5.2. (a) a2 þ b2 þ c2 4 3S,
pffiffiffi
(b) 3a2 þ 3b2 c2 4 3S,
2
(c) S a3 þ bc
6.
pffiffiffi
(g) a2 þ b2 þ c2 4 3S þ 3 ða bÞ2 þ ðb cÞ2 þ ða cÞ2 :
a2 b2 2 2 2 2
(d) þ bac2 þ cba2 9R2 , if triangle ABC is acute.
c2
pffiffiffi
5.5.11. la lb þ lb lc þ lc la 3 3S.
5.5.12. Point H is the orthocenter of the acute triangle ABC, and AD, BE, and CF are
altitudes of that triangle. Prove that
(a) HA2 þ HB2 þ HC2 4(HE2 þ HD2 þ HF2),
pffiffiffi
(b) AB þ BC þ AC 2 3ðHD þ HE þ HFÞ,
(c) (HD þ HE þ HF)2 AF2 þ BD2 þ CE2.
5.5.13. Given a tetrahedron ABCD, such that the edges AD, BD, CD are mutually
perpendicular and AD ¼ a, BD ¼ b, and CD ¼ c. Prove that the sum of the distances
from A, B, and C to the q
straight line l, passing
ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi through D and intersecting the face
ffi
ABC, does not exceed 2 a þ b þ c . For which location of line l does the
2 2 2
5.5.17. Prove that if the sides of the inscribed hexagon ABCDEF are, such that
AB ¼ BC, CD ¼ DE, EF ¼ FA, then the area of triangle ACE does not exceed the
area of triangle BDF.
5.5.18. The incircle of triangle ABC touches the sides of the triangle at points A1, B1,
2
and C1. Prove that A1 B21 þ B1 C21 þ A1 C21 p3 and 2pRr A1 B1 þ B1 C1 þ A1 C1 ,
where p is the semiperimeter, and R and r are the circumradius and inradius of
triangle ABC, respectively.
5.5.19. Let ABC be an acute triangle with the circumcenter O and the circumradius
R. Let AO intersect the circumcircle of triangle OBC at point D, BO intersect the
circumcircle of triangle OCA at point E, and CO intersect the circumcircle of
triangle OAB at point F. Prove that
(a) OD OE OF 8R3,
AD
(b) OD þ OE
BE
þ OF
CF
4, 5.
5.5 Using Trigonometric Inequalities for Proving Geometric Inequalities 221
5.5.20. Let M be a point inside a convex n-gon A1A2 . . . An. Denote the distances
MA1, MA2, . . . , MAn of the point from the vertices of the polygon by R1, R2, . . . ,
Rn, and the distances MP1, MP2, . . . , MPn from the straight lines A1A2, A2A3, . . . ,
AnA1 by d1, d2, . . . , dn. Prove that R1 R2 ::: Rn cos nπn d1 d2 ::: d n .
5.5.21. Let the rectangle P1 be inscribed in the rectangle P2 with sides c and
d (c d), where d is smaller than the greatest side of P1. Prove that sin 2α dc,
where α is the angle between two straight lines containing any two of the sides of
the rectangles P1 and P2.
5.5.22. Prove that of all quadrilaterals with the given side lengths a, b, c, d the
greatest area has the one that can be inscribed in a circle.
5.5.23. Prove the inequality for the acute triangle it holds true p2 2R2 þ 8Rr þ 3r2.
5.5.24. Let a, b, c be the sides of triangle ABC, and S be its area. Prove that
(a) x
yþz a
4
þ xþz
y
b4 þ xþy
z
c4 8S2 ,
pffiffiffi
(b) x
yþz a
2
þ xþz
y
b2 þ xþy
z
c2 2 3S, if x þ y, x þ z, y þ z > 0.
5.5.25. Given points A1, A2, . . . , An on a unit circle, dividing the circle into n arcs.
Let P be the midpoint of the greatest of these n arcs. Prove that
(a) PA1 . . . PAn 2, for n ¼ 2, 3, 4,
(b) There exist points A1, A2, . . . , An, such that PA1 PA2 . . . PAn < 2, for n 5.
5.5.26. (a) Given points A1, A2, . . . , An on a unit circle. Prove that on this circle
exists a point P, such that PA1 PA2 . . . PAn 2.
(b) Given points A1, A2, . . . , An on a plane and a circle with a center O. Prove that
on that circle exists a point P, such that PA1 PA2 ::: PAn
1
2n1
ðOP þ OA1 ÞðOP þ OA2 Þ ::: ðOP þ OAn Þ.
5.5.27. Let point P be inside of the convex quadrilateral ABCD. Prove that at least
one of angles ∠PAB, ∠PBC, ∠PCD, ∠PDA is not greater than π4.
5.5.28. (a) Let P be the intersection point of the cevians CD, BE of the triangle ABC
(D 2 AB, E 2 AC) and BD CD. Prove that AD þ DP > AE þ EP.
(b) Let P be the intersection point of the cevians CD, BE of the isosceles triangle
ABC (AB ¼ AC) and AD < AE. Prove that AD þ DP > AE þ EP.
5.5.29. Let O be the intersection point of the diagonals AC and BD of the convex
quadrilateral ABCD. Let circles S1, S2, S3, S4 with centers O1, O2, O3, O4 be the
incircles of triangles AOB, BOC, COD, DOA, respectively. Prove that
(a) The sum of the diameters of the circles S1, S2, S3, S4 is less than or equal to
pffiffiffi
2 2 ðAC þ BDÞ,
(b) O1O2 þ O2O3 þ O3O4 þ O4O1 < AC þ BD.
5.5.30. Let D be a point inside of angle ACB, such that ∠DAC ¼ ∠ DCB and
∠DBC ¼ ∠ DCA. Prove that CD R, where R is the circumradius of triangle ABC.
222 5 Application of Trigonometric Inequalities
5.5.37. Given two circles with radiuses r and R not having any common interior
points. Given also that any of those circles touches three sides of a convex
quadrilateral with perimeter p. Prove that
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffi
9ðR þ r Þ þ 81ðR þ r Þ2 144ðR þ r Þ Rr
p :
2
5.5.38. Given that all angles of triangle ABC are greater π4 : Let C1, A1, B1 be points
on sides AB, BC, AC of triangle ABC, respectively. Consider the circumcircle of
triangle ABC and for any points M, N, belonging to the inner part of this circle,
denote the length of the chord passing through points M, N by X(M, N ). Prove that
(a) A1B1 þ B1C1 þ A1C1 > X(A1, B1),
(b) max(AB1 þ B1C1 þ AC1, A1B þ BC1 þ A1C1, A1B1 þ B1C þ A1C) > X(A1, B1).
5.5 Using Trigonometric Inequalities for Proving Geometric Inequalities 223
5.5.39. Let r be the inradius of triangle ABC and let M, M0 be given points inside of
triangle ABC, such that ∠MAB ¼ ∠ M0 AC and ∠MBA ¼ ∠ M0 BC.
Denote the distances da, db, dc and d0a , d0b , d0c from pointsM and M0 to lines BC,
AC, AB, respectively. Find the greatest possible value of the product da d b d c d0a d 0b d0c :
5.5.40. Inside of triangle ABC is given a point M. Let da, db, dc be the distances from
point M to lines BC, CA, AB and Ra, Rb, Rc be the distances from point M to vertices
A, B, C, respectively. Prove that
sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
da db dc
maxðRa ; Rb ; Rc Þ d2a þ d 2b þ d2c þ :
maxðda ; db ; d c Þ
Solutions
5.5.1. (a) Using the problems 5.3.6 and 5.1.4a, we deduce that Rþr R ¼ cos αþ
cos β þ cos γ 32. Therefore, R 2r.
(b) According to the problem 5.3.4, we need to prove that cos 2 βγ 2
α β γ
βγ
α 2
8 sin 2 sin 2 sin 2, or cos 2 2 sin 2 0.
pffiffiffi
5.5.2. (a) Note that a2 þ b2 þ c2 4 3S ¼ p 2ffi ða bÞ2 þ 4ab 1 cos γ π3 0:
ffiffi
Thus, it follows that a2 þ b2 þ c2 4 3S..
pffiffiffi
(b) Note that 3a2 þ 3b2 c2 4 3S ¼ 2ða bÞ2 þ 4ab 1 sin γ π6 0:
pffiffiffi
Therefore, 3a2 þ 3b2 c2 4 3S.
2 ðbcÞ2
(c) Note that a3 þ bc6 S¼ 3 þ 5bc
6 1 sin α þ arccos5
3
0:
2
Therefore, a3 þ bc
6 S.
5.5.3. According to the problem 5.2.9, it follows that tgα þ tgβ þ tgγ ¼ a2 þb2 þc
4S
2 8R2
b þ c 2R 2r ¼ a þ 2ðp aÞ 2R 2r ¼
α α α 1 r α α α
¼ 2R sin α þ 2rctg 2R 2r ¼ 2R cos sin sin cos sin ¼
2 2 2 sin α R 2 2 2
α π 2
pffiffiffi β γ pffiffiffi α π β γ pffiffiffi
¼ 2 2Rcos þ 2cos 2 sin þ > 0, as 2 cos > 2:
2 4 2 2 4 2
224 5 Application of Trigonometric Inequalities
As S ¼ pr ¼ Rr(sinα þ sin β þ sin γ) and tgα þ tgβ þ tgγ ¼ tgαtgβtgγ (see the
proof of the problem 5.3.12), then it remains to prove that
2
sin α2 sin β2 sin 2γ
cos α cos β cos γ 1 α β γ
ðsee the proof of the problem 5:3:3Þ:
4 sin 2 sin 2 sin 2
We have obtained that, for x 2 [0; 1], f0 (x) < 0. Therefore, for 0 x 1
2
f ðxÞ f ð1Þ ¼ sin 4 2γ 2 sin 2γ 1 0. Hence, f cos αβ
2 0, this means that
(5.22) holds true.
(c) We have that a2 þ b2 þ c2 ¼ 2p2 2r2 8Rr (see the proof of problem 5.3.7),
then from the problem 5.5.10b we obtain that a2 þ b2 þ c2 24Rr 12r2.
(d) Note that b2 þ c2 þ R2 a2 ¼ R2((2 cos α cos(β γ))2 þ sin2(β γ)) 0.
Thus, it follows that b2 þ c2 þ R2 a2.
5.5.6. Since a2 þ b2 þ c2 ¼ 2p2 2r2 8Rr (see the proof of the problem 5.3.7),
then according to the problem 5.5.5, we have that 2p2 2r2 8Rr 8R2 þ 4r2.
Hence, p2 4R2 þ 4Rr þ 3r2.
5.5.7. (a) According to the problem 5.3.12, it follows that 2pr
p2 ð2RþrÞ2
¼ tgα þ tgβþ
tgγ > 0. Consequently, p > 2R þ r.
Second Solution Let maxðα; β; γ Þ ¼ γ < π2, we have that a sin 2γ þ b sin 2γ ¼ c cos φ
(see Figure 5.4).
Note that φ ¼ β 90 2γ < 2γ . Therefore, ða þ bÞ sin 2γ > c cos 2γ , thus
cð sin 2γ þ cos 2γ Þ
p> 2 sin 2γ
.
c γ γ 1 γ
p 2R r ¼ p ðp cÞtg ¼ p 1 tg c tg >
sin γ 2 2 sin
γ 2
γ γ γ γ γ
c sin þ cos cos sin c 1 2sin 2
> 2 2 2 2 2 ¼ 0:
γ γ 2 sin γ
2 sin cos
2 2
γ
(b) We have that l2a a2 þ l2b b2 h2a a2 þ h2b b2 ¼ 2h2c c2 > l2c c2 , since hlcc ¼ sin þβ
pffiffi
2
> 22 (135 > 2γ þ β > γþβ 2 > 45 ).
5.5.8. (a) According to the problems 5.3.12 and 5.2.9, it follows that 2pr
p2 ð2RþrÞ2
¼
tgα þ tgβ þ tgγ < 0, consequently, p < 2R þ r.
γ
Second Solution Let max(a, b, c) ¼ c, γ > 90 , then 2 > 450 . Thus, p c < r,
consequently, p < c þ r < 2R þ r.
Figure 5.4 j
g/2
r
g/2 b
226 5 Application of Trigonometric Inequalities
Figure 5.5 C
R
A B
C1
R R
O
(b) If triangle ABC is not obtuse, then according to the Carnot’s theorem
ka þ kb þ kc ¼ R þ r (see the proof of problem 2.4.11). Then, it follows that
ma R þ ka, mb R þ kb, mc R þ kc.
Therefore, ma þ mb þ mc 4R þ r min( p þ 2R, 4R þ r).
If triangle ABC is obtuse (see Figure 5.5).
According to the problem 1.1.8a, we have that mc þ 2c < 2R, ma < b2 þ 2c, mb
< 2 þ 2c (see problem 1.1.7a).
a
Therefore,
pffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffipffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2ab þ 2bc þ 2ac a2 b2 c2 4 3S ¼ 2 x2 þ xy þ y2 y2 þ yz þ z2 þ
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffipffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffipffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
þ x2 þ xy þ y2 x2 þ xz þ z2 þ y2 þ yz þ z2 x2 þ xz þ z2 ðx þ y þ zÞ2
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffi 2 rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
x 2
2 pffiffi 2
2 y þ 2 þ 23x y þ 2z þ 23z þ
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffi 2ffirffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
y 2
2 pffiffi 2
þ x þ 2 þ 23y x þ 2z þ 23z þ
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi !
pffiffi 2 rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffi 2
y 2 x 2 2
þ zþ2 þ 2 3y
z þ 2 þ 2 x ðx þ y þ zÞ
3
x z 3xz y z 3yz y x
2 yþ yþ þ þ xþ xþ þ þ zþ zþ þ
2 2 4 2 2 4 2 2
3xy
þ ðx þ y þ zÞ2 ¼ 0,
4
pffiffiffi
thus 2ab þ 2bc þ 2ac a2 b2 c2 4 3S.
Remark The inequality
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffipffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffipffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
x2ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
p þ yz þ z2 þ
þ xy þ y2 py2ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi ffi y2 þ yz þ z2 z2 þ zx þ x2 þ
þ z þ zx þ x x þ xy þ y ðx þ y þ zÞ2
2 2 2 2
hence
pffiffiffi
2ðMA þ MB þ MCÞ2 a2 þ b2 þ c2 þ 4 3S: ð5:25Þ
Remark The equality in (5.25) holds true, only if ∠BMB ¼ ∠ CMA ¼ ∠ BMC ¼
120 . Hence, if point M0 is such that ∠BM0A ¼ ∠ CM0A ¼ ∠ BM0C ¼ 120 and
M=6
M0 , then MA þ MB þ MC > M0A þ M0B þ M0C.
(b) Let a b c and a ¼ x þ y, b ¼ y þ z, c ¼ x þ z, then y x z 0. One needs to
prove that ðx þ yÞ2 þ ðy þ zÞ2 þ ðx þ zÞ2 12 ððx zÞþ ðy zÞ þ ðy xÞÞ2
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
4 3xyzðx þ y þ zÞ, or xðx þ y þ zÞ þ 3xyz 2 xðx þ y þ zÞ3yz.
pffiffiffiffiffi
Obviously the last inequality holds true, as u þ v 2 uv.
(c) We have that
0 0 0
0 0 0
aa þ bb þ cc 2 sin α sin α þ sin β sin β þ sin γ sin γ
pffiffiffiffiffiffi0 ¼ p ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
0
ffi
SS sin α sin β sin γ sin α0 sin β sin γ 0
p ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
0
ffi
3
sin α sin β sin γ sin α0 sin β sin γ 0
6 pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
0
ffi
sin α sin β sin γ sin α0 sin β sin γ 0
6
¼p ffi
ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
0
6
sin α sin β sin γ sin α0 sin β sin γ 0
6 pffiffiffi
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffi2 ¼ 4 3,
6 3 3
8
0 0 0
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi0ffi
(see problem 5.1.12). Thus, it follows that aa þ bb þ cc 4 3SS .
Remark It also holds true for the following inequality
pffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffi2 pffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffi2 pffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffi2
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
a a b c þb b a c þc c a0 b
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi0ffi
4 3SS :
5.5 Using Trigonometric Inequalities for Proving Geometric Inequalities 229
(d) Let BC ¼ a, AB ¼ c, AC ¼ b, AD ¼ x, BD ¼ y, CD ¼ z.
Then, according to problem 5.5.9а, we have that
a3 þ b3 þ c3 þ 3abc a2 b b2 a b2 c c2 b a2 c c2 a ¼
8S2
¼ abc ða þ b cÞða b þ cÞðb þ c aÞ ¼ 4RS
p
¼ 4SðR 2r Þ 0,
1 3
p2 ð16Rr 5r 2 Þ ¼ p 16Rpr þ 5r 2 p ¼
p
1
¼ ðx þ y þ zÞ3 4ðx þ yÞðy þ zÞðx þ zÞ þ 5xyz ¼
p
1
¼ x3 þ y3 þ z3 þ 3xyz x2 y y2 x x2 z z2 x y2 z z2 y ¼
p
1
¼ ðxyz ðx þ y zÞðx y þ zÞðy þ z xÞÞ,
p
1 1 1
ððp aÞðp bÞ þ ðp bÞðp cÞ þ ðp cÞðp aÞÞ 2 þ 2 þ 2 ¼
a b c
ðab þ bc þ ac p2 Þ ðab þ bc þ acÞ2 4abcp
¼
a2 b2 c2
2
ðr þ 4RÞ ðp þ r þ 4Rr Þ 16p2 R2 r
2 2
¼ :
16p2 R2 r
Note that
5.5 Using Trigonometric Inequalities for Proving Geometric Inequalities 233
m2]. Since min f ðmÞ ¼ minðf ðm1 Þ; f ðm2 ÞÞ, then it remains to verify that f(m1)
½m1 ;m2
0 and f(m2) 0. Indeed, we have that
11
f ðm2 Þ ¼ ð4R2 þ 6Rr þ 4r 2 Þ 4RðR þ rÞ ð4R2 þ 6Rr þ 4r 2 Þ 8R3 r ¼
16
1
¼ ð2R þ 3Rr þ 2r Þð10R Rr 22r Þ 8R3 r
2 2 2 2
4
1
ð2R2 þ 3Rr þ 2r 2 Þð10R2 Rr 11RrÞ 8R3 r ¼
4
1 1
¼ ð2R2 þ 3Rr þ 2r 2 Þð5R 6rÞR 8R3 r ð7Rr þ 2r 2 Þð5R 6rÞR 8R3 r ¼
2 2
Rr Rr
¼ ð19R 32Rr 12r Þ ð6Rr 12r Þ 0: Therefore, f ðm2 Þ 0:
2 2 2
2 2
234 5 Application of Trigonometric Inequalities
We have that,
11
f ðm1 Þ ¼ ð18Rr 4r Þ 4RðR þ r Þ
2
9Rr 2r 2
8R3 r ¼
8
ð9R 2r Þr
¼ 32R2 67Rr þ 22r 2 8R3 r
4
¼ 2Rr 32R2 67Rr þ 22r 2 8R3 r ¼
¼ 2Rr 28R2 67Rr þ 22r 2 ¼ 2Rr ðR 2r Þð28R 11r Þ 0:
Hence, f(m1) 0.
cos α
5.5.12. Note that HA ¼ AF
cos ð90 βÞ
¼ bsin β ¼ 2R cos α and HE ¼ HA sin(90 γ) ¼
5.5.13. Let the straight line l intersect lines DA, DB, and DC and form angles α, β, γ,
respectively. Then, cos2α þ cos2β þ cos2γ ¼ 1 (see the q proof of the problem
ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi 7.1.10).
ffi
We have to prove that a sin α þ b sin β þ c sin γ 2 a þ b þ c 2 2 2 (see the
problem 5.4.4).
sin α sin β sin γ
The equality holds true, if and only if a ¼ b ¼ c , this means that
pffiffiffi pffiffiffi pffiffiffi
2a 2b 2c
sin α ¼ pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi , sinβ ¼ pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi , sinγ ¼ pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi ,
a þb þc
2 2 2 a þb þc
2 2 2 a þ b2 þ c 2
2
0 sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi1
B b þc a
2 2 2 a þc b
2 2 2
a2 þ b2 c2 C
@cos α ¼ , cosβ ¼ , cosγ ¼ A:
a2 þ b þ c 2 2
a2 þ b þ c2 2
a2 þ b2 þ c2
5.5 Using Trigonometric Inequalities for Proving Geometric Inequalities 235
Figure 5.6 A
A1 A2
M
a B2
b
O B1 B
Remark If max(a, b, c) ¼ a and a2 > b2 þ c2, then the equality cannot hold true.
5.5.14.
Let ∠A ¼ α, ∠B ¼ β, ∠C ¼ γ and r be the inradius of triangle ABC. Then,
2r ctg α2 þ ctg β2 þ ctg 2γ and 2r ctg αþβ βþγ γþα
4 þ ctg 4 þ ctg 4 are the perimeters of
the given and obtained triangles, respectively.
According to the problem 5.4.1, we have that
α β γ αþβ βþγ γþα
2r ctg þ ctg þ ctg 2r ctg þ ctg þ ctg :
2 2 2 4 4 4
R2
SOA1 MB1 ¼ SMOA1 þ SMOB1 ¼ ð sin 2α þ sin 2βÞ ¼
4
2
R R2
¼ sin ðα þ βÞ cos ðα βÞ sin ðα þ βÞ ¼ SAOB :
2 2
Therefore, SMA2 B2 SAA1 A2 þ SBB1 B2 , and the equality holds true for α ¼ β.
S 2 B2
Thus, SAA AMAþS BB B
1 and the greatest value is reached, when M is the midpoint
1 2 1 2
of the arc AB
5.5.16. Let ∠A ¼ α, ∠ B ¼ β, ∠ C ¼ γ and ∠MAC ¼ α1, ∠ MCA ¼ γ 1, ∠ AMC ¼ β1
(see Figure 5.7).
Therefore, α1 < α β, γ 1 < γ β, and β1 > β, According to the problem 5.4.5, it
follows that ctg α21 þ ctg β21 þ ctg γ21 > ctg α2 þ ctg β2 þ ctg 2γ .
Þ2 α
Note that ðABþBCþAC β γ
2
SABC ¼ 4p
pr ¼ r ¼ 4 ctg 2 þ ctg 2 þ ctg 2 , (see the problem
4p
5.3.2).
Þ2
Similarly we obtain that ðAMþMCþAC SAMC ¼ 4 ctg α1
2 þ ctg β1
2 þ ctg γ1
2 .
2 2
Thus, ðAMþMCþAC
SAMC
Þ
> ðABþBCþAC
SABC
Þ
.
236 5 Application of Trigonometric Inequalities
Figure 5.7 B
b
M
b1
a a1 g1 g
A C
5.5.17. If point O is the circumcenter with the radius R of the given hexagon
ABCDEF and ∠COD ¼ ∠ DOE ¼ α, ∠AOB ¼ ∠ BOC ¼ β, ∠FOA ¼ ∠ EOF ¼ γ.
Then, α þ β þ γ ¼ 180 and using the problem 5.1.15, we obtain that
1 1
SACE ¼ R2 ð sin 2α þ sin 2β þ sin 2γ Þ R2 ð sin α þ sin β þ sin γ Þ ¼
2 2
1 2
¼ R ð sin ðβ þ γ Þ þ sin ðα þ γ Þ þ sin ðα þ βÞÞ ¼ SBDF :
2
5.5.18. Let ∠A1OB1 ¼ 2γ, ∠A1OC1 ¼ 2β, and ∠B1OC1 ¼ 2α, where O is the incen-
ter of triangle ABC. Then, we have that 0 < α, β, γ < π2, α þ β þ γ ¼ π and
A1B1 þ B1C1 þ A1C1 ¼ 2r(sinα þ sin β þ sin γ), p ¼ r(tgαpffiffiffiþ tgβ þ tgγ). Therefore,
A1 B1 þ B1 C1 þ A1 C1 ¼ 2r ð sin α þ sin β þ sin γ Þ 3 3r r(tgα þ tgβ þ tgγ) ¼
p (see the problems 5.1.6 and 5.2.1). We have that
Similarly, OE BE
¼ 1 þ sin 2αþ sin 2γ and OF ¼ 1 þ sin 2αþ sin 2β. Thus, we have to prove
sin 2β CF sin 2γ
that A ¼ sin 2βþ sin 2γ þ sin 2αþ sin 2γ þ sin 2αþ sin 2β 1, 5.
sin 2α sin 2β sin 2γ
Denote by x ¼ sin 2β þ sin 2γ, y ¼ sin 2α þ sin 2γ, z ¼ sin 2α þ sin 2β. It is clear
y, z >0 and
that x,
sin 2α¼ yþzx
2 ,
sin 2β ¼ xþzy
2 , sin 2γ ¼ xþyz
2 . Thus,
A ¼ 2 y þ x þ 2 z þ x þ 2 z þ y 1, 5 1, 5, as for a > 0 we have that
1 x y 1 x z 1 y z
a þ 12 2.
5.5.20. Denote by φi ¼ 12 ∠Ai MAiþ1 , i ¼ 1, . . . , n, where An þ 1
A1. We have that
5.5.21. Let a and b(a b) be the sides of the rectangle P1. We can assume that α is
the angle between the lines containing the greatest sides of the rectangles P1 and P2.
We have that d ¼ b cos α þ a sin α c ¼ b sin α þ a cos α and b > b cos α þ a sin α.
Therefore, α π4 and b > a 1sincosα α.
sin αþa cos α cos 2αðb sin αa cos αÞ
Thus, it follows that sin 2α dc ¼ sin 2α bb cos αþa sin α ¼ b cos αþa sin α
a cos 2α
b cos αþa sin α 0.
Hence, we obtain that sin 2α dc.
5.5.22. Let in a quadrilateral AB ¼ a, BC ¼ b, CD ¼ c, DA ¼ d and ∠ABC ¼ α,
∠ ADC ¼ β, p ¼ aþbþcþd
2 .
According to the problem 5.4.10, we have that
ab cd pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
SABCD sin α þ sin β ðp aÞðp bÞðp cÞðp dÞ:
2 2
2
þb2 c2 d2
Note that 1 < a 2abþ2cd < 1. Thus, there exists an angle α 2 (0; π), such that
cos α ¼ a þb c2 d2
2 2
2abþ2cd .
238 5 Application of Trigonometric Inequalities
1
SABCD ¼ ðab þ cd Þ sin α ¼
2
vffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
u ! 2
1 u a2 þ b2 c 2 d 2 pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
t
¼ ðab þ cd Þ 1 ¼ ðp aÞðp bÞðp cÞðp dÞ:
2 2ðab þ cd Þ
Note that
n
nþk 4 kþm 4 mþn 4 m k 4 m 4
a þ b þ c a4 b4 c4 ¼¼ a4 þ b4 þ a þ c þ
m n k m n m k
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
k m n 4 m 4 k 4 m 4 k 4 n 4
þ b4 þ c 4 a4 b4 c 4 2 a b þ2 a c þ2 b c
n k m n m k n k
a4 b4 c4 ¼ 2a2 b2 þ 2a2 c2 þ 2b2 c2 a4 b4 c4 ¼ 16S2 :
Figure 5.8 A3 ·
2a2
A2 ·
2a1 · An
A1 ·
2a n
Note that
Figure 5.9 D ·
2a
C ·
2b · M
B · 2g
2a ·
A
2a2
A2 · A2 2a2
· A3 2a3
2a1 A3
2a3 ® A2¢ ·
2a3
· A4
A1 · A4º A3¢
·
A1 · a4
·
2a4 P a4 ·
P
Figure 5.10
2a2 2a2 2a
A2 · A2 · A¢¢
a -a A¢¢ 3
x
· A3 A¢2 4 2 · A3 2
A¢3
x
a -a
4 2 A¢2
® A¢3 ®
· A4 · A4 A4
A1 x
A1 · A1 · x A¢¢
4
· · A¢¢
P
1 P
P
Figure 5.11
Now we need to prove the problem for n ¼ 4. Let α1 α3. If α4 π2, then
pffiffi4
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 ¼ 16sin 2 α24 sin α1 þ α24 sin α1 þ α2 þ α24 > 16 22 ¼ 4.
If α4 < π2, then the proof consists in moving points A1, A2, A3, A4 along the
circumference in such a way that PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 decrease. If α4 α2 þ 2α3,
then 3α4 ¼ α4 þ α4 þ α4 α4 þ α1 þ α2 þ 2α3 > π.
Using the lemma we obtain that (Figure 5.10)
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 > PA1 PA0 2 PA0 3 PA4 > PA1 PA0 2 PA4 > 2 (PA0 3 > 1
and for n ¼ 3 the statement of the problem holds true).
Now, let α4 < α2 þ 2α3. Choose x, such that 2α4 2x ¼ 2α1 (α4 α2) þ 2x, x
¼ 3α4 α42 2α1 (see Figure 5.11).
5.5 Using Trigonometric Inequalities for Proving Geometric Inequalities 241
Using the lemma twice, we obtain that PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 (PA1 PA0 2)
(PA0 3 PA4) (PA00 1 PA00 2) (PA00 3 PA00 4).
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Let A1 A2 ¼ A2 A3 ¼ A1 A4 ¼ 2α, as A3 A4 2α, then 2π 8α and 6α < 2π.
00 00 00 00
Therefore, π4 α < π3. We have to prove that PA1 PA2 PA3 PA ¼
16sin 2α2 sin 3α2 sin 2 2, or
5α
Second Solution
Lemma Let m be the smallest and M the greatest values of the trigonometric
polynomial of the n-th order g(t) ¼ λ0 þ λ1 cos t þ μ1 sin t þ . . . þ λn cos nt þ μn sin nt,
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
then M þ m 2 λ2n þ μ2n .
242 5 Application of Trigonometric Inequalities
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
Indeed, let gðtÞ ¼ f ðtÞ þ λ2n þ μ2n sin ðnt þ φÞ, where f(t) ¼ λ0 þ λ1 cos t þ μ1 sin t
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
þ . . . þ λn 1 cos(n 1)t þ μn 1 sin(n 1)t, λ2n þ μ2n cos φ ¼ μn , λ2n þ μ2n sin φ
¼ λn , tk ¼ π2 φ þ 2πk =n, k ¼ 1, . . . , n and t0k ¼ 3π 2 φ þ 2πk =n. Since gðtk Þ
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
¼ f ðtk Þ þ λ2n þ μ2n M and g t0k ¼ f t0k λ2n þ μ2n m, k ¼ 1, . . . , n, then
P
n qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi P n qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1
n f ðtk Þ þ λ2n þ μ2n M and 1n f t0k þ m λ2n þ μ2n . Thus
k¼1 k¼1
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1X n
1X n
f ðtk Þ þ 2 λ2n þ μ2n M þ m þ f t0k : ð5:29Þ
n k¼1 n k¼1
P
n n
P
We need to prove that 1n f ðtk Þ ¼ λ0 ¼ 1n f t0k , then from (5.29) it follows
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi k¼1 k¼1
Thus, PA1 PA2 PAn ¼ 2|2n 1 sin(t α1) sin(t α2) sin(t αn)|.
5.5 Using Trigonometric Inequalities for Proving Geometric Inequalities 243
þðλk cos kt þ μk sin ktÞð2 cos αkþ1 sin t 2 sin αkþ1 cos tÞ ¼
¼ ðλk sin αkþ1 μk cos αkþ1 Þ cos ðk þ 1Þt
þðμk sin αkþ1 þ λk cos αkþ1 Þ sin ðk þ 1Þtþ
X
k
þ ðai cos it þ bi sin itÞ:
i¼0
ðλk sin αkþ1 μk cos αkþ1 Þ2 þ ðμk sin αkþ1 þ λk cos αkþ1 Þ2 ¼
¼ λ2k þ μ2k ðsin 2 αkþ1 þ cos 2 αkþ1 Þ ¼ 1:
Let
max 2n1 sin ðt α1 Þ sin ðt α2 Þ sin ðt αn Þ ¼
½0;2π
and
min 2n1 sin ðt α1 Þ sin ðt α2 Þ sin ðt αn Þ ¼
½0;2π
Let us consider a homothety with a center O, such that the image of the given
circle is a unit circle. Let M0 be the image of point M by this homothety. Then,
according to the problem 5.5.26a there exists a point P0 , such that P0 B0 1 . . .
0 0
P0 B0 i
P0 B0 n 2, as OPþOB PBi
i
¼ OPP0 þOB
Bi
0 ¼
i 2 . Therefore, it follows that OPþOB1 :::
PB1
OPþOBn 2n ¼ 2n1 . Thus, OPþOA1 ::: OPþOAn OPþOB1 ::: OPþOBn 2n1 or PA1
PBn 2 1 PA1 PAn PB1 PBn 1
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
sin α1 sin β1 sin γ 1 sin δ1 ¼ sin α1 sin β1 sin γ 1 sin δ1 sin α2 sin β2 sin γ 2 sin δ2
α1 þ β1 γ þ δ1 α2 þ β2 γ þ δ2
sin sin 1 sin sin 2
2 2 2 2
α1 þ β1 þ γ 1 þ δ1 2 α2 þ β2 þ γ 2 þ δ2
sin 2 sin
4 4
α 1 þ β þ γ þ δ1 þ α2 þ β þ γ þ δ 2 π
sin 4 1 1 2 2
¼ sin 4 ,
8 4
4
We find that sin α1 sin β1 sin γ 1 sin δ1 sin π4 and minðα1 ; β1 ; γ 1 ; δ1 Þ > π4.
Thus, maxðα1 ; β1 ; γ 1 ; δ1 Þ > 4 . Let point P be inside triangle OCB, where O is the
3π
1 1 1 1
SABCD ¼ ax sin α1 þ by sin β1 þ cz sin γ 1 þ dt sin δ1 ð5:30Þ
2 2 2 2
a þb 2
c þd
2 2 2
Note that SABCD ¼ SABC þ SACD ab 2 þ 2 4 þ 4 . From the last inequal-
cd
Figure 5.12 A
E
D
M P K
N
B C
5.5.28. (a) At first, note that it is sufficient to prove the problem for BD ¼ CD.
Indeed, if BD > CD, then consider on segment BD a point B0 , such that
B D ¼ CD. Let line B0 P intersect segment EC at point E0 . Since B0 D ¼ CD, then
0
2
sin αþγ α γ
2 þ β cos 2 or sin β 2 sin β þ 2 þ α .
γ
5.5.29. (a) Let ∠AOB ¼ α, then according to the law of cosines, we have that
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
AB ¼ ðAO þ BOÞ2 2AO BOð1 þ cos αÞ
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1 α
ðAO þ BOÞ2 ðAO þ BOÞ2 ð1 þ cos αÞ ¼ ðAO þ BOÞ sin :
2 2
2r 1 þ 2r 3 2r 2 þ 2r 4
O1 O2 þ O2 O3 þ O3 O4 þ O4 O1 < 2ðO1 O3 þ O2 O4 Þ ¼ α þ α
sin cos
0 1 2 2
α α
1 sin 1 cos 2
B 2 2C
ðAC þ BDÞ@ α þ α A ¼ t þ 1ðAC þ BDÞ < AC þ BD,
cos sin
2 2
as sin α2 cos α2 ¼ t 1
2
2 > 0, this means that t > 1. This ends the proof.
5.5.30. Let us denote AC ¼ b, CB ¼ a, ∠DAC ¼ α, ∠ DBC ¼ β, then ∠ACB ¼ α þ β
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
a2 þb2 2ab cos ðαþβÞ
and R ¼ 2 sin ðαþβÞ .
Using the law of sines for triangles ΔADC and ΔBDC, we obtain that
CD2 ¼ absinsin2 ðα sin β
αþβÞ .
We have that
1
R1 þ R 2 þ . . . þ R n
cos πnðd1 þ d2 þ . . . þ dn Þ:
2(a2, b2), . . . ,p
Consider on the coordinate plane points B1(a1, 0), pBffiffiffiffiffi Bnffiffiffiffiffi
(an, bn),
Bn þ 1(a , 0)
p1ffiffiffiffiffi (see Figure 5.13), such that OB1 ¼ R 1 , OB 2 ¼ R 2, . . . ,
OBn ¼ Rn , ∠B1OB2 ¼ φ1, ∠B2OB3 ¼ φ2, . . . , ∠ BnOBn þ 1 ¼ φn.
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi OB2 þOB2iþ1 Bi B2iþ1
According to the law of cosines Ri Riþ1 cos φi ¼ i 2 .
Figure 5.13 y
B3
B2
Bn
j2
jn j1
Bn+1 O B1 x
5.5 Using Trigonometric Inequalities for Proving Geometric Inequalities 249
Therefore, the inequality (5.33) can be rewritten, as 2 OB21 þ OB22 þ . . . þ OB2n
B1 B22 B2 B23 . . . Bn B2nþ1 2 cos πn OB21 þ . . . þ OB2n , or
a1 a2 þ a2 a3 þ . . . þ an1 an an a1 þ b2 b3 þ b3 b4 þ . . . þ bn1 bn
π ð5:34Þ
cos a21 þ . . . þ a2n þ b22 þ . . . þ b2n :
n
If we prove that for any numbers
π
x1 x2 þ x2 x3 þ . . . þ xn1 xn xn x1 cos x21 þ x22 þ . . . þ x2n , ð5:35Þ
n
Therefore, the inequality (5.36) holds true. To prove (5.37), it remains to note that
0 1
πB 1 1 1 C
sin 2 B þ þ .. . þ C¼
n@ π 2π 2π 3π ðn 2Þπ ðn 1Þπ A
sin sin sin sin sin sin
n n n n n n
0 1
2π π 3π 2π ðn 1Þπ ðn 2Þπ
sin sin sin
πB n n n n n n C
¼ sin B þ þ ... þ C¼
n@ π 2π 2π 3π ðn 2Þπ ðn 1Þπ A
sin sin sin sin sin sin
n n n n n n
π π 2π 2π 3π ðn 2Þπ ðn 1Þπ
¼ sin ctg ctg þ ctg ctg þ .. . þ ctg ctg ¼
n n n n n n n
π π ðn 1Þπ π
¼ sin ctg ctg ¼ 2 cos :
n n n n
This ends the proof.
250 5 Application of Trigonometric Inequalities
5.5.32. We have that (a cos α þ b cos β)2 (a cos α þ b cos β)2 þ (a sin α b sin β)2
¼ a2 þ b2 þ 2ab cos(α þ β) (see the solution of the problem 5.5.31), thus
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
d 1 þ d 2 þ ::: þ d 2k R1 R2 cos φ1 þ R2 R3 cos φ2 þ ::: þ R2k1 R2k cos φ2k1 þ R2k R1 cos φ2k
pffiffiffiffiffipffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffipffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi
R2 R1 cos φ1 þ R3 cos φ2 þ ::: þ R2k R2k1 cos φ2k1 þ R1 cos φ2k
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffi ffi
pffiffiffiffiffi 2 pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi 2
ðR2 þ R4 þ ::: þ R2k Þ R1 cos φ1 þ R3 cos φ2 þ ::: þ R2k1 cos φ2k1 þ R1 cos φ2k
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi ffi
ðR2 þ R4 þ ::: þ R2k Þ R1 þ R3 þ 2 R1 R3 cos ðφ1 þ φ2 Þ þ ::: þ R2k1 þ R1 þ 2 R2k1 R1 cos ðφ2k1 þ φ2k Þ
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ffi
π
ðR2 þ R4 þ ::: þ R2k Þ 2ðR1 þ R3 þ ::: þ R2k1 Þ þ 2ðR1 þ R3 þ ::: þ R2k1 Þ cos
k
π pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2cos ðR2 þ R4 þ ::: þ R2k ÞðR1 þ R3 þ ::: þ R2k1 Þ:
2k
(see the proof of problem 5.5.31); thus from (5.38) and (5.39) it follows that
π
2 1 cos ðR1 þ R2 þ ::: þ Rn Þ
n
ðA1 A2 þ Anþ1 Anþ2 Þ2 þ ðA2 A3 þ Anþ2 Anþ3 Þ2 þ ::: þ ðAn Anþ1 þ A2n A1 Þ2
5.5 Using Trigonometric Inequalities for Proving Geometric Inequalities 251
or
π 2
4sin 2 A1 A2nþ1 þ A2 A2nþ2 þ ::: þ An A22n ðA1 A2 þ Anþ1 Anþ2 Þ2 þ
2n
þðA2 A3 þ Anþ2 Anþ3 Þ2 þ ::: þ ðAn Anþ1 þ A2n A1 Þ2 :
Remark This estimate is an optimal one, as for a regular 2n-gon the equality
holds true.
! ! pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
(a) We have that 2B1 Bnþ1 ¼ ~ d1 þ d2 , therefore 4B1 B2nþ1 ¼ R1 þ 2 R1 R2 cos φ1 þ
R2 .
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
Similarly, we obtain that 4B2 B2nþ2 ¼ R2 þ 2 R2 R3 cos φ2 þ R3 , and so on
p ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ffi
recurrently, 4Bn1 B22n1 ¼ Rn1 þ 2 Rn1 Rn cos φn1 þ Rn .
! ! pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
We have that 2Bn B2n ¼ ~ d n d 1 , hence 4Bn B22n ¼ Rn þ 2 Rn R1 cos φn þ R1 .
Summing up these n inequalities, we obtain that
nþ1 þ B2 Bnþ2 þ ::: þ n B2n ffi ¼ 2ðR1 þ Rp
2þ ::: þ Rn Þþ
2 2 2
4 B1p
Bffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pBffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
þ2 R1 R2 cos φ1 þ ::: þ Rn1 Rn cos φn1 þ Rn R1 cos φn :
We deduce that
π
4tg 2 B1 B2nþ1 þ B2 B2nþ2 þ ::: þ Bn B22n
2n
ðA1 A2 þ Anþ1 Anþ2 Þ2 þ ðA2 A3 þ Anþ2 Anþ3 Þ2 þ ::: þ ðAn Anþ1 þ A2n A1 Þ2 :
5.5.34. Let any of the given circles touch three sides of a convex quadrilateral
ABCD. Let us find out for which quadrilateral ABCD its perimeter is the smallest.
Consider another two circles, such that the first circle touches lines BC, AD, AB
and the second circle touches lines BC, AD, CD (Figure 5.14).
Figure 5.14
252 5 Application of Trigonometric Inequalities
Rr 3
2rtgα þ 2Rctgα þ ðR r Þtg 2α þ 2r þ 2R þ ðR r Þ cos 2α, ð5:40Þ
cos 2α 2
Note that
cosα sin α > 0 and sin 2R
α cos α > sin α :
2r 2R2r
The last inequality holds true, as cosα > sin α and ð3cos α 1Þ > 12 sin α:
2
S AB r þ CD R þ A0 D0 ðR þ r Þ ðAB þ CD þ A0 D0 ÞðR þ r Þ AB R CD r
¼ ¼ ¼
p2 p2 p2
R þ r MA0 R þ ND0 r R þ r 2rtgα R þ 2Rctgα r R þ r 4Rr
¼ 2
2
¼ 2 :
2p p 2p p 2p p sin 2α
ð5:42Þ
5.5 Using Trigonometric Inequalities for Proving Geometric Inequalities 253
Let quadrilateral A1B1C1D1 be such that any of the given two circles touches its
three sides and A1B1 ⊥ O1O2 and C1D1 ⊥ O1O2.
Let the area of quadrilateral A1B1C1D1 be equal to S1 and its perimeter be equal
to p1.
We have that
S1 Rþr 4Rr
¼ 2 : ð5:43Þ
p1 2 2p1 p1 sin 2α
From (5.42) and (5.43), it follows that it is sufficient to prove the following
inequality,
The last inequality holds true as 2(R þ r)2cos2α > (R þ r)2 4Rr and
tg2α sin 2α 4sin2α.
5.5.36. According to the proof of problem 5.5.35 (see 5.42), we have that
S Rþr 1 4Rr 1 ðR þ r Þ2
sin 2α:
p2 2 p sin 2α p2 64Rr
Rr Rr
cos 2α ¼ :
d Rþr
254 5 Application of Trigonometric Inequalities
p2 p2 Rþr
S < pffiffiffiffiffi p2 :
18 16 32 Rr
Rþr 2
S< pffiffiffiffiffi p :
32 Rr
Hence, from (5.46) and (5.47), we deduce that A1B1 þ B1C1 þ A1C1 > 2R X(A1, B1).
Therefore, A1B1 þ B1C1 þ A1C1 > X(A1, B1).
(b) Note that PAC1 B1 þ PBA1 C1 þ PCA1 B1 ¼ PABC þ PA1 B1 C1 , and PABC > 4R, (see
problem 5.2.3а). According to the proof of problem 5.5.39а, we have that
PA1 B1 C1 > 2R. Therefore, PAC1 B1 þ PBA1 C1 þ PCA1 B1 > 6R, hence
maxðPAC1 B1 ; PBA1 C1 ; PCA1 B1 Þ > 2R > XðA1 ; B1 Þ.
Thus, it follows that maxðPAC1 B1 ; PBA1 C1 ; PCA1 B1 Þ > XðA1 ; B1 Þ:
This ends the proof.
5.5.39. At first, let us prove the following lemma.
ρðX;QRÞ
Lemma If inside of angle PQR is chosen a point X, then ρðX;QPÞ ¼ sin ∠
PQR ctg ∠PQX cos ∠PQR:
ρðX;QRÞ QX sin ∠RQX sin ð∠PQR∠PQXÞ
Proof of the lemma Indeed, we have that ρðX;QPÞ ¼ QX sin ∠PQX ¼ sin ∠PQX
ρðX;QRÞ
¼ sin ∠PQR ctg ∠PQX cos ∠PQR, therefore ρðX;QPÞ ¼ sin ∠PQR ctg ∠PQX
cos ∠PQR:
This ends the proof of the lemma.
According to the lemma, we have that
dc d0
¼ sin ∠Actg∠MAC cos ∠A ¼ sin ∠Actg∠M0 AB cos ∠A ¼ b0 :
db dc
AB AB AB
dc ¼ , d0c ¼ ,r ¼
ctgφ þ ctgψ ctg ðα φÞ þ ctg ðβ ψ Þ ctg 2 þ ctg β2,
α
AB2
d c d0c ¼
ðctgφ þ ctgψ Þðctg ðα φÞ þ ctg ðβ ψ ÞÞ
AB2
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi2 :
ctgφctgðα φÞ þ ctgψctgðβ ψ Þ
As
cos α
ctgφctgðα φÞ ¼ ctgφctgðα φÞ 1 þ 1 ¼ þ1¼
sin φ sin ðα φÞ
2 cos α 2 cos α α
¼ þ1 þ 1 ¼ ctg 2 ,
cos ðα 2φÞ cos α 1 cos α 2
then
AB2
dc d0c 2 ¼ r :
2
ctg α2 þ ctg β2
3
Then da d b d c d0a d 0b d0c ¼ dc d0c r 6 , and if point M is the incenter of triangle
ABC, we obtain that da db d c d0a d0b d 0c ¼ r 6 :
Therefore, the greatest possible value of expression d a d b dc d 0a d0b d0c is equal to r6.
ðR2 OM2 ÞðR2 OM0 2 Þ
Remark One can prove that da d 0a ¼ 4R2
, where O is the circumcen-
ter of triangle ABC and R is its circumradius.
5.5.40. Let R be a positive root of
x3 d2a þ d2b þ d2c x 2d a d b dc ¼ 0, ð5:48Þ
and α, β, γ be acute angles, such that cos α ¼ dRa , cos β ¼ dRb , cos γ ¼ dRc .
Then, from (5.48) it follows that
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
d2b þ d2c þ 2d b dc cos α d 2b þ d2c þ 2db d c cos ∠A
R¼ ¼ Ra
sin α sin ∠A
maxðRa ; Rb ; Rc Þ:
Similarly, if β ∠ B or if γ ∠ C, then R max(Ra, Rb, Rc).
Let min(α, β, γ) ¼ α, we have that α π3. Therefore cos α 12 and
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
maxðRa ; Rb ; Rc Þ R ¼ R cos 2 α þ cos 2 β þ cos 2 γ þ 2 cos α cos β cos γ
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi da db dc
R cos 2 α þ cos 2 β þ cos 2 γ þ cos β cos γ ¼ d2a þ d 2b þ d2c þ :
maxðda ; d b ; d c Þ
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
Hence, maxðRa ; Rb ; Rc Þ d 2a þ d2b þ d 2c þ maxdðaddab;ddbc;dc Þ:
This ends the proof.
5.5.41. We are going to use the following lemmas.
Lemma 1 Let the area S of a convex n-gon A1A2 . . . Ansatisfy to the following
inequality 4S AnA2 R1 þ A1A3 R2 þ . . . þ An 1A1 Rn, where Riis the
circumradius of triangle Ai 1AiAi þ 1, i ¼ 1, 2, . . . , n, A0
An, An þ 1
A1.
Let Mi be the midpoints of AiAi þ 1, for i ¼ 1, 2, . . . , n.
For any i consider a quadrilateral, created by segments AiMi and AiMi 1, and
also by perpendiculars to these segments drawn from points Mi and Mi 1, respec-
tively. Let us prove that, these n quadrilateral cover given n-gon.
Indeed, let P be a point inside of n-gon. Let PAk be the smallest of the distances
PA1, PA2, . . . , PAn. We have that PAk PAk þ 1и PAk PAk 1, therefore point
P is inside of n-gon and any of the two semiplanes containing Ak are bounded by the
midpoints of perpendiculars to AkAk þ 1 and AkAk 1, this means that in k-th quad-
rilateral. In order to end the proof, it is sufficient to note that the area of i-th
quadrilateral is not greater than 12 Ai12Aiþ1 Ri :
According to the assumptions of our problem, it follows that
4S 2R21 sin ∠A1 þ 2R22 sin ∠A2 þ ::: þ 2R25 sin ∠A5 :
The given sum does not depend on the order of the angles; thus without loss of
generality one can assume that α1 α2 . . . α5.
If α1 ¼ 108 , then α2 ¼ . . . ¼ α5 ¼ 108 , and the inequality becomes an equality.
If α1 < 108 , then α5 > 108 . Note that α1 þ α5 < 270 .
Otherwise, if α1 þ α5 270 , then α2 þ α3 þ α4 270 . Therefore α2 90 , and
α1 90 . Hence, we deduce that α5 180 . This leads to a contradiction.
Hence, we obtain that
sin 2 108 þ sin 2 α1 þ α5 108 sin 2 α1 sin 2 α5 ¼
¼ 2 cos ðα1 þ α5 Þ sin α1 108 sin α5 108 > 0:
This means that substituting α1 by 108 and α5 by α1 þ α5 108 makes the sum
of the squares of sines greater.
Repeating these steps several times, one can make all the angles to be equal to
108 .
This ends the proof.
! ! !
5.5.48. Let point O be inside of triangle ABC, such that OK þ OM þ ON ¼ ~ 0,
where K, M, N are the feet of the perpendiculars drawn from point O to sides AB,
ABþBCþCA 2 3.
1 ffiffi
BC, AC. Prove that OKþOMþON p
5.5.49. Let I be the incenter of triangle ABC, and R and r be, respectively, the
circumradius and the inradius of triangle ABC. Prove that
(a) R3 IA IB IC,
p ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
(b) 3 4Rr 2 IA þ IB þ IC 2R þ 2r.
3
5.5.51. Let ABC be a triangle, such that β < π2 , γ < π2. Prove that R þ r < bþc
2 , if and
π
only if α < 2.
5.5.52. Let O be the intersection point of bisectors AA1, BB1, CC1 of the triangle
ABC. Prove that 8 AAO BO CO 4R
1 O B 1 O C1 O r , where R and r are, respectively, the
circumradius and the inradius of triangle ABC.
5.5.53. Prove that 36r1r2 a1a2 þ b1b2 þ c1c2 8R1R2 þ 4r1r2, where Ri and ri are,
respectively, the circumradius and the inradius of the triangles with sides ai, bi, ci
(i ¼ 1, 2).
Hint See the problems 5.1.31 and 5.1.32.
5.5.54. Let triangle ABC be cut of the paper. Bend triangle ABC around the segment
passing through A, so that the area of obtained figure is minimal, if:
(a) ∠C ∠ B 3 ∠ C,
(b) ∠A ¼ 40 , ∠B ¼ 125 .
Hint Prove that triangle ABC should be bent (a) around bisector AD, (b) around
segment AX, where X 2 [BC] and ∠XAC ¼ ∠ C.
5.5.55. Let D, E, F be points on sides BC, CA, AB of triangle ABC, respectively.
Prove that
(a) PDEF min(PAEF, PBDF, PCDE),
(b) rDEF min(rAEF, rBDF, rCDE),
where PXYZ and rXYZ are the perimeter and the inradius of triangle XYZ,
respectively.
Chapter 6
Inequalities for Radiuses
This chapter consists of Sections 6.1 and 6.2. In Section 6.1, selected problems
related to the inequalities with radiuses of circles are provided. Perhaps, the most
well known among them is the following one. Prove that R 2r, where R and r are
the circumradius and inradius of triangle ABC, respectively.
One of the proofs of this problem is obtained by Euler’s formula,
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
d ¼ R2 2Rr , where d is the distance between the circumcenter and incenter
of triangle ABC.
One of the methods to prove that R 2r and many other inequalities is the
following statement: if triangle ABC is circumscribed to a circle with radius r and
points M, N, K are three points not on the same line, belonging to lines AB, BC, AC,
then the circumradius of triangle MNK is not less than r. In the proofs of many
problems of this paragraph is used the following statement, if a circle does not have
any points outside of triangle ABC, then the radius of that circle is not greater than
the inradius of triangle ABC.
Most of the problems provided in Section 6.1 can be proved using trigonometry.
In Section 6.2, problems related to polygons, such that all of their vertices are
chosen at the nodes of the integer lattice are considered. Among those problems, we
would like to emphasize the following one, as it has a wide range of applications: if
the vertices of a triangle are at the nodes of the integer lattice, then the area of the
triangle is not less than 0.5.
Some problems in this chapter were inspired by [4, 7, 15]. Nevertheless, even for
these problems the authors have mostly provided their own solutions.
6.1.1. Prove that for the triangle with sides a, b, and c, the inequality 2uvR (u + v)2
r holds true, where 2u ¼ min (a + b c, b + c a, c + a b) and 2v ¼ max (a
+ b c, b + c a, c + a b).
6.1.2 One of the inner angles of the triangle is equal to α. Prove that
2R 1
(a) ,
r sin α2 1 sin α2
(b) R 2r.
6.1.3. Consider three circles pairwise not having any common internal points
intersecting pairwise, such that their centers are on one straight line. Prove that, if
the fourth circle is tangent to all three circles its radius cannot be less than the
radiuses of these three circles.
6.1.4. (a) Circle S1 touches sides AC, AB of triangle ABC, circle S2 touches sides
BC, AB, and S1, S2 touch each other externally. Prove that the sum of the radiuses of
these circles is greater than the radius of the incircle S of triangle ABC.
(b) Given a triangle ABC. Circles with radiuses r1, r2, and r3 are such that each
touches the other two circles and two sides of the triangle. Prove that r1 + r2 > r3.
6.1.5. Let two circles touch each other externally and touch the circle with the
radius R internally on diametrically opposite points. Given a circle with radius R1
touching all three circles, prove that R1 R3 .
6.1.6. Let M be the midpoints of side BC of triangle ABC, r1 and r2 be the radiuses
of the incircles of triangles ABM and ACM, respectively. Prove that r1 < 2r2.
6.1.7. A rectangle is cut into rectangles. Prove that the sum of the circumradiuses of
all these rectangles is not less than the circumradius of the initial rectangle.
6.1.8. (a) Prove that, if the polygon circumscribed around a circle with radius r is
broken into convex circumscribed polygons, then the sum r1 + . . . + rn of the
inradiuses of these polygons is not less than r.
(b) Prove that, if a circle with radius r0 is inside of the polygon circumscribed
around a circle with radius r, then r0 r.
6.1.9. Let point M belong to the diameter AB ¼ 2R of some half-circle.
From point M are drawn segments MC and MD, such that
α ¼ ∠AMC ¼ ∠BMD 90 and points C, D are on that half-circle. Given that
the circle with radius r1 touches the half-circle and segments CM, AM. Given
also that the circle with radius r2 touches the half-circle and segments DM, MB.
Prove that
pffiffiffi
(a) r 1 þ r 2 2 2 1 R,
α
(b) r 1 þ r 2 2 sin 2
.
1 þ sin α2R
6.1 Inequalities for Radiuses of Circles 263
6.1.10. A circle is inscribed into triangle A1B1C1. Let the vertices of triangle
Ai + 1Bi + 1Ci + 1 be the intersection points of the bisectors of triangle AiBiCi with
the given circle, i ¼ 1, 2, . . ., and ri be the inradius of triangle AiBiCi. Prove that
(a) rn + 1 rn, for n ¼ 1, 2, . . .,
(b) 2rn rn 1 + rn + 1, for n ¼ 3, 4, . . ..
6.1.11. Given an acute triangle ABC and a point M on the line AB.
Prove that R1 + R2 > R, where R1, R2, R are the circumradiuses of triangles ACM,
BCM, ABC, respectively.
6.1.12. (a) Let ABCD be a convex quadrilateral, RA, RB, RC, and RD the
circumradiuses of triangles DAB, ABC, BCD, and CDA, respectively. Prove that
RA + RC > RB + RD, if and only if ∠A + ∠C > ∠B + ∠D.
(b) Let ABCD be a convex quadrilateral, rA, rB, rC, and rD the inradiuses of the
triangle DAB, ABC, BCD, and CDA, respectively. Prove that rA + rC > rB + rD, if
and only if ∠A + ∠C < ∠B + ∠D.
6.1.13. Let points C1, B1, and A1 be chosen, respectively, on sides AB, AC, and BC
of the equilateral triangle ABC with side length 2. What is the greatest possible
value of the sum of the inradiuses of triangles AB1C1, A1BC1, A1B1C ?
6.1.14. Let the inradius and the circumradius of the regular n-gon be equal to rn and
2
Rn, respectively. Prove that Rrnn Rrnþ1
nþ1
.
6.1.15. Let r be the inradius of triangle ABC, rA be the radius of its excircle,
touching sides AB, AC, (rB and rC are defined similarly).
2
Prove that (a) rA + rB + rC r, (b) r A r B þ r B r C þ r C r A r3 .
6.1.16. Prove that R 3r, where R is the radius of the circumsphere of the tetrahe-
dron ABCD, and r is the radius of its insphere.
Solutions
β γ β γ
þ
2R ctg 2 þ ctg 2
sin
2 2 1
¼ ¼ ¼ ¼
r sin α β γ α β γ
sin α sin sin 2 sin sin sin
2 2 2 2 2
1 1 1
¼ ¼ α α:
α βγ βþγ α βþγ sin 1 sin
sin cos cos sin 1 cos 2 2
2 2 2 2 2
(b) Note that 0 < sin α2 1 sin α2 14. According to problem 6.1.2a, we obtain
r 4, or R 2r. This ends the proof.
that 2R
6.1.3. Denote the centers and the radiuses of these circles (see Figure 6.1) by O, O1,
O2, O3 and r, r1, r2, r3, respectively.
We have that OO1 + OO3 O1O3 and r + r1 OO1, r + r3 OO3,
O1O3 r1 + 2r2 + r3. Therefore, r + r1 + r + r3 r1 + 2r2 + r3, or r r2.
6.1.4. (a) Since ∠O1OO2 > 90 , we have that OM < O12O2 ¼ r1 þr
2 , where M is the
2
r1 þr2
midpoint of segment O1O2 (see Figure 6.2). Hence, r OM þ 2 < r 1 þ r 2 .
Remark If circles S1 and S2 do not touch each other, then 2r O1O2 + r1 + r2. The
equality holds true, only if these circles coincide.
(b) According to problems 6.1.4a and 6.1.8b, we have that r1 + r2 > r > r3.
Figure 6.1
O1 O2 O3
Figure 6.2 C
O
O2
O1 M r
A B
6.1 Inequalities for Radiuses of Circles 265
Figure 6.3
R1
R-x+R1
x R-R1
R-x x
Therefore,
2 2
4R3 R 4R
> ðR R1 Þ2 R > þx xþ x ðR xÞ ðR xÞxR:
9 3 3
Therefore, R R1 + . . . + Rn.
6.1.8. (a) Let the semiperimeters of the polygons circumscribed around the circle
with radiuses r1, r2, . . . , rn, r are equal to p1, p2, . . . , pn, p, respectively.
We have that S ¼ S1 + . . . + Sn and pi < p (see problem 2.1.1). Consequently,
r 1 þ . . . þ r n ¼ Sp1 þ . . . þ Spn > S1 þ...þS
p
n
¼ Sp ¼ r.
1 n
266 6 Inequalities for Radiuses
Figure 6.4 B
Ak 2Rk+1
2R2
A3
A2
A1 2R3
2R1
А
(b) Let the sides of the polygons circumscribed around the circle with radius r be
equal to a1, a2, . . . , an, and the area to S. Then, S a12r0 þ a22r0 þ . . . þ an2r0 .
Hence, r 0 a1 þ...þa
2S
n
¼ r and the equality holds true, if and only if the circle with
radius r0 is the incircle of the given polygon.
6.1.9. Let O1, O2, and O be circles with radiuses r1, r2, and R, respectively. Consider
a point symmetric to point O1 with respect to the straight line AB.
Let that point is O01 . Since ∠O01 MA ¼ ∠O1 MA ¼ ∠AMC 2 and
∠BMD 0
∠O2 MB ¼ 2 , ∠AMC ¼ ∠BMD, we have that ∠O1 MA ¼ ∠O2 MB. This
means that points O01 , M, O2 are on the same line. According to the triangle
inequality, we have that O01 O2 O01 O þ OO2 .
(a) Note that O01 O ¼ O1 O ¼ R r 1 , OO2 ¼ R r2 and ∠O1MA ¼ ∠O2MB 45 ,
pffiffiffi pffiffiffi
thus O1 M ¼ sin ∠O
r1
1 MA 2 r 1 and O 2 M ¼ sin
r2
∠O 2 MB 2r 2 .
pffiffiffi pffiffiffi
To end the proof we have to use the obtained inequalities: 2r 1 þ 2r 2 O1
M þ O2 M ¼ O01 M þ O2 M ¼ O01 O2 O01 O þ OO2 ¼ R r 1 þ R r 2 :
pffiffiffi
ffiffi ¼ 2 2 1 R.
Therefore, r 1 þ r 2 p2R
2þ1
r1 r2 0 0 0
αþ α ¼ O1 M þ O2 M ¼ O1 M þ O2 M ¼ O1 O2 O1 O þ OO2 ¼
sin sin
2 2
¼ O1 O þ O2 O ¼ R r 1 þ R r 2 :
α
Thus, it follows that r 1 þ r 2 2 sin sin α2þ1R.
2
6.1.10. Let us deduce (recall) the formula expressing the inradius of the triangle
through its angles and the circumradius. Let α, β, γ be the angles of triangle ABC
and I, R be the incenter and the circumradius, respectively (see Figure 6.5).
6.1 Inequalities for Radiuses of Circles 267
Figure 6.5 B
a/2 g/2
A C
We have that
γ
α AC sin α 2R sin β γ α
r ¼ AI sin ¼ 2
2 α þ γ sin 2 ¼ β
sin sin ¼
2 2
sin cos
2 2
α β γ αβ αþβ γ
¼ 4R sin sin sin ¼ 2R cos cos sin ¼
2 2 2 2 2 2
αþγβ βþγα αþβþγ αþβγ
¼ R sin þ sin sin þ sin ¼
2 2 2 2
¼ Rð cos α þ cos β þ cos γ 1Þ:
Without loss of generality, one can take R ¼ 1. If ρ is the inradius of the triangle
with the angles αþβ βþγ γþα
2 , 2 , 2 , then
(b) Since for any initial triangle the second triangle is acute-angled, we consider an
acute triangle with angles α, β, γ. Hence, we get a triangle with the angles
βþγ π α γþα π β αþβ π γ
2 ¼ 2 2, 2 ¼ 2 2, 2 ¼ 2 2 .
This triangle, in turn, will transform into a triangle with the angles equal to
π
2 βþγ π α π γþα π β π αþβ π
4 ¼ 4 þ 4 , 2 4 ¼ 4 þ 4 , 2 4 ¼ 4 þ 4.
γ
268 6 Inequalities for Radiuses
α βγ 1 π α α π 1 π α
sin cos 2 sin > sin cos 2 sin
2 8 4 4 4 21 16π 4 4 4
π π 1 π π π
sin cos 2 sin ¼ 2sin sin >0
12 16 4 4 24 4 12 24
Remark If α ¼ 0, β ¼ 0, γ ¼ π, then
1 1
∠ABOA ¼ ∠ABD < ∠ABC ¼ ∠ABOB and ∠BAOB < ∠BAOA :
2 2
Therefore, segments AOB and BOA intersect. Denote their intersection point by
M (Figure 6.6) and the intersection point of segments BOC and COB by N.
270 6 Inequalities for Radiuses
Figure 6.6 B
OB
N
M
OA OC
A C
We have that
1
∠AOB B ¼ 90 þ ∠ACB: ð6:2Þ
2
Therefore, ∠AOBB > 90 . Similarly, ∠BOBC > 90 and ∠AOBC > 90 , this
means that point OB is inside triangle BMN. Thus, it is also inside triangle OABOC.
Exactly in the same way, we can prove that point OD is inside triangle OADOC.
Since the quadrilateral OABOCD is convex, we obtain that the quadrilateral
OAOBOCOD is convex too.
2. If ∠B + ∠D ¼ 180 , then ∠OAOBOC ¼ 90 .
Indeed, since ∠B + ∠D ¼ 180 , then one can circumscribe a circle around the
quadrilateral ABCD. Therefore, ∠ADB ¼ ∠ACB. Taking this into consideration and
by (6.2) we deduce that ∠AOAB ¼ ∠AOBB. This means that, points A, B, OB, and OA
are on the same circle. Thus, ∠BOB OA ¼ 180 ∠BAOA ¼ 180 12 ∠BAD. Simi-
larly, we obtain that ∠BOB OC ¼ 180 12 ∠BCD. Hence, it follows that
∠BOB OA þ ∠BOB OC ¼ 360 12 ð∠A þ ∠CÞ ¼ 270 . Thus, ∠OAOBOC ¼ 90 .
Corollary If ∠B + ∠D ¼ 180 , then OAOBOCOD is a rectangle.
3. If ∠B + ∠D > 180 , then ∠OAOBOC > 90 .
Since ∠B + ∠D > 180 , then point D is inside the circumcircle of the triangle
ABC. Let the straight line BD intersects that circle at point D0 (Figure 6.7).
Denote the incenters of triangles ABD0 and CBD0 by O0A and O0C , respectively. As
∠BAO0 A > ∠BAOA, then point OA is on segment O0A B.
6.1 Inequalities for Radiuses of Circles 271
Figure 6.7 B
OB
OC
OA C
A O¢A O¢C
D¢
Indeed, we have that ∠OAOBOC > 90 and ∠OAODOC > 90 . Therefore, points
OB and OD are inside a circle with diameter OAOC. Thus, OBOD < OAOC.
Let the incircle of triangle DAB touches side BD at point A1 (points B1, C1 and
D1 are defined similarly).
4. Prove that A1C1 ¼ B1D1.
We have that,
AD þ BD AB BD þ CD BC
A1 C1 ¼ jDA1 DC1 j ¼ ¼
2 2
ð6:4Þ
AD þ BC AB CD
¼ ¼ B1 D 1 :
2
If ∠B + ∠D > 180 , then from (6.3), (6.4), and (6.5) we deduce that
rA + rC > rB + rD.
If ∠B + ∠D ¼ 180 , then using the corollaries of the statements 2, 3, and 4, we
obtain that rA + rC ¼ rB + rD.
If ∠B + ∠D < 180 , then ∠A + ∠C > 180 . Therefore, rB + rD > rA + rC.
272 6 Inequalities for Radiuses
xþy
sin ∠A ∠B ∠C
2 þ sin 2 þ sin 2 2. Therefore,
3
rþrA þ rþrB þrþrC 2. Hence, rþrA þ
rrA rrB rrC 3 r
rþrB þ rþr C 4. Note that 9 rþr þ rþr þ rþrr C rþrr þ r þ r 94
r r 9 r r A rþr B rþr C
A B
3rþrA þrB þrC
r .
Thus rA + rB + rC r.
6.1 Inequalities for Radiuses of Circles 273
1 sin ∠A
(b) r A ¼ r 1þ sin ∠A2 ¼ r tg 2 π∠A
4 . Therefore,
2
r A r Bþ rB rC þ rC rA ¼
2 π ∠A 2 π ∠B 2 π ∠B 2 π ∠C 2 π ∠C 2 π ∠A
¼ r tg2
tg þ tg tg þ tg tg
4 4 4 4 4 4
r2 π ∠A π ∠B π ∠B π ∠C π ∠C π ∠A 2
tg tg þ tg tg þ tg tg ¼
3 4 4 4 4 4 4
r2 π ∠B π ∠A π ∠C π ∠A π ∠C
¼ tg tg þ 1 tg tg þ
3 4 4 4 4 4
π∠A 2 r2
þtg π∠C 4 tg 4 ¼ :
3
6.1.16. Let the center O of the insphere of the tetrahedron ABCD be inside of
it. Then, V ¼ 13 SBDC ρðA; BDCÞ 13 SBDC ðR þ ρðO; BDCÞÞ.
We need to obtain similar inequalities for other three faces of the tetrahedron.
Summing up all these four inequalities, we deduce that 4V 13 SR þ V, and as
V ¼ 13 SR, then it follows that R 3r.
Now, let points O and A are not at the same side of the plane BCD. Then, ρ(A,
BCD) R. Let the plane passing through the center of the insphere of the tetrahe-
dron ABCD and parallel to the plane BCD intersects the edges AB, AC, AD at points
B0 , C0 , and D0 , respectively.
Denote the circumcenters of triangles B0 C0 D0 and BCD by O0 and O1, respec-
tively. As O0 D0 > 2r and ρðρA;BDC Þr O0 D0
ðA;BDCÞ ¼ O1 D > O1 D, then 1 > ρðA;BDCÞ þ O1 D R þ R .
2r r 2r r 2r
Figure 6.8 A
rb
rc
B C
ra
Figure 6.9 A
pb
pc
pa
B C
Hint
(b) Prove that pa ¼ pðbcr
paÞ.
6.1.18. Let a quadrilateral be inscribed into a unit square, such that its sides are the
hypotenuses of the triangles. Given that in each triangle is inscribed a circle. Prove
pffiffiffi
that the sum of the radiuses of these circles does not exceed 2 2 and is equal to
pffiffiffi
2 2, only if the sides of the inscribed quadrilateral are parallel to the diagonals
of the square.
Hint See problem 1.1.10.
6.1.19. Prove that the inradius of any face of the tetrahedron is greater than the
radius of its insphere.
6.1.20. Prove that for any triangle ABC
6.2 Integer Lattice 275
6.2.1. An integer lattice is the set of all points (knots) that have integer coordinates
(in a rectangular coordinate system). Prove that, if the vertices of a parallelogram
coincide with the lattice points of an integer lattice and inside of the parallelogram
or on its border there are other lattice points, then the area of such parallelogram is
greater than 1.
6.2.2. The vertices of a convex pentagon are in the integer lattice. Prove that, the
area of the pentagon is not less than 2.5.
6.2.3. (a) The vertices of the quadrilateral ABCD are in the integer lattice. Given
that the angles A and C of the quadrilateral are equal, and the angles B and D are not
equal. Prove that |AB BC CD DA| 1.
(b) Vertices of the inscribed quadrilateral ABCD are in the integer lattice. Given that
ABCD is neither a trapezoid nor a rectangle. Prove that |AC AD BC BD| 1.
6.2.4. Given on a plane a circle with the radius r and with the center at the origin of
the rectangular coordinate system. Let δ(r) be the distance from the nearest point
with the integer coordinates to that circle. Prove that δðr Þ < p2ffir. (The distance
between the point on a plane and a circle is defined as follows: draw a line through
the given point and the center of the circle, then find the distance between the point
and the nearest intersection point of the drawn line with the circle).
6.2.5. Given a figure, with the area smaller than 1, on a grid plane having a grid size
(length) equal to 1. Prove that, it is possible to translate this figure on the grid plane,
such that none of the grid points (knots) is inside of it.
6.2.6. (a) Vertices of an acute triangle ABC are in the integer lattice. Given that
pffiffiffiffiffi
minðAB; BC; ACÞ 65. Prove that SABC 30.
276 6 Inequalities for Radiuses
(b) Vertices of an acute triangle ABC are in the integer lattice. Given that min(AB,
BC, AC) 2000. Prove that inside of that triangle there is a lattice point, such
that either the difference or the sum of its coordinates is divisible by 2000.
6.2.7. Given on a coordinate plane a square S with dimensions n n. Prove that, for
any disposition of the square it covers not more than (n + 1)2 integer points (both
x and y coordinates are integer numbers), where n 2 N.
6.2.8. Prove that any convex integer polygon (a polygon with the integer coordinates
of all vertices) with area S can be placed into a integer parallelogram with area 4S.
6.2.9. Let each point of a plane with the integer coordinates be the center of a disk
1
with the radius 1000. Prove that
(a) there exists an equilateral triangle, such that all the three vertices are in different
disks,
(b) the side of any equilateral triangle, such that all vertices are in different disks, is
greater than 100.
6.2.10. Consider on a plane nonself-intersecting polygons, such that their all sides
are expressed by integers, and angles are either right or are equal to 270 . Let S be
the area of one of these polygons. Prove that 2n 1 S n2, if all polygons have
the same given perimeter equal to 4n.
6.2.11. Let the vertices of a triangle be in the knots of the integer lattice. Given that
inside of the triangle there are n lattice points, where n 2 N. What is the greatest
number of the lattice points that can be on the boundaries of the triangle (vertices
included)?
Solutions
6.2.1. We need to prove that, if the vertices of the triangle coincide with the lattice
points of the integer lattice, then the area of the triangle is not smaller than 12.
Indeed, any triangle can be built up to a rectangle by adding rectangular triangles
(Figure 6.10).
As the area of the obtained rectangle is integer, and the area of every right
triangle has a form n2, where n 2 N, then SABC 12.
Let the vertices of the parallelogram ABCD coincide with the lattice points and
the lattice point M be inside or on the boundary of the parallelogram ABCD.
As SABCD ¼ SAMB + SBMC + SCMD + SDMA and three of the numbers SAMB, SBMC,
SCMD, SDMA are not smaller than 12, then SABCD 1.5.
Remark One can prove that SABC ¼ c þ b2 1, where c is the number of the lattice
points inside of triangle ABC, аnd b is the number of the lattice points on the
boundary of triangle ABC.
6.2 Integer Lattice 277
Figure 6.10 B
y
C
C
B
A
Figure 6.11 B
M C
A
D
E
(Hint. Check that the proved statement holds true for a rectangle, with the side
passing along the lines of the grid and for right triangle, with the legs passing along
the lines of the grid).
6.2.2. It is not difficult to note that, if the vertices of the pentagon are in the lattice
points, then for some two vertices A and B, the corresponding coordinates have the
same parity. Hence, the midpoint of segment AB is a lattice point. This means that,
if the vertices of convex pentagon ABCDE are in the lattice points, then there exists
a lattice point M, inside or on the boundary of pentagon ABCDE (see Figure 6.11).
In the first case, we have that
SABCDE ¼ SAMB þ SBMC þ SCMD þ SDME þ SMEA 5 12 ¼ 2:5 (see the proof of
problem 6.2.1), and in the second case, we obtain that SABCDE 2.
Since the pentagon MBCDE (see Figure 6.11) satisfies the conditions of the problem,
then, as we have proven, SMBCDE 2. Thus, SABCDE ¼ SAME + SMBCDE 0.5 + 2 ¼ 2.5.
6.2.3. (a) Consider a parallelogram ABA0 D (Figure 6.12).
Since points A, B, and D are the lattice points, then point A0 is also a lattice point.
It is clear that points C and A0 differ (∠B 6¼ ∠D). We have that ∠BCD ¼ ∠BA0 D.
Hence, points B, C, A0 , and D are on one circle. According to problem 1.2.9a, we
have that BA0 CD ¼ CB A0 D + CA0 BD or BC A0 D ¼ BA0 CD + CA0 BD. Thus, |
AB BC CD AD| ¼ CA0 BD 1, as CA0 1 and BD 1.
278 6 Inequalities for Radiuses
Figure 6.12 C
A¢
B
D
(b) Note that ∠CBD ¼ ∠CAD and let ∠CAD ¼ α. We have that, jAC AD
BC BDj ¼ sin2 α jSACD SBCD j 2jSACD SBCD j. If SACD ¼ SBCD, then
AB k CD. This leads to contradiction. Hence, jSACD SBCD j 12 (see the proof
of problem 6.2.1). Therefore, |AC AD BC BD| 1.
6.2.4. It is clear that δðr Þ 12, and if 12 < p2ffir. Then, this ends the proof.
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2
Let r 16. Note that the lattice point A ½r ; r ½r þ 1 is outside that
2
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi 2 qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi2
2 2 2
circle. Indeed, ½r þ r ½r þ 1 > ½r þ
2 r 2 ½r 2 ¼ r 2 . Hence,
OA > r, where O is the origin of the coordinate system. Obviously, δ(r) OA r.
We need to estimate the value of OA r. We have that,
2
r2 OA2 r2
OAþr <
OA r ¼ OA 2r .
Note that
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi2 qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi2
OA r ¼ 1 þ 2
2 2
r 2 ½r 2 þ r 2 ½r 2 r 2 ½r 2
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi pffiffi
1þ2 r 2 ½r 2 1 þ 2 r 2 ½r 2 ¼ 1 þ 2 fr gðr þ ½r Þ < 1 þ 2 2r < 1 þ 3 r :
pffi pffiffi
Hence, OA r < 1þ3 r
. Since for r 16 we have that 1 < r , then
pffi 2r
OA r < 1þ3 p2ffi p2ffi p2ffi
2r < r. Therefore OA r < r, and hence δðr Þ < r.
r
6.2.5. Let the points of this figure are red. We attach the figure to the transparent
grid paper, cut the paper into the cells and put them in a pile, translating them
parallelly, but without turning, such that one cell remains in its place. The red points
cannot cover completely the cell since the area of the red parts is smaller than that of
the cell. Now, let us recall how the figure was located on the grid paper, and shift
parallelly only the grid paper such that one of its lattice points gets into a not red
point from a pile. Therefore, we obtain the required translation (location) of the
figure.
6.2 Integer Lattice 279
B «mid.vert»
B «mid.vert»
N
m
m¢
b
a h
a
A b h-1 M
A M
«mid.horiz» n¢ n «mid.horiz» n
K
m C
C «mid.vert»
a b
Figure 6.13
6.2.6. Consider three vertical lines of the integer lattice passing through the vertices
A, B, C. One of these lines is between the other two. A vertex of the triangle is called
a “mid-vertical,” if it belongs to this line. Similarly, we define the “mid-horizontal”
vertex of triangle AB C. Since AB C is an acute triangle, then none of its vertices can
be simultaneously “mid-vertical” and “mid-horizontal,”
Consider two cases (see Figure 6.13a, b).
(a) If in the case I (Figure 6.13a), h 6. Since h2 + m2 65, then it follows that m,
n 6. Hence α 45 , β 45 . Therefore, ∠A 90 .
This leads to a contradiction.
Hence, h 7, and since m + n 9, then SABC 31.5.
In case II (Figure 6.13b), one can assume that a b. If a 7, then
SABC ¼ ab 2 þ 2 þ 2 2 þ 2 þ 2 ¼ 31:5.
an bm 77 71 71
Let a 6 and b0 is the minimal positive integer, such that a2 þ b20 65.
It is clear that a b0 b. Let n0 be a minimal nonnegative integer, such that
b20 þ n20 65. The vertex C is on the marked part of the plane (Figure 6.14), hence
bðbo aÞ bðbo aþ1Þ
S min ab 2 þ 2 þ ;
ano ab
2 2 þ 2 þ a1
2 ¼ min bbo þan
2
o bbo þaþb
; 2 .
Hence, we deduce that at a 3, bo 8 and SABC 32.
2 ; 2 ¼
For a ¼ 4, we obtain that bo ¼ 7, no ¼ 4, thus SABC min 65 60
30.
For a ¼ 5, we obtain that bo ¼ 7, no ¼ 4, so that SABC min 2 ; 2 ¼ 30:5.
69 61
(b) In the case of Figure 6.13b, we have that a2 + b2 20002. Since a b, then
(a + b)2 > b(a + b) 20002. Hence, a + b 2001. This means that on the broken
280 6 Inequalities for Radiuses
Figure 6.14 B
b
b0-a
A a
a
line AMB there are not less than 2000 lattice points (apart from A and B), then
the sum of the coordinates of these lattice points accepts the values S, S + 1, . . . ,
S + 1999. Hence, one of them is divisible by 2000 (for other disposition of the
broken line AMB it can be necessary to consider the difference of the
coordinates).
In the case of Figure 6.13a, either α < 45 , or β < 45 .
Let α < 45 , then h > m and h + m 2001 (see the proof in the case of
Figure 6.13b). Since m0 ¼ h1 h m > m 1 and m 2
0
= N, then inside of the triangle
there are at least h + m 2 lattice points (on the broken line AMN), for h + m 2002
the proof of the problem is straightforward. While, for h + m ¼ 2001, if m > 1, then
h 1999 and h2 + m2 < h(h + m) 1999 2001 < 20002.
This leads to contradiction.
If h + m ¼ 2001 and m ¼ 1, then h ¼ 2000, n 1999 and n0 ¼ h1 h n > 1. Thus, the
number of lattice points located on segment AM is equal to 1999. Let us consider
one more lattice point on segment MK (n0 > 1), then the difference of the coordi-
nates of one of these lattice points (their total number is 2000) is divisible by 2000.
This ends the proof.
6.2.7. Let M be the set of all lattice points covered by square S, and H be the convex
envelope of the set M. Since H is contained in S, then its area cannot exceed the area
of square S. Therefore, SH n2.
By Pick’s theorem (see the remark to the proof of problem 6.2.1) SH ¼ c þ
b
2 1 n2 and c þ b2 n2 þ 1.
According to problem 2.1.1, the perimeter H cannot exceed the perimeter of S.
Thus, it follows that PH 4n.
It is clear that, the distance between no two lattice points can be less than 1. Hence,
the number of the lattice points on the boundary H cannot be more than 4n. Thus, we
obtain that b 4n. Therefore, c þ b ¼ c þ b2 þ b2 n2 þ 1 þ 2n ¼ ðn þ 1Þ2 .
6.2 Integer Lattice 281
C2 C C1
A B
D2 D D1
Figure 6.15
6.2.8. Let A and B be the vertices of the given polygon, such that the distance
between them is the greatest, and C,D be the most distant vertices of the polygon
from the straight line AB and are located at different sides of this line.
Construct parallelograms ABC1C, ABCC2, ABD1D, and ABDD2 (Figure 6.15).
We need to prove that C1C2D2D1 is the required parallelogram.
Indeed, since C1C2 ¼ 2AB ¼ D1D2 and C1C2 k AB k D1D2, then quadrilateral
C1C2D2D1 is a parallelogram. It is clear that points C1, D1, D2, C2 are integer
lattice points (as A, B, C, D are lattice points).
We have that SC1 C2 D2 D1 ¼ 4ðSABC þ SABD Þ 4S. Finally, the given polygon is
located in the union of the trapezoids ABC1C2 and ABD1D2. Otherwise, if the vertex
E of the polygon is in the strip with boundaries AB and C1C2, but not inside the
trapezoid ABC1C2 (Figure 6.15), then SACE > SABC and ρ(E, AB) > ρ(C, AB).
This leads to contradiction.
pffiffiffi
6.2.9. (a) Note that there exist such natural numbers m and n, that 3n m < 1000
1
.
Indeed, (2;1) is a solution of the equation
x2 3y2 ¼ 1: ð6:7Þ
If (x0, y0) is a solution of this equation, then (2x0 + 3y0; x0 + 2y0) is also a solution.
Consequently, if the Eq. 6.7 has a solution (m, n), where m, n 2 N m, n > 1000, then
pffiffiffi pffiffiffi
3n m ¼ pffiffi 1 < 1 < 1 and triangle with vertices (0; 0); (2n; 0); n; 3n
3nþm m 1000
satisfies the conditions of the problem.
(b) Proof by contradiction argument. Let A, B, C be the centers of three circles
containing the vertices of equilateral triangle with the side length no greater than
100.
Then, AB2 BC2 ¼ jAB BCj jAB þ BCj 1000 4
2 100 þ 1000
4
< 1 (see
problem 1.2.1). Therefore, AB ¼ BC. Similarly, we obtain that AB ¼ AC. This leads
pffiffi
to contradiction, as SABC ¼ 43 AB2 must be rational (see the proof of problem 6.2.1).
6.2.10. From the condition of the problem, it follows that, one can assume that the
sides of the polygon are on the lines of the integer lattice, and vertices are in the
282 6 Inequalities for Radiuses
A
B
1 2…n
B C A C
n=1 n³2
Figure 6.16
Figure 6.17 D
A1
A2
A
Bp
Al
B2 B
1 C
6.2 Integer Lattice 283
Figure 6.18 B
E F
U M V
A C
lp 2n þ k: ð6:8Þ
lp þ k2 2n
kþlþpþ3 þkþ3 þ 2k þ 4: ð6:9Þ
k k
6.2.12. What is the least perimeter of a convex 32-gon, such that its all vertices are
in the knots of a unit grid paper?
6.2.13. A nonempty set of the lattice points is marked on the integer lattice. Given
also the final set of nonzero vectors with the integer coordinates. Given that, if one
takes the origin of all given vectors at any of the marked lattice points, then among
their endpoints there are more marked lattice points than unmarked ones. Prove that
the number of the marked lattice points is infinite.
284 6 Inequalities for Radiuses
6.2.14. Prove that, if points A, B, C coincide with the knots of the integer lattice and
pffiffiffi 2 pffiffiffi 2
AC 2AB þ AC 2BC > 0, then (AB + BC)2 4AB BC sin ∠ABC 1.
Hint For points A(x; y), B(0; 0) and C(u; v), we have that AB BC sin ∠ABC ¼
|uy vx|.
6.2.15. Vertices of the convex 2n-gon are in the knots of a unit integer lattice. Prove
that the area of 2n-gon is not smaller than (a) nðn1Þ n3
2 , (b) 100.
Hint Firstly, prove the statement of the problem for centrally symmetric polygons.
6.2.16. A triangle is placed on a coordinate plane, so that its translations by vectors
with integer coordinates do not overlap. Find the greatest possible area of such
triangle.
Hint See problem 3.1.38.
6.2.17. The number of the lattice points inside of the convex figure with area S and
semiperimeter p is n. Prove that n > S p.
Chapter 7
Miscellaneous Inequalities
In this chapter we consider problems that can be proved either by the methods
described in the previous chapters or by some other methods introduced in this
chapter. For example, complex numbers, the method of coordinates and application
of geometric transformations are used in order to prove some inequalities.
In Section 7.1, we consider some problems related to combinatorial geometry
and provide many inequalities related to the parts of a triangle. Perhaps, the most
important advice to deal with such problems is the following one: in order to prove
inequalities related to the parts of a triangle, in some cases one needs to make a
substitution a ¼ m þ n, b ¼ m þ k, c ¼ n þ k, where m > 0, n > 0, k > 0.
Some problems related to the parts of a triangle can be proved considering the
triangle made of the medians of the given triangle. Every inequality related to this
new triangle holds true also for the given triangle.
In this section we have selected the most useful inequalities of different themes
related to geometric inequalities. This is the reason why Section 7.1 is much longer
than the other sections.
In order to prove any new inequality that is not included in Section 7.1, one can
find a similar inequality in Section 7.1 and use its method of proof.
In this chapter many inequalities related to different spaces are included, such
that in their proofs the following properties of a polyhedral angle are used:
1. The sum of all planar angles of a convex polyhedral angle is less than 360 .
2. The sum of all planar angles of a convex polyhedral angle is greater than its any
planar angle multiplied by 2.
Some problems in this chapter were inspired by [1–6, 9, 11–16]. Nevertheless,
even for these problems the authors have mostly provided their own solutions.
7.1.1. Given a point M inside of triangle ABC. Straight lines AM, BM and CM
intersect the sides of triangle ABC at points A1, B1 and C1, respectively. Prove that
(a) MA1 þ MB1 þ MC1 max (AA1, BB1, CC1),
(b) MA1 þ MB1 þ MC1 < MA þ MB þ MC,
(c) MA21 þ MB21 þ MC21 < MA2 þ MB2 þ MC2 ,
(d)AAM
1M
þ BBM1M
þ CCM 1M
6,
(e) A1 M B1 M C1 M 8,
AM BM CM
7.1.7. Let a, b and c, d, respectively be the sides of two triangles such that
a < c d < b. Prove that the first rectangle can be placed inside the second one, if
and only if (b2 a2)2 (bd ac)2 þ (bc ad)2.
7.1.8. For triangle ABC, prove that w 2 2
uþv a b þ vþw
u
b2 c2 þ uþw
v
a2 c2 8S2 , where
u, v, w > 0.
7.1.9. Given two similarly oriented triangles ABC and O on a plane, such that
∠A ¼ ∠A1, ∠B ¼ ∠B1, prove that AA1 BC BB1 CA þ CC1 AB.
7.1.10. Place in a cube a circle of the greatest possible radius.
7.1.11. (a) Given three points inside of a unit cube, prove that one can
find two
pffiffiffi points among these points, such that the distance between them is less
than 2.
(b) Given eight points inside of a unit cube, prove that one can find two points among
these points, such that the distance between them is less than 1.
(c) Is it possible to place seven points inside of a cube with an edge 2000, so that the
distance between any two of them is not greater than 2001?
7.1.12. Let us fix the position of unit square S on a plane. What is the maximal
number of non-intersecting pairs of unit squares that can be arranged in a plane, so
that they touch the given square, but do not intersect with it? (Two squares are
considered intersecting, if their common part is a polygon).
7.1.13. Prove that for an acute-angled triangle, ma mb mc > 58 abc holds true.
7.1.14. Given a point M inside of triangle ABC and A1, B1, C1 as the midpoints of
sides BC, AC, AB respectively, prove that
(a) max(MA, MB, MC) 2 min (MA1, MB1, MC1),
(b) min(MA, MB, MC) 2 max (MA1, MB1, MC1),
(c) min(∠A, ∠B, ∠C) < ∠MAB þ ∠MBC þ ∠MCA < π min (∠A, ∠B, ∠C),
(d) for a point M inside of the rectangle ABCD, ∠MAB þ ∠MBC þ ∠MCD þ ∠MDA
> minð∠BAC; ∠DACÞ þ π2.
7.1.15. Given a point M inside of triangle ABC and A1, B1, C1 as the feet of
the altitudes of ABC,
pffiffiprove
ffi that MA2 þ MB2 þ MC2 MA21 þ MB21 þ MC21 , if
maxðAB; BC; ACÞ 2minðAB; BC; ACÞ.
7.1.16. Given a point M inside of triangle ABC and A1, B1, C1 as the feet
of the perpendiculars drawn from point M to lines BC, AC, AB respectively,
prove that
pffiffiffi
(a) MA þ MB þ MC < 2 2ðMA1 þ MB1 þ MC1 Þ, if ∠A, ∠B, ∠C 45 ,
0
(b) MA þ MB þ MC < max sin1 α þ sin1 β; sin1 β þ sin1 γ; sin1 γ þ sin1 α ðMA1 þMB1 þ MC1 Þ,
where α, β and γ are the angles of triangle ABC.
288 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
7.1.17. Prove that the sum of the distances of the points inside of the tetrahedron
from its vertices is less than the perimeter of the tetrahedron.
7.1.18. (a) Prove that, among 21 distances between the pairs of seven different
points on a plane, no number can occur more than 12 times.
(b) What is the maximal number of occurrence of the same number among
15 distances of the pairs of six different points on a plane?
7.1.19. Given that the sides of the articulated quadrilateral ABCD are equal (con-
sequently) to a, b, c, d, what is the greatest possible value of the sum of the midlines
of such quadrilateral? (The midline is a segment connecting the midpoints of the
opposite sides).
7.1.20. (a) Let ABCD be a convex quadrilateral, such that its sides and diagonals do
not exceed 1. Prove that the perimeter of the quadrilateral ABCD does not exceed
π
2 þ 4 sin 12.
(b) Let points A, B, C and D be in a space such that no more than one of the distances
AB, AC, AD, BC, BD, CD is greater than 1. Prove that the sum of these six
pffiffiffi
distances is smaller than or equal to 5 þ 3.
(c) Given that the lengths of five edges of a tetrahedron are smaller than or equal to
1, prove that its volume is smaller than or equal to 18.
7.1.21. Given positive numbers m1, m2, . . ., mn and points A1, A2, . . ., An (n 2) on
P
n
a plane. For any line l on the plane let us define ρðlÞ ¼ mi ρðAi ; lÞ. Let M be the
i¼1
set of lines AiAj (i 6¼ j). Prove that if line l does not belong to M, then
min
0
ρðl0 Þ < ρðlÞ.
l 2M
(b) Prove that if the length of each of the bisectors of the triangle is less than 1, then
its area is less than p1ffiffi3.
(c) Let points A1, B1, C1 be, respectively, on sides BC, AC and AB of the triangle
ABC. Given that AA1 1, BB1 1, CC1 1, prove that the area of triangle ABC
is smaller than or equal to p1ffiffi3.
7.1.28. Find the greatest value of the number k, such that the inequality a2 þ b2 þ c2
> k(a þ b þ c)2 holds true for any obtuse triangle.
7.1.29. For triangle ABC prove the following inequalities:
(a) a2 þ b2 þ c2 þ 4abc < 12, if a þ b þ c ¼ 1,
(b) a(2a2 b2 c2) þ b(2b2 c2 a2) þ c(2c2 a2 b2) 0,
(c) a2b(a b) þ b2c(b c) þ c2a(c a) 0,
pffiffiffi pffiffiffi pffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
(d) aða þ c bÞ þ bða þ b cÞ þ cðb þ c aÞ ða þ b þ cÞ a2 þ b2 þ c2 ,
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffi pffiffiffi pffiffiffi
(e) a þ b c þ b þ c a þ a þ c b a þ b þ c,
(f) a2 þ b2 þ c2 þ 2abc < 2, where a þ b þ c ¼ 2,
(g) 2 ab þ bc þ ac ac þ bc þ ba þ 3,
(h) ab þ bc þ ac ac bc ba < 1,
(i) a2pq þ b2qr þ c2pr 0, where p þ q þ r ¼ 0,
(j) a2 ð2b þ 2c aÞ þ b2 ð2c þ 2a bÞ þ c2 ð2a þ 2b cÞ 9abc,
(k) abþbcþca
ðaþbþcÞ2
> 14,
ðaþbÞðbþcÞðaþcÞ
(l) ðaþbþcÞ3
> 14,
(m) a þ b þ c < (a þ b þ c)(ab þ bc þ ac),
3 3 3
(n) 32 bþc
a
þ cþa
b
þ aþbc
< 2,
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
(o) a þ b þ c b þ c2 a2 þ a2 þ c2 b2 þ a2 þ b2 c2 , where ABC
2
7.1.30. Let A, B, C be given points on a plane. Prove that for any point X of that
plane, m(ABC) m(ABX) þ m(AXC) þ m(XBC), where for points P, Q, R on a plane
we denote by m(PQR) the smallest of the lengths of the altitudes of triangle PQR
(if points P, Q, R belong to the same line, then m(PQR) ¼ 0).
7.1.31. Given a triangle ABC and its incenter I and A0 , B0 , C0 be the intersection
points of the bisectors of angles CAB, ABC, BCA with sides BC, CA,
ABrespectively, prove that 14 < AA
AI
0
BB0 CC0 27.
BI CI 8
7.1.32. Given a plane π, a point P on that plane and a point Q outside plane π, find
all points R in plane π, so that the ratio QPþPR
QR has the greatest value.
7.1.33. Given on a plane a finite number of strips with the sum of widths equal to
11, and a circle with a radius 1, prove that each of these strips can be displaced
parallelly to itself so that together they cover the circle.
290 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
ffiffi the right triangle ABC can be covered by two unit circles, prove
7.1.34. Givenpthat
that SABC 3 2 3.
7.1.35. Prove that
(a) in a trihedral angle, each plane angle is less than the sum of two other flat
angles,
(b) in a convex polyhedral angle, the sum of all face angles is less than 360 ,
(c) in a polyhedral angle, each face angle is less than the sum of all other face
angles,
(d) ∠AMB þ ∠BMC þ ∠CMD > 180 , if point M is inside of the tetrahedron
ABCD,
(e) ∠AMB þ ∠BMC þ ∠AMC þ ∠AMD þ ∠BMD þ ∠CMD > 3π,
(f) the sum of all dihedral angles of the trihedral angle is greater than π,
(g) the sum of all dihedral angles of a tetrahedron is between 2π and 3π,
4 < ∠A1 AC1 þ ∠BAC1 þ ∠DAC1 < π, if ABCDA1B1C1D1 is a rectangular
(h) 3π
parallelepiped.
7.1.36. (а) Prove that if the cube with an edge b does not have points outside the
cube with an edge a and does not contain its center of symmetry, then b < a2.
(b) Given a rectangular coordinate system in a space and a cube with an edge a.
Given also that all coordinates of any point belonging to this cube are
non-negative, prove that, there is a point belonging to the cube, such that all
its coordinates are not less than a,
(c) Cubes with edges a and b do not have common points and are inside of the cube
with an edge c. Prove that a þ b < c.
7.1.37. For triangle ABC, prove the following inequalities:
R a þ b þ c,
p ha hb hc
(a)
a þ b þ c 2r,
ma mb mc p
(b)
R a þ b þ c
p ra rb rc p
(c) ,
pffiffi2r
a þ b þ c 2p,ffiffiffi
ma mb mc 3 3
(d)
ma þ mb þ mc 2 3,
a b c
(e)
ha þ hb þ hc 1 þ r ,
ma mb mc R
(f)
4Rþr3
(g) ma mb mc 3 ,
(h) l2a þ l2b þ l2c p2 ,
pffiffiffi
(i) m2a þ m2b þ m2c ðma mb Þ2 ðmb mc Þ2 ðma mc Þ2 3 3S,
haþ hb þ hc 3,
ra rb rc
(j)
(k) 3 raa þ rbb þ rcc 4 raa þ rbb þ rcc ,
2
(l) r 2a þ r 2b þ r 2c 27R
4 ,
(m) ha þ hb þ hc 9r,
(n) m2a þ m2b þ m2c 27 2
4 R ,
7.1 Miscellaneous Inequalities 291
(bb) S a2abm a mb
2 þb2 þc2 ,
j∠PAB ∠PACj j∠PAB ∠PACj
j∠PAB ∠PACj arcsin 2 sin
(b) 2 2
j∠PBC ∠PCBj:
0
7.1.42. Consider two triangles ABC and A0 B0 C0 , such that ∠A 90 and ∠A 90 .
Let ha and h0a be the altitudes drawn to sides a and a0 . Prove that, 1 0 1 0 þ cc1 0 ,
ha ha bb
where a, b, c and a0 , b0 , c0 are the sides of triangles ABC and A0 B0 C0 , respectively.
7.1.43. Given a square ABCD and P and Q are points on segments BC and CD
respectively. Let E and F be the intersection points of line PQ with the extension of
segments AB and AD respectively. Prove that π ∠PAQ þ ∠ECF < 5π 4.
7.1.44. Let the straight line l be perpendicular to plane P. Three spheres touch each
other, so that each of them touches plane P and the straight line l.
Given that the radius of the largest sphere
pffiffiffi is equal to 1, the radius of the smallest
sphere is equal to r, prove that r 3 2 2.
7.1.45. Given an equilateral triangle DAC and a point B on ray CD such that
∠BAC ¼ 70 . Let point E be on segment AB, so that ∠ECA ¼ 55 and point K be
the midpoint of segment ED. Without using a computer, calculator or protractor,
show that 60 > ∠AKC > 57, 5 .
7.1.46. (a) Let M be the centroid of triangle ABC. Let AB touch the circumcircle of
triangle AMC. Prove that sin ∠CAM þ sin ∠CBM p2ffiffi3.
(b) Let M be the centroid of triangle ABC. Prove that sin ∠CAMþ sin ∠CBM p2ffiffi3.
7.1.48. Given distinct points A1 , A2 , :::, An on a plane and arbitrary points B1,
B2, . . . , Bn 1 (n 2), prove that
B1 A1 B2 A1 :::Bn1 A1
A2 A1 A3 A1 :::An A1 þ BA1 A1 A2 B 2 A2 :::Bn1 A2
2 A3 A2 :::An A2
þ ::: þ BA11 AAnn B 2 An :::Bn1 An
A2 An :::An1 An 1.
7.1.49. Given distinct points A1 , A2 , :::, An on a plane and arbitrary points B1, . . . ,
Bn 2 (n 3), prove that BA1 A2 A1 :::B n2 A1
1 :::An A1
þ :::þ BA1 A1 An1 B2 An1 :::Bn2 An1
n1 A2 An1 :::An An1
BA11 AAnn B 2 An :::Bn2 An
A2 An :::An1 An .
7.1.50. Let M be an arbitrary point inside of triangle ABC with the semiperimeter p.
Prove that, AM sin ∠BMC þ BM sin ∠AMC þ CM sin ∠AMB p and that the
equality holds true, if and only if M coincides with its incenter.
7.1.51. Let equilateral triangles MNP and M1 N 1 P1 be inscribed in triangle ABC
such that M, M1 2 BC, N, N1 2 AB, P, P1 2 AC, (M ≢ M1 , N ≢ N 1 , P ≢ P1). Prove that
one can construct a triangle with segments MM1, NN1 and PP1.
7.1.52. Given a unit square ABCD and points P and Q on its sides BC and CD
respectively so that ∠PAQ 45 . Let E, F be the intersection points
pffiffiof
ffi the straight
line PQ with lines AB, AD respectively. Prove that, AE þ AF 2 2.
7.1.53. Let a convex polygon A1A2 . . . An be inscribed in a circle with the radius R.
Let A be a point on that circle, distinct from the vertices of the polygon. Denote by
7.1 Miscellaneous Inequalities 293
ai ¼ AAi and let bi be the distance from point A to line Ai Aiþ1 , i ¼ 1, . . . , n, where
a2 a2 a2
An þ 1 A1. Prove that, b11 þ b22 þ ::: þ bnn 2nR.
7.1.54. (a) Let points M and N be chosen on side AC of triangle Q0 such that
∠ABM ¼ ∠MBN ¼ ∠NBC. Prove that AN CM < 4 AM NC.
(b) Let points M and N be chosen on sides AB and AC of triangle ABC respectively.
Prove that BN þ MN þ CM 2BC, if max(∠A, ∠B, ∠C) 120 and
∠A ∠B, ∠C.
7.1.55. Let O be the intersection point of the diagonals of the convex quadrilateral
ABCD. Given that AB ¼ a, BC ¼ b, CD ¼ c, DA ¼ d, and ra, rb, rc, rd are the
inradiuses of triangles AOB, BOC, COD, DOA respectively, prove that
(a) a
þ Scc > Sbb þ Sdd and r1a þ r1c > r1b þ r1d , if a þ c > b þ d, where Sa ¼ SAOB, Sb ¼
Sa
SBOC, Sc ¼ SCOD, Sd ¼ SDOA,
(b) ∠IdIaIb þ ∠IdIcIb > π, if a þ c > b þ d, where Ia, Ib, Ic, Id are the incenters of
triangles AOB, BOC, COD, DOA, respectively.
7.1.56. Given a convex polygon A1A2 . . . An and points B1, B2, . . . , Bn on its sides
B1 2 A1 A2 ; B2 2 A2 A3 ; :::; Bn 2 An A1 ; Bi ≢ Aj . Given also points C1 , C2 , :::, Cn on
segments A1B1, A2B2, . . . , AnBn respectively so that ∠BnB1B2 ¼ ∠CnC1C2 ¼ β1,
∠B1B2B3 ¼ ∠C1C2C3 ¼ β2, . . ., ∠Bn 1BnB1 ¼ ∠Cn 1CnC1 ¼ βn, prove that
B1C1 sin β1 þ B2C2 sin β2 þ . . . þ Bn 1Cn 1 sin βn 1 > BnCn sin βn.
7.1.57. Let the real number λ > 1. Let a, b, c be the sides of a triangle. Prove that
ðpþλaÞðpþλbÞðpþλcÞ
ðpaÞðpbÞðpcÞ ð2λ þ 3Þ3 , where p ¼ aþbþc
2 .
7.1.58. Let a, b, c be the sides of a triangle ABC, and P be any point inside of
it. Let also AP intersect the circumcircle of triangle BPC (for the second time) at
point A0 . Points B0 and C0 are pffiffiffiffiffi defined
pffiffiffiffiffi similarly. Prove that
pffiffiffiffiffi
AB0 þ B0 C þ CA0 þ A0 B þ BC0 þ C0 A 2 ab þ 2 bc þ 2 ac.
7.1.59. Let O be the incenter of a triangle ABC and D, E be the midpoints of
segments AB, AC, respectively. Let K, L be the intersection points of segments BO
and CO with DE respectively. Prove that AO þ BO þ CO > BC þ KL.
7.1.60. For a non-obtuse triangle, prove that
h2a h2 h2
(a) þ b2 þ c2c 94,
pffiffiffi b
a2
(b) 3maxðha ; hb ; hc Þ p.
7.1.61. Let M be the midpoint of segment AB of triangle ABC and line l contains
the bisector ofpangle ACB. Prove that the distance from point M to line l does not
ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
exceed aþb
2 p ð p cÞ, where p ¼ aþbþc
2 .
pffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
7.1.62. Given a triangle, prove that mc 3p pðp aÞ pðp bÞ.
7.1.63. Let the bisectors of the internal angles A and C of triangle ABC intersect
with the median BM at points E and F respectively. Prove that AE < CF if BC > AB.
294 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
7.1.64. Let E and F be the intersection points of the altitudes of the internal
angles A and C of triangle ABC with the median BM, respectively. Prove that
AE < CF if BC > AB.
7.1.65. Consider a triangle ABC, such that BC > AB. Let points E and F be chosen
on the median BM such that ∠BAE ¼ ∠BCF. Prove that
(a) AE < CF,
(b) BE < BF, if points E and B are different.
7.1.66. Given a square ABCD. Let E be a point on ray AB before point B and F be
a point on ray AD before point D such that EF ¼ 2AB. Let P and Q be the
intersection points of EF with BC and R respectively. Prove that
(a) the APQ is an acute triangle,
(b) ∠PAQ 450.
7.1.67. Let the circumradius of triangle ABC be equal to 1, O be its center, P be a
point inside of the triangle such that OP ¼ x. Prove that
AP BP CP (1 þ x)2(1 x) and that equality holds true only if P O.
7.1.68. Let A, B, C be points on a circle. Let P, Q, R be the midpoints of the arcs BC,
CA, AB respectively. Given that segments AP, BQ, CR intersect sides BC, CA, AB at
points L, M, N respectively, prove that ALPL þ QM þ RN 9.
BM CN
(b) Let A1A2 . . . An be a regular polygon and let M be a point inside of it. Prove that
2π π
sin ∠A1 MA2 þ sin ∠A2 MA3 þ ::: þ sin ∠An MA1 > sin þ ðn 2Þ sin :
n n
7.1.70. Let point M be chosen inside of angle BAC and the straight line l drawn
through it be such that the foot of the perpendicular drawn from point A to line l is
symmetric to point M with respect to the midpoint of segment UV, where UV is
segment of the line cut by the sides of the angle. Let the segment PQ pass through
point M, where points P and Q are on the sides of angle BAC. Prove that PQ UV.
3
7.1.71. (a) Given a point M inside of triangle ABC, prove that αβγ π6 , where
α ¼ ∠MAB, β ¼ ∠MBC, γ ¼ ∠MCA.
(b) Given a point M inside of the convex polygon A1 A2 :::An , let αi ¼ ∠MAiAi þ 1,
n
i ¼ 1, 2, . . . , n, An þ 1 A1. Does the inequality α1 α2 ::: αn πðn2
2n
Þ
hold
true for n 4?
(c) Given a point M inside of the convex polygon A1 A2 :::An , let αi ¼ ∠MAiAi þ 1,
i ¼ 1, 2, . . . , n, An þ 1 A1. Prove that minðα1 ; α2 ; :::; αn Þ π ðn2
2n .
Þ
7.1 Miscellaneous Inequalities 295
7.1.72. Let 2n-gon A1A2 . . . A2n be inscribed in a unit circle with the center O.
Prove that
! 1
A1 A þ A 3 A4 þ ::: þ A2n1 A2n 2 sin 2 ∠A1 OA2 þ ∠A3 OA4 þ ::: þ ∠A2n
2
1OA2n Þ.
7.1.73. Let O be the intersection point of the diagonals of the inscribed quadrilateral
ABCD. Prove that CDAB
þ CD
AB þ AD þ BC OC þ OA þ OD þ OB .
BC AD OA OC OB OD
7.1.74. Let the incircle of triangle ABC touch its sides BC and AC at points A0
and B0 respectively. Given that point L is the midpoint of segment A0 B0 , prove
that angle ALB is obtuse.
7.1.75. Given an acute triangle with the smallest side cand angle γ opposite to
it. Given that it is possible to paint the triangle in two colors, so that the distance
between any two points having the same color is not greater than c, prove that
γ 36 .
7.1.76. Given a point M inside of triangle ABC and da, db, dc denote the distances
from point M to lines BC, CA, AB, and Ra, Rb, Rc denote the distances from point
M to vertices A, B, C respectively. Prove that
(a) daRa þ dbRb þ dcRc 2(dadb þ dbdc þ dcda),
(b) Ra Rb þ Rb Rc þ Rc Ra 2ðda Ra þ d b Rb þ d c Rc Þ,
(c) Ra þ Rb þ Rc 2(da þ db þ dc),
(d) 1
da db þ db1dc þ dc1da 2 þ db1Rb þ dc1Rc ,
1
d Ra
a
(e) da1Ra þ db1Rb þ dc1Rc 2 Ra1Rb þ Rb1Rc þ Rc1Ra ,
(f) d1a þ d1b þ d1c 2 R1a þ R1b þ R1c .
7.1.77. Let r be the radius of the insphere of the tetrahedron ABCD. Prove that
r < 2ðABCD
ABþCDÞ.
7.1.78. Let ABCD be a tetrahedron such that ∠ADB ¼ ∠ADC ¼ ∠BDC ¼ 90 .
Given that r and R are the radiuses of the insphere and circumsphere of the
tetrahedron ABCD respectively, prove that
(a) DA þ BD þ DC 2R þ 6r,
(b) ðR þ r ÞðR 3r Þ OO21 , where O and O1 are the centers of the spheres with the
radiuses r and R, respectively.
7.1.79. Let M be an arbitrary point in the plane of triangle ABC. Given that
R and r are the circumradius and the inradius of triangle ABC respectively and
point M be at a distance d from the circumcenter of triangle ABC, prove that
MA MB MC 2rjR2 d2j.
7.1.80. Given the circles ω(O, r) and ω1(O, r1), where r1 > r and let n-gon A1 A2 :::An
be inscribed in the circle ω and rays A1 A2 , A2 A3 , :::, An1 An , An A1 intersect the
circumference of ω1 at points B1, B2, . . . , Bn1, Bn, respectively. Prove that
296 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
7.1.90. Let a cube be sectioned by a plane, such that this plane passes through one of
the vertices of the cube and the section is a pentagon. Prove that the ratio of some of
the sides of the pentagon is greater than (a) 1,7; (b) 1,83; and (c) 1,84.
1
H ¼ min l(M ), D ¼ max l(M ) (See notations in the solution of the problem 4.1b.)
7.1 Miscellaneous Inequalities 297
7.1.91. Prove that if each of the plane angles at the vertex of the pyramid is not less
than 60 , then the sum of the lengths of all its edges is not greater than the perimeter
of the base.
7.1.92. Given points A1, B1, C1 respectively on the edges SA, SB and SC of the
tetrahedron SABC with a volume V, and points A2, B2, C2 on sides B1C1, C1A1, A1B1
of triangle A1B1C1 respectively. Let V1, V , Vffi 3 pbe
p2ffiffiffiffiffi ffiffiffiffiffiffithepvolumes
ffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffi of tetrahedrons
AA1B2C2, BB1C2A2, CC1A2B2, prove that, 3 V 1 þ 3 V 2 þ 3 V 3 3 V .
7.1.93. Let R be the circumradius of the quadrilateral ABCD and S be its area. Prove
that
(a) (AB þ BC)(CD þ AD) 4R AC,
(b) ðAB CD þ BC ADÞ2 ðAB BC þ CD ADÞ
R2(AB þ BC)(BC þ CD)(CD þ AD)(AD þ AB).
(c) AB þ BC þ CD þ DA < AC þ BD þ 2R,
pffiffiffi 3
(d) 2RS ðabcd Þ4 .
7.1.94. Let in the acute triangle ABC, bisector AD, the median BM and the altitude
CH be concurrent. Prove that angle BAC is greater than 45 .
7.1.95. (a) Let O, A, B, C, D be distinct points. Prove that ∠AOB ∠COD þ
∠BOC ∠AOD 0, 5 ∠AOC ∠BOD.
(b) Let to each two points A, B on the plane, by a certain rule, is brought into
correspondences the number kAB k 0, such that three conditions are satisfied:
1. kABk ¼ 0, if and only if points A and B coincide,
2. kABk ¼ k BAk, for any points A and B,
3. kACk k ABk þ k BCk, for any points A, B and C.
Prove that, for any points A, B, C, D on the plane
(c) Prove that the number 0.5 in inequality (1) of 7.1.95b cannot be increased.
7.1.96. Let O be the intersection point of segments AA1, BB1, CC1 (A1 2 BC,
B1 2 AC, C1 2 AB), where O is the circumcenter of triangle ABC. Prove that,
(a) OA1 þ OB1 þ OC1 1, 5R,
(b) OA1 1 þ OB1 1 þ OC
1
1
R6 .
7.1.97. Given a point M inside of a triangle with sides a, b, c, where a b, c, and da,
db, dc denote the distances of point M from the lines containing the sides of the
triangle. Prove that
pffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffi ffi
(a) d a þ db þ dc 3 2 3 a,
pffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
(b) d a þ db þ dc 1, 92a, if triangle with sides a, b, c is obtuse.
298 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
7.1.98. Let the convex pentagon ABCDE be inscribed in a unit circle and AB ¼ a,
BC ¼ b, CD ¼ c, DE ¼ d, AE ¼ 2. Prove that
a2 þ b2 þ c2 þ d2 þ abc þ bcd < 4.
7.1.99. (a) Vectors ~ a2 , :::,~
a1 ,~ an are on a plane such that their lengths are smaller
than or equal to 1. Prove that pone
ffiffiffi can choose the signs in the sum
~
c ¼ ~a1 ~ an so that ~
a2 ::: ~ c 2.
(b) Let ~ a2 , :::,~
a1 ,~ an be vectors with the lengths smaller than or equal 1. Prove that
pffiffiffi
one can choose the signs in the sum ~ c ¼ ~a1 ~ an so that ~
a2 ::: ~ c 7.
(c) Vectors ~ a1 ,~
an are on a plane such that ~
a2 , :::,~
a1 þ ~
a2 þ ::: þ ~
an 1. Prove
that there exist positive integers 1 i1 < i2 < . . . < ik n, such that
pffiffi
~ai1 þ ~ai2 þ ::: þ ~ aik 82.
7.1.100. Given a right-angled triangle ABC, with ∠ACB ¼ 90 . Let A1 2 BC,
B1 2 AC, C1 2 AB, and triangle A1B1C1 be right-angled. What is the smallest
possible value of the length of the hypotenuse of triangle A1B1C1?
7.1.101. Given an arbitrary point O on the base ABC of the triangular pyramid
SABC, such that all plane angles at vertex S are not greater than 60 . Prove that at
least one of angles SAO, SBO and SCO is not less than 60 .
7.1.102. Let ABC be a triangle with the semiperimeter p and inradius r. Half-circles
with diameters BC, CA, AB are drawn outside of triangle ABC. Given that the circle
pffiffi
touching all these three half circles has a radius t, prove that 2 < t 2 þ 1 23 r.
p p
7.1.106. Given on a plane an acute triangle ABC and the straight line l. Let u, v,
w be, respectively, the distances from points A, B and C to line l.
Prove that u2tgα þ v2tgβ þ w2tgγ S, where ∠A ¼ α, ∠B ¼ β, ∠C ¼ γ and S is
the area of triangle ABC.
7.1.107. Given a point M and a triangle ABC with sides a, b, c. Prove that
(a) MA þ MB þ MC pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
3abc
,
2 2 a b þb c þc a
2 2 2 2
(b) MA þ MB þ MC 6r.
7.1.108. In a non-isosceles triangle ABC, let O, I, H be the circumcenter, incenter
and orthocenter, respectively. Prove that ∠OIH > 135 .
7.1.109. (a) Let the inscribed circle of triangle ABC touch sides AB, BC, AC at
points C1, A1, B1 respectively. Prove that segments AA1, BB1, CC1 intersect at one
point (denote it by M ). Prove that AM p2ffiffi3 AB1 :
MA þ MB MB þ MC MC þ MA pffiffiffi R
þ þ 2 3 :
pc pa pb r
7.1.110. (a) Let A1A2 . . . An be a convex polygon. Point P is chosen inside of this
polygon, such that its projections P1, P2, . . . , Pn on lines A1A2, . . . , AnA1 respec-
tively lie on the sides of the polygon. Prove that for arbitrary points X1, X2, . . . , Xn
on sides A1A2, . . . , AnA1 respectively,
X 1 X2 Xn X 1
max ; :::; 1:
P1 P2 Pn P1
(b) Let A1A2 . . . An be a cyclic convex polygon whose circumcenter is strictly in its
interior. Let B1, B2, . . . , Bn be arbitrary points on sides A1A2, . . . , AnA1 respec-
tively other than the vertices. Prove that
B 1 B2 B 2 B3 B n B1
þ þ ::: þ > 1:
A 1 A3 A 2 A4 A n A2
300 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
7.1.111. Let MNP be an equilateral triangle inscribed in triangle ABC such that
M 2 BC, N 2 AC, P 2 AB. Point I is not inside of triangle MNP, where I is the
incenter of triangle ABC. Prove that ∠A > 120 .
7.1.112. Consider triangle ABC with inradius r. Let M and M0 be two points inside
of triangle, such that ∠MAB ¼ ∠M0 AC and ∠MBA ¼ ∠M0 BC. Denote by da, db, dc
and da0 , db0 , dc0 the distances from M and M0 to sides BC, CA, AB respectively. Prove
that dadbdcda0 db0 dc0 r6.
7.1.113. (a) Given convex hexagon ABCDEF with AB k DE, BC k EF, CD k FA. The
distance between lines AB and DE is equal to the distance between lines BC and EF,
and to the distance between lines CD and FA. Prove that the sum AD þ BE þ CF
does not exceed the perimeter of hexagon ABCDEF.
(b) Let ABCDEF be a cyclic hexagon, such that AC ¼CE ¼ EA. Given that diag-
onals AD, BE, CF intersect at one point, prove that DE
EF CD
BC < 1.
7.2 Solutions
AA1 ¼ 12AA1 BC sin ∠AA1 C ¼ SABC . In the same way, one can prove
MA1 SMBC
7.1.1. (a) Note that
BB1 ¼ SABC and CC1 ¼ SABC . Consequently, AA1 þ BB1 þ CC1 ¼ 1, or 1 ¼ AA1 þ
SMAC
that MB 1 MC1 SMAB MA1 MB1 MC1 MA1
BB1 þ CC1 maxðAA1 ; BB1 ; CC1 Þ þ maxðAA1 ; BB1 ; CC1 Þ þ maxðAA1 ; BB1 ; CC1 Þ. Hence, we deduce
MB1 MC1 MA1 MB1 MC1
AA1 BB1 CC1 MA1 MB1 MC1
þ þ þ þ ¼
MA1 MB1 MC1 AA1 BB1 CC1
AA1 MB1 BB1 MA1 AA1 MC1 CC1 MA1 BB1 MC1 CC1 MB1
¼3þ þ þ þ þ þ
BB1 MA1 AA1 MB1 CC1 MA1 AA1 MC1 CC1 MB1 BB1 MC1
AA1 BB1 CC1 MA MB MC
3 þ 2 þ 2 þ 2 ¼ 9, hence þ þ 9: Thus, þ þ 6
MA1 MB1 MC1 MA1 MB1 MC1
7.2 Solutions 301
(f) According to the Cauchy’s inequality and the problem 7.1.1e, we have that
sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ffi
AM BM BM CM CM AM 3 AM BM CM 2 p 3
ffiffiffiffiffi
þ þ 3 3 82 ¼ 12:
A1 M B1 M B1 M C1 M C1 M A1 M A1 M B1 M C1 M
consequently
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
MA þ MB þ MC 2 MA1 MB1 þ MB1 MC1 þ MC1 MA1 :
302 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
(k), (l) Denote by SMAB ¼ SC, SMBC ¼ SA, SMAC ¼ SB. We have that, MA ¼
SB þSC SA þSC SA þSB
SA MA1 , MB ¼ SB MB1 , MC ¼ SC MC1 , consequently
2
S2B 2 S2A 2 SC S2A
MA þ MB þ MC ¼
2 2
MA þ MB þ 2 MA1 þ 2 MC1 þ
2 2 2
S2A 1 S2B 1 SA SC
2 2
SC SB SB SC SA SC SA S B
þ 2 MB1 þ 2 MC1 þ 2
2 2
MA1 þ 2 MB1 þ 2 MC1
2 2 2
SB SC S2A SB SC
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2ðMA1 MB1 þ MB1 MC1 þ MC1 MA1 Þ þ 6 3 MA21 MB21 MC21 :
We have that,
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
¼ MA1 MB1 þ MB1 MC1 þ MC1 MA1 þ 9 3 MA21 MB21 MC21 :
(point M can be inside or outside triangle ABC). Since, sin x sin y 1 þ cos x cos y,
then from (7.2) we deduce that
where α1, β1, γ 1 are the angles of the triangle with sides a1, b1, c1. Consequently,
2MA MB 2MC MB
4S þ a2 ctg α1 þ b2 ctg β1 þ c2 ctg γ 1 þ þ
sin γ 1 sin α1
2MA MC
þ þ MA2 ðctg γ 1 þ ctg β1 Þ þ MB2 ðctg α1 þ ctg γ 1 Þ
sin β1
2MA MB 2MC MB 2MA MC
þ MC2 ðctg α1 þ ctg β1 Þ ¼ þ þ
sin γ 1 sin α1 sin β1
MA2 sin α1 MB2 sin β1 MC2 sin γ 1 ða1 MA þ b1 MB þ c1 MCÞ2
þ þ þ ¼ :
sin β1 sin γ 1 sin α1 sin γ 1 sin α1 sin β1 2S1
Remark If point M0 is, such that ∠BM0C ¼ 180 α1, ∠AM0C ¼ 180 β2,
∠AM0B ¼ 180 γ 1, then a1MA þ b1MB þ c1MC > a1M0A þ b1M0B þ c1M0C,
where M ≢ M0 (see also problem 4.1.17).
7.1.2. (a) Let us complete triangle up to a rectangular (Figure 7.1).
Then, EF BD or 4r < EF BD. Hence, we obtain that r < BD 4 .
Figure 7.1
B C
O2 F
E O1
A D
Figure 7.2 B
A H C
sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2 2 ðabÞ2
A1 B1 ¼ ab
þ aþc ab
2 cos γ ¼
bþc ða þ c Þðb þ c Þ
sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2 2 ðabÞ2 a 2 þ b 2 c2
¼ ab
þ aþc ab
2 ¼
bþc ða þ c Þðb þ c Þ 2ab
vffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
!ffi
u
u 2 aba2 þ b2 þ 2cða þ b þ cÞab a2 þ b2 c2 ðab þ cða þ b þ cÞÞ
¼ t ðaþcab ÞðbþcÞ ab
sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2 c2 ða þ cÞðb þ cÞ cða bÞ2 ða þ b þ cÞ abc2
¼ ab
ðaþcÞðbþcÞ
ab ða þ cÞðb þ cÞ
sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi rp
ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi aþb
abc2 abc ab þ c þ c a þ b þ 2c
pffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi ¼ 2 ¼ :
2 ac 2 bc 4 4 4 8
DP
. Therefore, AD BE
a2 a2 . Similarly, we obtain that EQ and
ðaþbÞ2 c2
RF
CF
c2 . By summing up these three inequalities, we deduce that
306 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
AD BE CF ðb þ cÞ2 ða þ cÞ2 ða þ bÞ2 1 bþc aþb aþc 2
þ þ þ 2
þ 3 þ þ 3¼
DP EQ RF a2 b c2 3 a c b
1 b a a c c b 2 1
¼ þ þ þ þ þ 3 ð2 þ 2 þ 2Þ2 3 ¼ 9,
3 a b c a b c 3
The equality holds true only for an equilateral triangle ABC, with AD, BE, CF
being the bisectors of angles A, B, C respectively.
7.1.6. Let AC ¼ a, CE ¼ b, AE ¼ c. According to problem 1.1.14a, we get that
AB CE þ BC AE AC BE. This means that BC
BE bþc. Similarly, we deduce that
a
BE þ DA þ FC 2.
BC DE FA 3
7.1.7. Let the rectangle with sides a and b be inside of the rectangle with sides c and
d. Consider a rectangle with sides c1 and d1, such that its sides are parallel to the
sides of the rectangle with sides c and d. Moreover, the rectangle with sides a and
b is inscribed in it (see Figure 7.3).
It is clear that c1 c and d1 d. Hence, one can assume that the centers of these
rectangles coincide (prove that the center O of the rectangle with sides a and b is the
center of rectangle with sides c1 and d1). Let us consider a circle with the center
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
a2 þb2
O and the radius 2 (see Figure 7.4).
Figure 7.3 d
d1
b
c O
O1 c1
a
Figure 7.4
A d
7.2 Solutions 307
Figure 7.5
b
a cos α + b sin α
a
α
b cos α + a sin α
We have that a AB (see the proof of problem 3.1.34), which means that
0 sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi12 0 sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi12
d a2 þ b2 c 2 A c a2 þ b2 d 2 A
a2 @ þ@ ,
2 4 4 2 4 4
ffi 2
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2 2
cd a þb a þb c þd þc d
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4a2 b2 ,
(cd 2ab)2 (a2 þ b2)2 (a2 þ b2)(c2 þ d2) þ c2d2, (b2 a2)2 (bd ac)2
þ (bc ad)2.
Let a < c d < b and (b2 a2)2 (bd ac)2þ (bc ad) . Denote by
2
π
bd ac ¼ R cos α, bc ad ¼ R sin α, where R > 0, α 2 0; 2 . Then, from the condi-
tion (bd ac)2 þ (bc ad)2 (b2 a2)2, we deduce that R b2 a2. Note that,
d ¼ Rðb cosb2αþa
a2
sin αÞ
, c ¼ Rða cosb2αþb
a2
sin αÞ
. Hence, d b cos α þ a sin α,
c a cos α þ b sin α. Thus, the rectangle with sides b cos α þ a sin α,
a cos α þ b sin α can be placed inside of the rectangle with sides c and d. Then it
can also contain the rectangle with sides a and b (see Figure 7.5).
Second Solution (G. Nersisyan). Without loss of generality, one can assume that
two adjacent vertices of the rectangle with sides a and b are on the sides of the
second rectangle. In that case, the following conditions must be fulfilled.
a cos α þ b sin α c,
ð7:3Þ
b cos α þ a sin α d:
Figure 7.6 y
d/a
bx+ay=d
c/a x
1 ax+by=c
a b þ vþw
w 2 2
Thus, uþv u
b2 c2 þ uþw
v
a2 c2 > 8S2 .
If ab < ac þ bc, we have that
w 2 2 u 2 2 v 2 2
a b þ bc þ a c ¼
uþv vþw uþw
2 2 2 2
ya b xb2 c2 za2 b2 xa2 c2 zb c ya2 c2 1
¼ þ þ þ þ þ a2 b2 þ b2 c2 þ a2 c2
2x 2y 2x 2z 2y 2z 2
1
ab2 c þ a2 bc þ abc2 a2 b2 þ b2 c2 þ a2 c2 :
2
We need to prove that 2ab2c þ 2a2bc þ 2abc2 16S2 þ a2b2 þ b2c2 þ a2c2, that is
b1 a1 b a
¼ : ð∗ Þ
c 1 a1 c a
We need to prove that there exist complex numbers z and v such that
8
< vðz aÞ ¼ a1 a,
> ð7:7Þ
vðz bÞ ¼ b1 b, ð7:8Þ
>
:
vðz cÞ ¼ c1 c: ð7:9Þ
1 b1
From (7.7) and (7.8), it follows that v ¼ aba þ 1, while from (7.7) and (7.9) we
a1 c1 1 b1 1 c1
obtain that v ¼ ca þ 1. From (*), we have that aba þ 1 ¼ aca þ 1.
If v ¼ 0, then from (7.7) and (7.8), we have that a1 ¼ a, b1 ¼ b, but from the
assumptions of the problem, we have that c1 ¼ c. Thus, it follows that
Figure 7.7
P
O1 P1
M a h
pffiffi
Let O1 be the center of that circle and the radius r > 6
4 a.
Consider a plane Π containing that circle. Denote by α ¼ Π d , AA1 B1 B ,
β¼ Π d, BB1 C1 C , γ ¼ Π d, ABCD . Note that cos2α þ cos2β þ cos2γ ¼ 1.
Indeed, let B(0; 0; 0), A(a; 0; 0), C(0; a; 0), B1(0; 0; a),~ nðu; v; wÞ and ~
n⊥Π,~ n ¼ 1,
then cos 2 α þ cos 2 β þ cos 2 γ ¼ ð~ e1 ~
nÞ2 þ ð~e2 ~
nÞ2 þ ð~
e3 ~
nÞ2 ¼ u2 þ v2 þ w2 ¼
1, where ~
e1 ð0; 1; 0Þ,~
e2 ð1; 0; 0Þ,~
e3 ð0; 0; 1Þ. Since Π d, DD1 C1 C ¼ α, then one can
assume that the distance of O1 from the plane Π1 AA1Bq a
1Bffiffi is not greater than 2.
Thus, sin α < 23. Hence, cos α > p1ffiffi3. Similarly, we obtain that cos β > p1ffiffi3 and
cos γ > p1ffiffi. Then, cos2α þ cos2β þ cos2γ > 1. This leads to a contradiction.
3
7.1.11. (a) Let points Ai(xi; yi; zi), i ¼ 1, 2, 3 be given inside of the cube with vertices
(0; 0; 0), (0; 1; 0), (0; 0; 1), (1; 0; 0), . . . , (1; 1; 1), then xi, yi, zi 2 (0; 1), i ¼ 1, 2, 3.
We have that,
A1 A2 2 þ A2 A3 2 þ A3 A1 2 2
2 2
2max xi xj þ 2max yi yj þ 2max zi zj < 6:
pffiffiffi
Hence, it follows that minðA1 A2 ; A2 A3 ; A3 A1 Þ < 2.
(b) Let d be the smallest number, such that eight cubes with edges d, placed in each
of the vertices of the cube, contain all given points (see Figure 7.8).
Then, it is clear that d 12. Thus, each of these cubes contains only one of these
points; otherwise the distance between two points in the same cube is less than
pffiffiffi pffiffi
3d 23. In this case the problem would have been proven. Since d is minimal,
then at least one of the points is on the surface of one of the cubes. Thus, some two points
M and N from eight given points are in a rectangular parallelepiped with dimensions
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
d d (1 d). Then, MN d2 þ d 2 þ ð1 dÞ2 ¼ 1 dð2 3dÞ < 1.
Figure 7.8
N M
64
506
2000
64 506
64
Figure 7.10
Figure 7.11
M А
N K
O
pffiffiffi
Note that, f(1) ¼ 4b2 6b¼ 4b(b 1, 5) < 0, as 1 b 2 < 1, 5 and
pffiffiffi pffiffiffi pffiffi pffiffiffi pffiffi pffiffiffi
f 2 ¼ 4b2 6 2b þ 4 ¼ 4 b 22 b 2 0, as 22 < 1 b 2.
Thus, f(a) ¼ 4a2 6ab þ 4b2 4 0.
We have
obtained that angle α is, such that cos α 34 ¼ cos α0 , where
π
α0 2 0; 2 . We have that cos 3α0 ¼ 4cos 3 α0 3 cos α0 ¼ 16 9
< 12. Hence,
3α0 > 3 . Thus, α α0 > 9 , it follows that the 360 -layout of segments connecting
2π 2π
the centers of the adjoining squares with point O cannot contain such nine angles α
9 ¼ 40 . Therefore, the greatest number of the adjoining squares is
greater than 2π
equal to eight.
7.1.13. Since the triangle is acute, then a2, b2, c2 are the sides of some triangle and
consequently, there exist numbers m, n, k > 0 such that a2 ¼ m þ n, b2 ¼ n þ k, c2
¼ k þ m. It remains to prove that (4m þ n þ k)(4n þ k þ m)(4k þ m þ n) > 25
(m þ n)(n þ k)(k þ m), or 12mnk þ m3 þ n3 þ k3 > m2k þ k2m þ n2m þ m2n þ k2
n þ n2k.
We need to prove that 3mnk þ m3 þ n3 þ k3 m2k þ k2m þ n2m þ m2n þ k2n þ n
2
k, or mnk (m þ n k)(k þ m n)(n þ k m).
If m, n . , k are not the sides of some triangle, then mnk > 0 (m þ n k)
(k þ m n)(n þ k m).
If m, n . , k are the sides of some triangle, then
ðm þ n kÞðk þ m nÞðn þ k mÞ ¼
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
¼ ðm þ n kÞðk þ m nÞ ðk þ m nÞðn þ k mÞ ðm þ n kÞðn þ k mÞ
mþnkþkþmn kþmnþnþkm mþnkþnþkm
¼ mnk:
2 2 2
7.1.14. (a), (b) Let max(∠AMB, ∠BMC, ∠AMC) ¼ ∠BMC and min
(∠AMB, ∠BMC, ∠AMC) ¼ ∠AMB. As ∠AMB þ ∠BMC þ ∠AMC ¼ 360 , then
∠BMC 120 , ∠AMB 120 . Consider parallelograms CMBA2 and AMBC2 (see
Figure 7.12).
Note that ∠MBA2 60 . Thus, 2MA1 ¼ MA2 max (MB, BA2) ¼ max (MB, MC).
Hence, 2 min (MA1, MB1, MC1) 2MA1 max (MB, MC) max (MA, MB, MC).
Therefore, 2 min (MA1, MB1, MC1) max (MA, MB, MC).
As ∠AMB 120 , then ∠MBC2 60 . Therefore, we deduce that
2MC1 ¼ MC2 min (MB, BC2) ¼ min (MB, MA). Hence, it follows that 2 max
(MA1, MB1, MC1) 2MC1 min (MB, MA) min (MA, MB, MC). Thus, 2 max
(MA1, MB1, MC1) min (MA, MB, MC).
7.2 Solutions 313
Figure 7.12 B
M
C2 C1 A1 A2
A C
(c) Suppose that ∠MAB þ ∠MBC þ ∠MCA min (∠A, ∠B, ∠C), then ∠MAB <
∠B ∠MBC ¼ ∠MBA, hence MB < MA. Similarly, we obtain that
∠MBC < ∠C ∠MCA ¼ ∠MCB. Thus, MC < MB, and ∠MCA <
∠A ∠MAB ¼ ∠MAC. Hence, MA < MC.
Thus, we have obtained that MA < MC < MB < MA. This leads to a contradic-
tion. Hence, ∠MAB þ ∠MBC þ ∠MCA > min (∠A, ∠B, ∠C). Therefore, it fol-
lows that ∠A ∠MAB þ ∠B ∠MBC þ ∠C ∠MCA > min (∠A,∠B,∠C).
Hence, ∠MAB þ ∠MBC þ ∠MCA < π min (∠A,∠B,∠C).
(d) Let us draw the diagonals AC and BD dividing the quadrilateral into four triangles
AOB, BOC, COD, DOA. Point M is in one of these triangles. (If point M is on the
common border of two triangles, then one can consider it being in both triangles.)
If point M is in triangle COD, then according to problem 7.1.14c, we have that
∠MBC þ ∠MCD þ∠MDB > min (∠BDC,∠DBC) ¼ φ, where φ ¼ min (∠BAC,
∠DAC). Consequently, we deduce that
Similarly, one can prove the inequality (7.10) for vertices B and C.
If points M1 and M2 satisfy the condition (7.10) and M 2 [M1M2], with MMM 1
1 M2
¼λ
(0 < λ < 1), then we have that
!
!
!
AM ¼ AM ¼ λAM 2 þ ð1 λÞAM 1 λAM2 þ ð1 λÞAM1 ð7:11Þ
7.1.17. Given a point M inside of the tetrahedron ABCD, we have to prove that
MA þ MB þ MC þ MD < AB þ BC þ CD þ AC þ AD þ BD ¼ p.
Denote by f(M ) ¼ MA þ MB þ MC þ MD. Let us prove that set of points M, such
that f(M ) < p, is a convex figure.
Indeed, let f(M1) < p, f(M2) < p, M 2 [M1M2] and MMM 1
1 M2
¼ λ. Then, f(M ) < λf
(M2) þ (1 λ)f(M1) < λp þ (1 λ)p ¼ p (see the proof of problem 7.1.16b). Note
that, f(A) ¼ AB þ AC þ AD < p and similarly f(B) < p, f(C) < p, f(D) < p. Thus, for
any point M of the tetrahedron f(M ) < p.
See also the proof of problem 7.1.38e.
7.1.18. (a) Let the distance a between pairs of points A1, A2, . . . , A7 on the plane
occur at most k times. Denote by ni the number of the segments with lengths a,
drawn from point Ai. Without loss of generality, one can assume that
n1 n 2 . . . n 7.
Note that n1 þ n2 9; otherwise on the circles with centers A1 and A2 and radius
a will be located at least n1 þ (n2 2) 8 of seven points. This leads to a
contradiction.
It is clear that the distance between any two of points A1, A2, A3, A4 is not equal to
a. Let AiAj 6¼ a (i 6¼ j). In that case, on the circles with centers Ai, Aj and radius a are
located at least ni þ nj 2 points. Since, Ai, Aj are not on those circles,
ni þ nj 2 þ 2 7. Hence, n3 þ n4 ni þ nj 7. Thus, we deduce that n4 3. Con-
sequently, n7 n6 n5 3.
We have that k ¼ 12 ððn1 þ n2 Þ þ ðn3 þ n4 Þ þ n5 þ n6 þ n7 Þ 12 ð9 þ 7 þ 3þ
3 þ 3Þ. Hence it follows that k 12.
In a regular hexagon with a side a, the distance a for the vertices and center
occurs 12 times. Thus, k ¼ 12.
(b) In a similar way, as for the proof of problem 7.1.18a, one can obtain that
k 12 ð8 þ 6 þ 3 þ 3Þ ¼ 10. However, it is easy to check that the cases n1 ¼ 5,
n2 ¼ n3 ¼ . . . ¼ n6 ¼ 3 and n1 ¼ n2 ¼ 4, n3 ¼ . . . ¼ n6 ¼ 3 are not possible.
(In the last case for points Ai, the only point not located on the circle with a
radius a and center A1, ni 2).
Answer 9. The example is presented in Figure 7.13.
7.1.19. Let in a quadrilateral ABCD we have that AB ¼ a, BC ¼ b, CD ¼ c, DA ¼ d,
the midline KM ¼ m and the distance between the midpoints of the diagonals
PQ ¼ x. As PKQM is a parallelogram with sides a/2 and c/2 (K is on BC, M is on
2 2
AD), then m2 ¼ KM2 ¼ 2PK 2 þ 2KQ2 PQ2 ¼ a2 þ c2 x2 .
Figure 7.13
316 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
Figure 7.14 M
D D⬘
C⬘
C
A B
2 2
Similarly, if n is the second midline, then n2 ¼ b2 þ d2 x2 . Thus, each midline
accepts its greatest value when x has the smallest value. Therefore, in that case the
sum of the midlines also accepts the greatest value.
However, by the triangle inequality, PQ ¼ x 12 c a. Similarly, x
1
2 db .
For the simplicity, assume that |d b| |c a|. In this case, the greatest value of
the sum of the midlines is reached if, x ¼ 12 d b, this means that the required
quadrilateral is a trapezoid with bases b,d and lateral sides a,c (or a parallelogram).
2 þ
bþd
qThe sum of midlines
ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ffi of such trapezoid is equal to
1
2 2a2 þ 2c2 ðd bÞ2 .
AB þ BC þ CD þ DA AB þ BC0 þ C0 D0 þ D0 A AB þ BC0 þ C0 M þ MA
π π
2R þ 4R sin 2 þ 4 sin :
12 12
0 0
Indeed, since ∠AD0 M ¼ 5π 0 0 0
6 and ∠AD C 3 , then ∠AD K ∠C D M.
2π
7.2 Solutions 317
Figure 7.15 T
M
D⬘ C⬘
D C
K
A B
Figure 7.16 C⬘
A
K N D⬘ M T
A⬘
While ∠AMK < π6 < ∠C0 MT, as ∠AMC0 ¼ ∠AC0 M < π2.
We have that ∠AD0 K > ∠AMK.
Let A0 be the point symmetric to A with respect to line KT (Figure 7.16).
Then from the conditions ∠AD0 K ∠C0 D0 T and ∠AMK < ∠C0 MT it follows
that, points N, D0 , M are on line KT, as it is shown in Figure 7.15. According to
problem 2.1.1, we have that A0 C0 þ A0 D0 þ C0 D0 A0 C0 þ A0 M þ MC0 . Hence,
we obtain that AD0 þ C0 D0 AM þ MC0 .
2. If max(AB, BC, CD, DA, AC, BD) > max (AB, BC, CD, DA).
Let max(AB, BC, CD, DA, AC, BD) ¼ AC and l be the perpendicular bisector
of segment AC. One can assume that points B and D are in the same half-plane
with the boundary l (see Figure 7.17a).
Indeed, otherwise we have for the quadrilateral ABCD0 that AD0 ¼ CD,
CD0 ¼ AD and BD0 < BN þ ND0 ¼ BD.
Now, let l1 || AC, l2 || AC and l3 || BD (see Figure 7.17b) and points B0 and D0
!0
!0
are, such that B0 2 l1, D0 2 l2, BB ¼ DD and max(AB0 , B0 C, CD0 , D0 A) ¼ AC.
Since max(CD0, CB0) > AC, then we can assume that D0 2 [DD0].
Now it is clear that the quadrilateral AB0 CD0 is convex and that max(AB0 , B0 C, CD0 ,
D0 A, AC, B0 D0 ) ¼ max (AB0 , B0 C, CD0 , D0 A) ¼ AC 1. Moreover, AB þ BC þ
0 0
CD þ DA AB0 þ B0 C þ CD0 þ D0 A. According to the case (a), it follows AB þ B
0 0
π π
Cþ CD þ D A 2 þ 4 sin 12 . Hence, AB þ BC þ CD þ DA 2þ 4 sin 12 .
This solution was proposed by D. Harutyunyan and A. Kalantaryan, Ninth grade.
(b) Let, apart from BD, all other distances are not greater than 1. According to
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
problem 4.1.3, if AC ¼ c, then BD 4 c2 . Hence AC þ BD c þ 4 c2 .
π
pffiffiffi c ¼2 sin πα,
Let
pffiffiffi 0π απ 6. Then
where pffiffiffi AC þ BD 2 sin α þ 2 cos α ¼
2 2 sin α þ 4 2 2 sin 6 þ 4 ¼ 1 þ 3. pffiffiffi
Thus, we obtain that AB þ BC þ AD þ CD þ AC þ BD 5 þ 3.
318 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
l l3 l
B B0 B¢ B l1
A C A C
l2
D¢ D D0 D¢ D
a b
Figure 7.17
(c) Let in a tetrahedron SABC we have that SA, SB, AB, AC, BC 1 and AB ¼ a.
Draw the altitudes SE and CF of triangles A SB and A CB, respectively. Since
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
AF þ FB a, then AF a
or FB a
. Let AF a
, then CF ¼ AC 2
AF2
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi2ffi 2 2 2 qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1 AF2 1 a4 . Similarly, we deduce that SE 1 a4 .
2
where α ¼ ∠AND.
7.2 Solutions 319
Figure 7.18 M
B B1 C
B2 C2
А1 N
C1
A2 D2
A D1 D
2AC BD cos α ¼
¼ AD2 þ BC2 AB2 CD2 ¼
¼ 2ðAD ABÞ ðAD CDÞ 0:
MB þ BK AB
þ BC ABþBC
1
AB 2 2
> ABþBC 2 ¼ :
AM þ CA þ KC 2 þ CA þ BC
2 2 þ AB þ BC 3
7.1.26. Let ABC be a triangular section of the cube with the edge 2 and the center D
(1;1;1) (see Figure 7.19).
Figure 7.19 z
О B
A y
x
7.2 Solutions 321
a2 b2 þ b 2 c 2 þ c 2 a2 ¼ 2
¼ ðab þ bc þ caÞ2 2abcða þ b þ cÞ ¼ a þ b þ c þ abc2 2abcða þ b þ cÞ ¼
abc 2
¼ aþbþc 2 :
Hence, we have to prove that a þ b þ c abc
2 < 4.
We have that a þ b þ c 2 3a 2 > 0 (let min(a, b, c) ¼ a).
abc abc
Thus, we have obtained that the area of total surface of the tetrahedron OABC is
not greater than the area of the face of the cube.
7.1.27. (а) Let α 60 , then according to problem 3.1.6a
α 1 1
SABC l2a tg pffiffiffi l2a > pffiffiffi :
2 3 3
(b) Let minða; b; cÞ ¼ c < p2ffiffi3, then SABC ¼ ch2c cl2c < p1ffiffi3.
!
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
!
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
¼ aða þ c bÞ; bða þ b cÞ; cðb þ c aÞ a þ c b; a þ b c; b þ c a
!
!
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
aða þ c bÞ; bða þ b cÞ; cðb þ c aÞ a þ c b; a þ b c; b þ c a ¼
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
¼ aða þ c bÞ þ bða þ b cÞ þ cðb þ c aÞ a þ c b þ a þ b c þ b þ c a ¼
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
¼ ða þ b þ cÞ a2 þ b2 þ c2 :
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffi
(e) Note that a þ b c þ b þ c a 2 aþbcþbþca 2 ¼ 2 b. Similarly, we
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
obtain that aþbcþ aþcb2 a and b þ c aþ
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
a þ c b 2 c. Summing up these three inequalities, we get a þ b cþ
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffi pffiffiffi pffiffiffi
b þ c a þ a þ c b a þ b þ c.
2 2 2
(f) According to problem 7.1.29a, a2 þ b2 þ 2c þ 4a2 b2 2c < 12, it follows that
a2 þ b2 þ c2 þ 2abc < 2.
(g) Let max(a, b, c) ¼ b, we have to prove that f(b) ¼ (2a c)b2 þ (2c2 a2 3ac)
b þ ac(2a c) 0.
7.2 Solutions 323
Note that f(a) ¼ a(a c)2 0, f(c) ¼ c(a c)2 0 and f(a þ c) ¼ a3 þ c(a c)2
> 0.
If 2a c 0, f(b) min ( f(c), f(a þ c)) 0, as c b < a þ c.
If 2a c > 0 and c a, we have that bϐep ¼ a 2þ3ac2c
2 2
ð2acÞ c.
Hence, f(b) f(c) 0.
If a c > 0, we have that bϐep ¼ a 2þ3ac2c
2 2
ð2acÞ < a. Hence, f(b) f(a) 0.
Hence abþbcþac
ðaþbþcÞ2
> 14.
(l) Note that
Since |a b| < c and |a b| < a þ b, then (a b)2 < c(a þ b). Thus, it follows
that
ða þ b þ cÞ3 < ða þ bÞ ða bÞ2 þ 4ab þ 3ða þ bÞc þ 4c2 <
< ða þ bÞðcða þ bÞ þ 4ab þ 3ða þ bÞc þ 4c2 Þ ¼ 4ða þ bÞða þ cÞðb þ cÞ:
Hence ðaþbðaþbþc
ÞðaþcÞðbþcÞ
Þ3
> 14.
Summing
p upffi pthe
ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi last ffi three
ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi inequalities,
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ffi we deduce that
b þ c a þ a þ c b þ a þ b c a þ b þ c.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
abc
(p) We need to prove that aþbc þ abþc
abc
þ bþca
abc
a2 þ b2 þ c2 . Indeed, without
loss of generality one can assume that a b c. Then, we have that
Note that
7.2 Solutions 325
0 ¼
b . Consequently BB0 ¼ aþbþc. Similarly, we get that AA0 ¼ aþbþc and
BI aþc BI aþc AI bþc
and IB
CI
CC0
¼ aþbþc. Then,
aþb
AI BI CI ða þ cÞðb þ cÞða þ bÞ 1
¼ > :
AA0 BB0 CC0 ða þ b þ cÞ3 4
xþyþz3
See the proof of problem 7.1.23, for x, y, z > 0, we have that xyz 3 .
7.1.32. Draw through point Q a perpendicular QQ0 to plane π and consider a circle
ω(Q0, Q0R) on plane π and let R0 be a point, such that for any point R of the
circumference ω we have PR PR0 (see Figure 7.20).
QR QR0 .
Then, QPþPR QPþPR0
Figure 7.20 Q
w R p
R0 Q0 P
7.2 Solutions 327
Figure 7.21 Q
a
R0 Q0 P
a
2
M0
Figure 7.22 y lk
l2
l1
O x
a1 a2 ak
Figure 7.23
C
P1 P2 Pk
A a1 a2 ak B l
Let us arrange on the plane the strips Π1, Π2, . . . , Πk corresponding to lines l1,
l2, . . . , lk in a way shown on Figure 7.23. Then, it is clear that triangle ABC is
π π
entirely covered by the strips Π1, . . . , Πk, AB 11
2 and α1 4 , π αk 4. Hence,
328 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
Let ω1 and ω2 be given circles. If AB > 2, then one can assume that A, C 2 ω1.
Let us choose a point C1 on segment CB, such that AC1 ¼ 2. Then,pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
it is clear that B,
C1 2 ω2. Hence, it follows that BC1 2, and SABC ð2þxÞ2 4x , where CC1 ¼ x.
2
Note that
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ð2 þ xÞ 4 x 2
¼
2
pffiffiffi rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffi sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2þx 2þx 2 2þx 2
3 3 2þx 2þx 2þx 3 3 3 þ 3 þ2x
¼ ð2 xÞ 3
2 3 3 3 2 2 2
pffiffiffi sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2þx 2þx 2þx 4
ffi pffiffiffi
3 3 þ þ þ 2 x 3 3
3 3 3
¼ :
2 4 2
pffiffi
Hence, SABC 3 2 3.
7.1.35. (a) Let us display on edges of the trihedral angle equal segments SA, SB, SC,
where S is the vertex of the trihedral angle. Let point O be the foot of the
perpendicular drawn from point S to plane ABC, Then, OA ¼ OB ¼ OC.
Take on segment SC1 point O1, so that O1C1 ¼ C1O, where C1 is the midpoint of
segment AB. Then, we have that ∠AOB ¼ ∠AO1B ¼ ∠ASB þ ∠O1AS þ
∠O1BS > ∠ASB. Consequently, ∠ASB þ ∠BSC þ ∠ASC < ∠AOB þ ∠BOC þ
∠AOC 360 , thus
∠ASB þ ∠BSC þ ∠ASC < 360 : ð7:13Þ
Let ASC be the largest plane angle in the trihedral angle SABC. Using (7.13) we
obtain that for the trihedral angle SAB0C, where B0 is the point, symmetric to point
B with respect to point S
180 ∠ASB þ 180 ∠BSC þ ∠ASC < 360 , hence ∠ASC < ∠ASB þ ∠BSC.
(b) Let us produce a plane crossing all sides of the given polyhedral angle with a
vertex S. Let the resulting section be a convex n-gon A1A2, . . . , An.
According to problem 7.1.35a, we have that
180 ðn 2Þ ¼ ∠An A1 A2 þ ∠A1 A2 A3 þ ::: þ ∠An1 An A1 <
< ð∠An A1 S þ ∠A2 A1 SÞ þ ð∠A1 A2 S þ ∠A3 A2 SÞ þ ::: þ ð∠An1 An S þ ∠A1 An SÞ ¼
¼ ð∠An A1 S þ ∠A1 An SÞ þ ::: þ ð∠A2 A1 S þ ∠A1 A2 SÞ ¼ 180 n ∠A1 SA2 ::: ∠An SA1 :
Figure 7.24 D
A B
D1
D2
(c) Let AnSA1 be the largest plane angle in the n-hedral angle SA1A2 . . . An.
According to the problem 7.1.35a, we have that
∠A1SA2 þ ∠A2SA3 þ . . . þ ∠An 1SAn> ∠A1SA3þ ∠A3SA4 þ . . . þ ∠An 1SAn
∠A1SA4 þ ∠A4SA5 þ . . . þ ∠An 1SAn . . . ∠A1SAn, hence
∠A1SA2 þ ∠A2SA3 þ . . . þ ∠An 1SAn > ∠A1SAn.
(d) We have to prove that ∠AMB þ ∠BMC > ∠CMD1 (see Figure 7.24).
We have that
Figure 7.25
a g
b1
a1
g1
7.1.36. (a) Denote the cubes with edges a and b by Φa and Φb respectively, and the
cube, symmetric to the cube Φb with respect to the center of the cube Φa by Φb0 .
It is not difficult to prove that the cube Φb and the center of the cube Φa are on
different sides of plane α, containing one of the faces of the cube Φb.
Consider two following cases:
(a) α is parallel to one of the edges of the cube Φa,
(b) α is not parallel to any of the edges of the cubeΦa.
Note that the cubes Φb and Φb0 do not have any common points. Indeed, if points
M 2 Φb and M 2 Φb0 , then point M0 , symmetric to point M with respect to the center
of the cube Φa, also belongs to Φb. Consequently, the center of the cube Φa, that is
the midpoint of segment MM0 , belongs to the cube Φb.
This leads to a contradiction.
In the case (a) the proof is obtained if one considers the projection of the cubes
Φb and Φb0 on the face of the cube Φa, that is perpendicular to plane α.
7.2 Solutions 331
It is clear that these projections do not have any common points and are
rectangles with sides b and b(sin φ þ cos φ), where φ is the angle between the
planes containing one of the faces of the cubes Φa and Φb.
Since sin φ þ cos φ sin2φ þ cos2φ ¼ 1, then these projections contain squares
with sides b. Then, according to the problem 2.1.6b, we have that 2b < a. Thus, b < a2.
Let us continue now the case (b). Let the cube Φb be inside of a triangular
pyramid ABCD (see the proof of problem 7.1.36c), where A is the vertex of the cube
Φa, and the edges of the cube Φa, drawn from vertex A, belong to the rays AB, AC,
AD, with points B, C, D belonging to plane α.
Let us consider now a plane (B0 C0 D0 ), parallel to the plane (BCD) and containing
one of the faces of the cube Φb, with B0 2 AB, C0 2 AC, D0 2 AD. Using problem
2.1.10, we obtain that the cube Φb can be placed inside of the pyramid ABCD, so
that one of its edges belongs to, let us say, segment B0 C0 .
Now we will consider the sections of the tetrahedron ABCD, obtained by the
intersections with planes β and β0 , containing the faces of the cube Φb and
perpendicular to the straight line B0 C0 . Since AD ⊥ (ABC), then AD ⊥ B0 C0 . We
have that B0 C0 ⊥ β, B0 C0 ⊥ β0 , thus AD k β, AD k β0 , or AD belongs to one of planes β
and β0 . Note that these sections are right-angled triangles, and using problem 2.1.5,
we obtain that the cube Φb is in a triangular pyramid ABCD, with the face ABC
containing one of the faces of the cube Φb.
Repeating this reasoning once again, we obtain that the cube Φb is inside of the
triangular pyramid ABCD and point A is one of the vertices of the cube Φb. It is
clear that b < a2, since the center of the cube Φa is not inside of the pyramid ABCD.
(b) Denote the cube with the edge a by Φa. Let b, c, d be the smallest non-negative
numbers, such that by the parallel translation, given by the relations x0 ¼ x b,
y0 ¼ y c, z0 ¼ z d, the cube Φa transforms into the cube Φa0 , having vertices
M1, M2, M3 belonging to the coordinate planes Oxy, Oyz and Oxz, respectively.
Now, consider a cube Φ2a with sides 2a, with one of the vertices at the point of
the origin and three edges on the positive semiaxes Ox, Oy, Oz. Note that the cube
Φa0 does not have points outside the cube Φ2a.
Indeed, if M(x, y, z) 2 Φa0 and M 2 = Φ2a, then without loss of generality, we can
assume that x > 2a. Consequently pffiffiffi MM 2 > 2a. However, on the other hand, M2,
M 2 Φa0 . Therefore, MM2 3a. This leads to a contradiction. Thus, the cube Φa0
does not have points outside the cube Φ2a.
If M00 (a, a, a) 2
= Φa0 , then since M00 is the center of the cube Φ2a and according to
problem 7.1.36а, it follows that a < 2a 2 . This leads to a contradiction.
Thus, M00 2 Φa0 . Hence all coordinates of point M0(a þ b, a þ c, a þ d ) are not
less than a and it belongs to the cube Φa.
(c) Denote the cubes with edges a, b and c by Φa, Φb and Φc respectively. Since the
cubes Φa and Φb do not have common points, then there exists a plane α, such
that these cubes are on the different sides of that plane. Since the cubes Φa and
Φb are on different sides of plane α, then consequently the cube Φc has vertices
on the both sides of plane α. Let A be the most distant vertex of Φc from plane α
and is in the half-space with a boundary α containing the cube Φa.
332 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
ra rb rc
þ þ ¼
a b c
S S S p ðpbÞðpcÞ ðpaÞðpcÞ ðpbÞðpaÞ
¼ þ þ ¼ þ þ
að
paÞ bðpbÞ cðpcÞ S a b c
p 1 1 1 pp p
ðpbþpcÞ2 þ ðpaþpcÞ2 þ ðpbþpcÞ2 ¼ ¼ :
S 4a 4b 4c S 2 2r
bc ac ab ðpaþpcÞðpaþpbÞ ðpbþpcÞðpaþpbÞ
þ þ ¼ þ þ
pa pb pc pa pb
ðpbþpcÞðpaþpcÞ ðpaÞðpbÞ ðpbÞðpcÞ ðpcÞðpaÞ
þ ¼ þ þ þ3p
pc pc pa pb
sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ðpaÞðpbÞ ðpbÞðpcÞ ðpaÞðpbÞ ðpcÞðpaÞ
þ þ
pc pa pc pb
sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ðpbÞðpcÞ ðpcÞðpaÞ
þ þ3p¼4p,
pa pb
since x2 þ y2 þ z2 xy þ yz þ zx.
334 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
(e) Since the triangle with sides ma, mb, mc has medians with the lengths 34 a, 34 b, 34 c
(see Figure 7.26).
3 3 3 pffiffi
a b c
Then, according to problem 7.1.37d, it follows that m4 a þ m4 b þ m4 c 3 2 3. Hence,
pffiffi
ffi
ma þ mb þ mc 2 3 .
a b c
Figure 7.26
a/2
ma 2
mc
ma 3 3
2 3
mb
3
7.2 Solutions 335
ma mb mc b þ c a þ c c b a c
þ þ < þ þ ¼ þ þ ¼
ha hb hc 2ha 2hb 2hc 2ha 2hb 2r
ab1 c 2R c
¼ þ ¼ þ :
2S 2r c 2r
pffiffiffi
Hence, ma 2 þ mb 2 þ mc 2 ðma mb Þ2 ðmb mc Þ2 ðma mc Þ2 3 3S.
Remark Using the fact that the triangle with sides 23 ma , 23 mb , 23 mc has the medians
a b c
2,2,2and the area S3, one can propose «new» problems arising from this problem.
For example, according to problem 4.1.8c, we have that ma mb c þ mb mc a
þmc ma b 94 abc, then the inequality abmc þ bcma þ acmb 4mambmc holds true.
(j) We have that
ra rb rc S S S 1 a b c
þ þ ¼ þ þ ¼ þ þ ¼
ha hb hc ðp aÞha ðp bÞhb ðp cÞhc 2 p a p b p c
1 pbþpc paþpc paþpb
¼ þ þ ¼
2 pa pb pc
1 pb pa 1 pb pc 1 pa pc
¼ þ þ þ þ þ 1 þ 1 þ 1 ¼ 3:
2 pa pb 2 pc pb 2 pc pa
336 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
Figure 7.27
B
b/2 OA
ra
A1 g/2
A C
α
(k) Note that BC ¼ CA1 þ A1B¼r a tg β2 þ tg 2γ ¼ r a cos 2
cos β2 cos 2γ
(see Figure 7.27).
α β
Hence, a
ra ¼ cos 2
cos 2 cos 2γ
β . Similarly, we get that b
rb ¼ cos 2
cos α2 cos 2γ
,
γ
c
rc ¼ cos 2
cos β2 cos α2
.
We have to prove that
2α 2β 2γ 2α 2β 2β 2γ 2α 2γ
3 cos þ cos þ cos 4 cos cos þ cos cos þ cos cos ,
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
or
3 cos α þ cos β þ cos γ
3 þ
2 2
ð1 þ cos αÞð1 þ cos βÞ þ ð1 þ cos βÞð1 þ cos γ Þ þ ð1 þ cos αÞð1 þ cos γ Þ,
this means that 3 cos α þ cos β þ cos γ þ 2(cos α cos β þ cos β cos γ þ cos γ cos α).
The last inequality is obtained according to problems 5.1.4a and 5.1.14.
β γ
a cos cos
(l) We have that ra ¼ 2 2
(see the proof of problem 7.1.37k).
cos α2 ¼ 4R sin α2 cos β2 cos 2γ
Similarly, r b ¼ 4R sin β2 cos α2 cos 2γ and r c ¼ 4R sin 2γ cos α2 cos β2. Therefore,
r 2a þ r 2b þ r 2c ¼
2α 2β 2γ 2β 2α 2γ 2γ 2α 2β
¼ 16R sin cos cos þ sin cos cos þ sin cos cos
2
¼
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
¼ 2R2 ðð1 cos αÞð1 þ cos βÞð1 þ cos γ Þ þ ð1 cos βÞð1 þ cos αÞð1 þ cos γ Þþ
þð1 cos γ Þð1 þ cos αÞð1 þ cos βÞÞ ¼ 2R2 ð3 þ cos α þ cos β þ cos γ
cos α cos β cos β cos γ cos γ cos α 3 cos α cos β cos ! γÞ ¼
2
R þ r r 2
þ p 2
4R 2
p 2
ð 2R þ r Þ
¼ 2R2 3 þ 3 ¼ ð4R þ r Þ2 2p2
R 4R2 4R2
hc 9r.
(n) We have that m2a þ m2b þ m2c ¼ 34 a2 þ b2 þ c2 ¼ 3R2 ðsin 2 α þ sin 2 β þ sin 2 γ Þ
27 2
4 R (see problem 5.1.1).
(o) Since (x þ y þ z)2 3x2 þ 3y2 þ 3z2, according to problem 7.1.37n ma þ mb þ
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
mc 3 m2a þ m2b þ m2c 4, 5R. Consequently, m1a þ m1b þ m1c ma þm9b þmc
¼ R2 . Hence, m1a þ m1b þ m1c R2 .
9
4, 5R
(p) We need to prove that ra þ rb þ rc ¼ 4R þ r. Indeed,
ra þ rb þ rc ¼
S S S S ð ð p a Þ ð p b Þ þ ð p b Þð p c Þ þ ð p c Þ ð p a ÞÞ
¼ þ þ ¼ ¼
pa pb pc ð p a Þ ð p b Þð p c Þ
Sðab þ bc þ ac p2 Þ Sðr2 þ 4rRÞ
¼ ¼ ,
ð p a Þ ð p b Þð p c Þ ð p a Þ ð p b Þð p c Þ
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
(r) We have that la pðp aÞ (see the proof of problem 7.1.37h). Hence,
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2 pðpaÞðpbÞðpcÞ
hc ¼ 2S c ¼ c 2la ðpb
c
Þ
la .
(s) Let point A1 be on segment BC and straight line AA1 intersect the circumcircle of
triangle ABC (for the second time) at point A2. Then, AA1 A1A2 ¼ BA1 A1C and
A1A2 ¼ AA2 AA1 2R AA1. Consequently, BA1 A1C AA1(2R AA1).
Thus,
AA21 þ BA1 A1 C ∗
AA1 ð Þ
2R
One can easily prove that, if AA1 ¼ la, AA21 þ BA1 A1 C ¼ bc, then la 2R
bc
.
338 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
Figure 7.28 A
B1
B A1 C
A⬘
pffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
We have that la ¼ 2bþcbc pðp aÞ, 2Rr ¼ abc 2S P ¼ aþbþc to prove the inequal-
S abc
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffi ffi p ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffi
ity la 2pbcffiffiffiffiffi
2Rr
ffi ¼ 12 bc
a 2p , we have to prove that 4 a ð p a Þ ðb þ c Þ 2,
or (b þ c 2a)2 0.
(t) According to (*) (see the proof of problem 7.1.37s), when AA1 ¼ ma, we obtain
2 2 2 2
m 2 þa m2 þm2 þm2 þa þb þc
¼ a þb2Rþc .
2 2 2
that ma a2R 4 . Hence, ma þ mb þ mc a b 2R c 4 4 4
0
(u) Let GA1 ¼ A1A (see Figure 7.28), then using the inequality in problem 7.1.37t
4
ðm2 þm2 þm2 Þ
for triangle BGA0 , we deduce that a2 þ b2 þ 2c 9 2maa 2mbb2mc c .
3 3 3
2SBGA0
(v) We shall prove that if a, b, c 0, then (a þ b)(b þ c)(a þ c)(a þ b þ c)2 24abc
(a2 þ b2 þ c2).
Indeed, without loss of generality, we can assume that a þ b þ c ¼ 1 and c 13.
Then, we have to prove that (1 a)(1 b)(1 c) 24abc(1 2ab 2bc
2ac), or
4
In the case of x0 x2 x1, we have that x20 x1 x2 . Hence, ð1c Þ
16 48 .
1c
Consequently,
abcp2 24ðp aÞðp bÞðp cÞ ðp aÞ2 þ ðp bÞ2 þ ðp cÞ2 ,
S2
4RSp2 24 ðp aÞ2 þ ðp bÞ2 þ ðp cÞ2 ,
p
Rp 2r 3 ðp aÞ2 þ ðp bÞ2 þ ðp cÞ2 ,
2
Rp2 2r ðp a þ p b þ p cÞ2 þ ððp aÞ ðp bÞÞ2 þ
þððp bÞ ðp cÞÞ2 þ ððp aÞ ðp cÞÞ2 :
2 2 2
2r p ða bÞ þ ðb cÞ þ ðc aÞ .
Hence, we obtain that R2r 2
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
(w) We have that la pðp aÞ ¼ r b r c (see the proof of problem 7.1.37h). Note
2
ðbþc4Þ a ¼ pðp aÞ ¼ r b r c . Hence,
2
that m2a ¼ 2b þ2c a2
2 2
4
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ma mb þ mb mc þ mc ma r b r c r c r a þ r a r c r b r a þ r a r b r b r c ¼
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
¼ r c r a r b þ r a r b r c þ r b r a r c r c lc þ r a la þ r b lb :
2 2 2 pffiffiffi
2 2 2 pffiffiffi 3ma 3mb 3mc 1 1 1 3
ma þ mb þ mc 3 3 : Thus, þ þ :
3 3 3 S ma mb mb mc mc ma S
4
3
2R
2
> ð2RþrÞ 2R
þ4Rrþr 2
> 2R þ 4r (see problem 5.5.7a).
(af) We have that (see the proof of problem 7.1.37q)
pffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffi 2 bc α pffiffiffiffiffi 2 ac β pffiffiffiffiffi 2 ab γ
la þ lb þ lc ¼ bc cos þ ac cos þ ab cos
b þ c 2 a þ c 2 a þ b 2
sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi 2bc 2ac 2ab
ab þ bc þ ac ð1 þ cos αÞ þ ð1 þ cos βÞ þ ð1 þ cos γ Þ ¼
ðb þ c Þ2 ða þ cÞ2 ða þ b Þ2
sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi a2 b2 c2
¼ ab þ bc þ ac 3
ðb þ cÞ ða þ cÞ ða þ cÞ2
2 2
sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi 1 a b c 3pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ab þ bc þ ac 3 þ þ ab þ bc þ ac
3 bþc aþc aþc 2
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ð1þxA Þ 3 pffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
x þ y þ z 3 3 xyz, for x, y, z 0. Similarly, xB
3
3 1þxB Þð1þxC Þð1þxD Þ, as
qðffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
3
q ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ffi
ð1þxC Þ3 ð1þxD Þ3
3 ð1þxA Þðð1þx BÞ
3 3 3
1þxC Þð1þxD Þ , x C 3 ð1þxA Þð1þxB Þð1þxD Þ , xD 3 ð1þxA Þð1þxB Þð1þxC Þ.
Multiplying these four inequalities, we deduce that xAxBxCxD 81. Hence, it
follows that MA MB MC MD 81MA1 MB1 MC1 MD1.
(b) Consider a plane α, passing through point M and perpendicular to segment DM.
Then it is clear that plane α intersects at least one of the edges DA, DB, DC,
otherwise we obtain that point M is outside of the tetrahedron ABCD. Let DB be
that edge, then we have that ∠BMD > π2. Consequently, ∠BMD > ∠MDB.
Thus, it follows that BD > BM.
(c) Let the straight line DM and the face ABC intersect at point D1. Let lines AD1
and BC intersect at point D2. Then, we have that DM < DD1 < max (AD, DD2)
and DD2 < max (BD, CD).
Thus, it follows that DM < max (AD, BD, CD).
(d) According to the problem 7.1.38a, without loss of generality, we can assume
DM 3D1M. Consider a plane passing through point M and parallel to plane
ABC. Let A2, B2, C2 be the intersection points of that plane with the edges AD,
BD, CD, respectively. Let also max(A2D, B2D, C2D) ¼ A2D, then according to
the triangle inequality and the problem 7.1.38c), we deduce that
f ðMÞ < ð1 αÞf ðM1 Þ þ αf ðM2 Þ maxðf ðM1 Þ; f ðM2 ÞÞ: ð7:15Þ
342 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
Figure 7.29 P0 P l1
A A1 B1 B l
P P
a-j
j a j
l l
A H B A B H
а) b)
Figure 7.30
Figure 7.31 A
Q⬘
Q R
P C⬘
C D B
Note that ΔPQC ¼ ΔPQ0 C0 , hence ∠PC0 B ¼ π ∠PCQ > ∠PBC0 . Thus, it
follows that PB > PC0 ¼ PC.
Since ∠BPR ¼ ∠CPQ ¼ ∠C0 PQ0 , then ∠RPQ0 ¼ ∠BPC0 .
0
According to problem 7.1.39b, we have that PB PC0 > BC0 B0 C0 , where B0
0 0 0
, C0 2 AB and ∠B0PC0 0 ¼ ∠BPC0 , ∠PB0 C0 ¼ ∠PC 0 B0 . Moreover, according to
problem 7.1.39a, it follows that Q0 R B0 C00 . Hence PB PC0 > BC0 Q0 R. This
means that PB PC > BR QC since BC0 Q0 R ¼ BR Q0 C0 ¼ BR QC.
We have to prove that BR > QC. We have that ρ(P, AC) ¼ ρ(P, AB)
BR
Hence QC ¼ SSPQC
PBR
¼ PQPC
PRPB
. Since AB > AC, then hc < hb. Note that hc ¼ CPþPR
PR
ρðP; ABÞ and hb ¼ PBþPQ PQ ρðP; ACÞ. Thus,
CPþPR
PR < PBþPQ
PQ , consequently
CP PQ < PR PB. Therefore, BR > QC.
7.1.41. (a) If P belongs to the altitude AH, then |∠PAB ∠PAC| ¼
0 ¼ |∠PBC ∠PCB|. Otherwise consider points P0 and P symmetric to each
other with respect to the straight line AH (Figure 7.32).
Note that |∠PAB ∠PAC| ¼ ∠PAP0 and |∠PBC ∠PCB| ¼ ∠PCP0 ¼
∠PRP0 . Hence, we have to prove that RE AE.
_
Since ∠BP0 C þ ∠BRC ¼ 180 , ∠BN0 C þ ∠BSC ¼ 180 and ∠BP0 C ¼ BRC2
> ∠BN 0 C, then ∠BRC < ∠BSC. Thus, it follows that RE > SE.
We need to prove that SE AE. This means that SN0 N0 A ¼ NN0 .
_
_ _
Let ∠NBN0 ¼ α. Since α 60 and SBN 0 ¼ 180 α, N 0 QN ¼ 2α, then SBN 0
_
N 0 QN. Consequently, SN0 NN0 .
(a) Let ∠PBC ¼ β ∠PCB ¼ γ, then PC PB. Therefore P is inside of the triangle
ABH, where AH is the altitude of triangle ABC.
Consequently, ∠PAC ¼ 30 þ α, ∠PAB ¼ 30 α, where 0 α 30 .
We have to prove that β γ arcsin (2 sin α) α 2α, or sin(β γ þ α)
2 sin α sin 3α.
Note that sin3α sin α ¼ 2 sin α cos 2α sin α, since 0 2α 60 .
We have to prove that sin(β γ) cos α þ cos (β γ) sin α 2 sin α, or
tgα 2sincosðβγ Þ
ðβγ Þ.
344 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
Figure 7.32
pffiffi pffiffi
ffiffi ¼ pffiffi ð 3 cos β sin βÞ sin γ
Thus, 1p3 tgα
. Hence, we deduce that tgα ¼
1þ 3tgα ð 3 cos γ sin γÞ sin β
sin ðβγ Þ
pffiffi .
3 sin ðβþγ Þ2 sin β sin γ
sin ðβγ Þ pffiffiffi
We have to prove that pffiffi3 sin ðβþγ Þ2 β γ
2sincosðβγ Þ
ðβγ Þ or 2 cos ðβ γ Þ 3
pffiffi sin sin
sin ðβ þ γ Þ 2 sin β sin γ, 1 2 sin ðβ þ γ Þ þ 2 cos ðβ þ γ Þ, 1 sin (β þ γ þ 30 ).
3 1 0
h h0 0 h h0 0 0
0 þ
cc0 ¼ sin γ sin γ þ sin β sin β sin γ cos β þ cos γ
a a a a
7.1.42. We have that bb
sin β0 ¼ sin ðγ þ β0 Þ 1, as γ 0 90 β0 and β 90 γ. Thus, ha1h0 bb1 0 þ cc1 0 .
a
Figure 7.33
E
d
P g C
B b
d
Q
a c
b
A D a F
Since γ þ δ, α þ β 2 0; π2 , then π2 < γ þ δ α β < π2.
Thus, it is sufficient to prove that 0 tg(γ þ δ α β) < 1.
Let AB ¼ 1, we have that
tg ðγ þ δÞ tg ðα þ βÞ aþd
bþc
tg ðγ þ δ α βÞ ¼ ¼ 1adaþd 1bc :
1 þ tg ðγ þ δÞtg ðα þ βÞ 1 þ 1ad 1bc
bþc
(γ þ δ α β) < 1.
If b þ c < 1, then a þ d ¼ cð1c1bÞ
þ bð1b
1cÞ
< 1c
c
þ 1b
b
< 1cb
c
þ 1cb
b
, hence
a þ d (a þ d)(c þ b) < c þ b. Consequently, tg ðγ þ δ α βÞ < ðaþdÞðbþcÞ < 1.
aþdbc
Figure 7.34 A
C O B
2 Rr
2 R R
Figure 7.36 C
D A
K
B E
Figure 7.37 C
D
N
E
Note that
2SAMC 2SCMB S S
sin ∠CAM þ sin ∠CBM ¼ þ ¼ þ ¼
AC BM BC m2 a b 2 mb a
AM
1 a b 1 a b 1 a þb
¼ þ sin γ ¼ pffiffiffi þ sin γ ¼ pffiffiffi sin γ:
2 ma mb 3 b a 3 ab
Since 2c2 ¼ a2 þ b2, then according to the law of cosines, we deduce that
a2 þb2
ab ¼ 4 cos γ. Thus, sin ∠CAM þ sin ∠CBM ¼ p2ffiffi3 sin 2γ. Hence, sin ∠CAMþ
sin ∠CBM p2ffiffi3.
(b) Consider two circles passing through points M and C and touching the straight
line AB at points B1 and A1, where point B1 belongs to ray KB, and K is the point
of intersection of lines CM and AB.
Since KB21 ¼ KM KC ¼ KA21 and MK CM
¼ 2, then point M is the orthocenter of
triangle CA1B1. We have that ∠CBM ∠CB1M and ∠CAM ∠CA1M.
If ∠CB1M > 90 , then let us consider points E and N on segment A1M, such that
ME ¼ EN ¼ 18 MA1 . Then, NP k B1C, where P is the intersection point of lines B1M
and A1C.
We have that ∠MPN ¼ ∠MB1C > 90 ; consequently point P is inside of the
circle with a diameter MN. Hence EP < 12 MN. According to the law of sines,
sin ∠MA1 C ¼ EP sinA1∠A
E
1 PE
AEP
1E
< 2A
MN
1E
¼ 17. Hence, it follows that sin ∠CBM þ sin
∠CAM 1þ sin ∠CA1 M < 87 < p2ffiffi3, since ∠CAM ∠CA1M < 90 .
It remains to consider the case when ∠CB1M 90 and ∠CA1M 90 .
According to problem 7.1.46a, it follows that sin ∠CAM þ sin ∠CBM
sin ∠CA1 M þ sin ∠CB1 M p2ffiffi3.
Second Solution We have that sin ∠CAM þ sin ∠CBM ¼ mSa b þ mSb a.
abma mb
We have to prove that S pffiffi pffiffi .
2
3
b m a þ 2
3
a m b
x2 þ y2 pffiffi pffiffi
Since xy , then 23 b ma þ 23 a mb
2
1 3 2 1 3 2 a2 þ b2 þ c2
b þ m2a þ a þ m2b ¼ : Hence, it is sufficient to
2 4 2 4 2
2 þb2 þc2 , or (a þ b þ c ) sin γ 4mamb.
prove that S a2abm a mb 2 2 2
348 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ffi
We have that 4ma mb ¼ 2 2c2 a2 b2 c2 þ a2 þ b2 þ 9a2 b2 .
Denote by c2 ¼ x, ab cos γ ¼ y. Then we have to prove that
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ffi
9y2
2ðx þ yÞ sin γ 2ðx 2yÞð2x þ 2yÞ þ cos 2 γ , or
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi 2
98cos 2 γsin 2 2γ
2 cos γx cos γ y 0, since
2
9 8cos 2 γ sin 2 2γ ¼ 9 8 1 sin 2 γ 4sin 2 γ 1 sin 2 γ ¼ 1 þ 2sin 2 γ :
7.1.47. Let the numbers a, b, c and m, n correspond in the complex plane to the
vertices of triangle ABC and points M, N respectively. Then, we have to prove that
jmajjnaj jmbjjnbj jmcjjncj
jbajjcaj þ jabjjcbj þ jacjjbcj 1.
Note that
thus
7.2 Solutions 349
Let for n ¼ k the statement holds true. Let us prove that the statement holds true
also for n ¼ k þ 1.
Consider the expression pðzÞ ¼ ððab21a
a1 Þ:::ðbk1 a1 Þðza1 Þ
1 Þ:::ðak a1 Þðakþ1 a1 Þ
þ :::þ
ðb1 akþ1 Þ:::ðbk1 akþ1 Þðzakþ1 Þ
ða1 akþ1 Þ:::ðak1 akþ1 Þðak akþ1 Þ.
It has a form of Az þ B, for the value z ¼ a1. We have that
pða1 Þ ¼ ððba13 a 2 Þ:::ðbk1 a2 Þ ðb1 akþ1 Þ:::ðbk1 akþ1 Þ
a2 Þ:::ðakþ1 a2 Þ þ ::: þ ða2 akþ1 Þ:::ðak akþ1 Þ ¼ 1, since for numbers a2,
a3, . . . , ak þ 1 and b1, . . . , bk 1 the statement holds true (n ¼ k). Similarly, we
obtain that p(a2) ¼ 1, Thus Aa1 þ B ¼ 1 and Aa2 þ B ¼ 1.
Hence, A ¼ 0 and B ¼ 1, then p(bk) ¼ 1.
For the numbers z1, . . . , zn one can easily prove that |z1| þ . . . þ |zn| |
z1 þ ... þ zn| (see the proof of problem 7.1.47); hence from the equality (*), we
obtain the given inequality.
7.1.49. Let numbers a1, a2, . . . , an and b1, b2, . . . , bn 2 correspond in the complex
plane to points A1, . . . , An and B1, . . . , Bn 2 respectively.
By mathematical induction we need to prove that
b1 a1 b1 a2 b1 a3
þ þ ¼
ða2 a1 Þða3 a1 Þ ða1 a2 Þða3 a2 Þ ða1 a3 Þða2 a3 Þ
b1 ða3 a2 þ a1 a3 þ a2 a1 Þ a1 ða3 a2 Þ a2 ða1 a3 Þ a3 ða2 a1 Þ
¼ ¼ 0:
ða1 a2 Þða2 a3 Þða3 a1 Þ
B
B1
H - image M
M1
A1 C1
A C
Figure 7.38
7.2 Solutions 351
We have that
MA ¼ M1 B1 M1 C1 , MB ¼ M1 A1 M1 C1 , MC ¼ M1 A1 M1 B1 , AB ¼ M1 C1 A1 B1 ,
BC ¼ B1 C1 M1 A1 , AC ¼ M1 B1 A1 C1
Note that
where the equality holds true, if A1M1 ⊥ B1C1, B1M1 ⊥ A1C1, C1M1 ⊥ A1B1. Then,
∠MAB ¼ ∠M1B1A1 ¼ ∠M1 C1A1 ¼ ∠MAC. Similarly, we obtain that
∠MBA ¼ ∠MBC and ∠MCB ¼ ∠MCA. This means that point M coincides with
the incenter of triangle ABC.
This ends the proof.
7.1.51. There are two possible cases (Figure 7.39a, b).
!
!
!
!
!
!
Let us construct vectors OX ¼ MM1 , OY ¼ NN 1 and OZ ¼ PP 1 (Figure 7.40).
We need to prove that triangle XYZ is equilateral. Denote by R60 ~a the image of
a obtained by rotation by an angle of 60 . Note that
the vector ~
N b
M1 B
N1 b M
N1 M1
N
M
a g a g
A P P1 C A P P1 C
а) b)
Figure 7.39
352 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
Figure 7.40 X
Y
1800-g
1800-b
O Z O a Z 1800-b
g
1800-a
Y X
a b
!
!
!
!
!
R60 XY ¼ R60 OY OX ¼ ¼ R60 NN 1 MM1 ¼
!
!
!
!
!
!
¼ R60 NM N 1 M1 ¼ ¼ R60 NM R60 N 1 M 1 ¼ PM P1 M1 ¼
!
!
!
!
!
¼ PP 1 MM1 ¼ OZ OX ¼ XZ ,
!
!
hence R60 XY ¼ XZ . Consequently, triangle XYZ is equilateral.
In case (a), according to problem 1.1.11а, one can construct a triangle using
segments OX ¼ MM1, OY ¼ NN1 and OZ ¼ PP1.
In case (b), according to problem 1.2.9, one cannot construct a triangle using
segments OX, OY and OZ only if points O, X, Y, Z are on the same circumference,
and in the last case, we obtain that α ¼ β ¼ γ ¼ 60 . Let K and K1 be the centers of
circumcircles of triangles MNP and M1N1P1 respectively. Since β ¼ 60 , NKM d ¼
120 and NK ¼ KM, then point K is on the bisector of the angle B. Similarly, we need
to prove that point K is on the bisector of angle A. Hence point K is the incenter of
triangle ABC. The same is true also for point K1, because points K and K1 coincide.
But then we have the result from the case (a). This leads to a contradiction.
Remark See problem 7.1.9.
7.1.52. According to problem 7.1.43, it follows that ∠ECF 135 .
Therefore γ þ δ 45 (see the solution of this
pffiffiproblem).
ffi We have that AE þ AF
γþδ π
¼ 2 þ tgγ þ tgδ 2 þ 2tg 2 2 þ 2tg 8 ¼ 2 2 (see the proof of problem
5.2.2а).
a2i
7.1.53. Note that bi¼ ai b1i ¼ sin ∠Aaiiþ1 Ai A ¼ 2R aaiþ1i (an þ 1 ¼ a1), i ¼ 1, 2, . . . , n.
ai
a2 a2
Hence, b11 þ ::: þ bnn ¼ 2R aa12 þ aa23 þ ::: þ aan1 þ aan1 . According to Cauchy’s inequal-
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
n
a21 a22
ity, a1
a2 þ a2
a3 þ ::: þ an1
an þ an
a1 n a2 a3 ::: an a1 ¼ n. Thus,
n a1 a2 an1 an
b1 þ b2 þ :::þ
a2n
bn 2nR.
AB sin φ
7.1.54. (a) Let ∠ABM ¼ ∠MBN ¼ ∠NBC ¼ φ. We have that MC AM
¼ SSMBC
ABM
¼ BC sin 2φ.
BC sin φ
Similarly, we deduce that CN
AN ¼ AB sin 2φ . Thus, 4AMNC
ANCM ¼ 1
cos 2 φ > 1. Hence,
4AM NC > AN CM.
7.2 Solutions 353
(b) Denote the points symmetric to points B and C with respect to the straight lines
AC and AB by B1 and C1 respectively. We have that BN ¼ B1N and CM ¼ C1M.
Consequently BN þ MN þ CM ¼ B1N þ MN þ C1M B1C1.
We need to prove that B1C1 2BC, then BN þ MN þ CM 2BC.
Let AB ¼ c, AC ¼ b, BC ¼ a, ∠A ¼ α, ∠B ¼ β, ∠C ¼ γ, and R be the
circumradius of triangle ABC. Then cos ∠B1AC1 ¼ cos 3α and AB1 ¼ c, AC1 ¼ b.
According to the law of cosines, we have that b2 þ c2 a2 ¼ 2bc cos α; then
(b þ c2 a2)sin2α ¼ bc sin α sin 2α.
2
Therefore, 4(b2 þ c2 a2)sin2α ¼ 2bc
cos α 2bc cos 3α, Thus
4 b2 þ c2 a2 sin 2 α 3a2 ¼ B1 C21 4a2 ð7:16Þ
pffiffi pffiffiffi
Since a ¼ 2R sin α and maxðb; cÞ ¼ 2Rmaxð sin β; sin γ Þ 2R 23 ¼ R 3, we
have that b2 þ c2 a2 3R2 0. Then, from (7.2), we deduce that B1C1 2a.
7.1.55. Denote by OA ¼ x, OB ¼ y, OC ¼ z, OD ¼ t and ∠AOB ¼ α. Note that
Sa x Sd Sb y Sa
¼ ¼ , ¼ ¼ ð7:17Þ
Sb z Sc Sc t Sd
According to (7.3), we deduce that
Sa Sc ¼ Sb Sd ð7:18Þ
and
1 1 1 1 1 xþyþa zþtþc yþzþb xþtþd
þ ¼ þ ¼
ra rc rb rd 2 Sa Sc Sb Sd
1 x z y t z x t y a c b d
¼ þ þ þ þ þ ¼
2 Sa Sb Sa Sd Sc Sd Sc Sb Sa Sc Sb Sd
1 a c b d
¼ 0þ0þ0þ0þ þ
2 Sa Sc Sb Sd
Then from (7.4), (7.5), and (7.6), we obtain the proof of the case (a).
By using the law of cosines, we deduce that
354 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
a2 ¼ x2 þ y2 4Sa ctgα,
b2 ¼ y2 þ z2 þ 4Sb ctgα,
ð7:21Þ
c2 ¼ z2 þ t2 4Sc ctgα,
d2 ¼ x2 þ t2 þ 4Sd ctgα
Consequently,
We have that
2 2
Sa Sc a
Sa þ Scc Sb Sd b
Sb þ Sdd ¼
a2 c2 b2 d2
¼ Sc þ Sa Sd Sb þ 2ac 2bd ¼
Sa Sc Sb Sd
x2 þ y2 4Sa ctgα z2 þ t2 4Sc ctgα y2 þ z2 þ 4Sb ctgα
¼ Sc þ Sa Sd
Sa Sc Sb
2 2 2 2
x2 þ t2 þ 4Sd ctgα x Sc z2 S2d y Sc t2 S2b
Sb þ 2ac 2bd ¼ þ þ
Sd Sa Sc Sd Sb Sa Sc Sb Sd
2 2 2 2
z Sa x2 S2b t Sa y2 S2d
þ þ ð4Sc þ 4Sa þ 4Sd þ 4Sb Þctgα þ 2ac 2bd ¼
Sa Sc Sb Sd Sa Sc Sb Sd
¼ 0 þ 0 þ 0 þ 0 þ a2 þ c2 b2 d 2 þ 2ac 2bd ¼ ða þ cÞ2 ðb þ d Þ2
22
We obtain that Sa Sc Sb Sd Sbb þ Sdd ¼ ða þ cÞ2 ðb þ dÞ2 .
a
Sa þ Scc
2 2
Þ2 ðbþdÞ2
According to (7.4), we have that Saa þ Scc Sbb þ Sdd ¼ ðaþc
Sa Sc Sb Sd .
(b) Denote by OA1 ¼ x1, OB1 ¼ y1, OC1 ¼ z1 and OD1 ¼ t1 (Figure 7.41).
α π α
Since 2 ¼ ∠I a OB1 ¼ ∠I c OD1 and 2 2 ¼ ∠I b OC1 ¼ ∠I d OA1 , then
ΔIaOB1 ΔIcOD1 ΔIbOC1 ΔIdOA1. Thus,
Figure 7.41 b C
B Ib
B1 rb
ra C1
a A1 O rc Ic c
Ia
rd D1
A Id
D
7.2 Solutions 355
t1 r c
x 1 y1 ¼ r a r d , y1 z1 ¼ r a r b , ¼ ð7:23Þ
y1 r a
y1 < ra rb rd
rc .
b OI d
OI a OI c ¼ y t1 ¼ r c y2 > 1. Hence OIb OId > OIa OIc.
Note that OI rb rd ra rb rd
1 1
If we draw a circle through points Ia, Ib, Id, then according to the last inequality,
point Ic is inside of that circle. Thus ∠IdIaIb þ ∠IdIcIb > π.
7.1.56. Since ∠D1C1D2 ¼ ∠D1B1D2, then points D1, C1, B1 , and D2 (Figure 7.42)
are located on the same circumference. Hence, ∠C1D1B1 ¼ ∠C1D2B1 ¼ ∠C2D2B2.
Similarly, we find that ∠C2D2B2 ¼ ∠C2D3B2 and so on.
Denote by φ ¼ ∠C1D1B1 ¼ ∠C1D2B1 ¼ ∠C2D2B2 ¼ ∠C2D3B2 ¼ . . . ¼
∠CnD1Bn.
According to the law of sines, we have that Dsin1 Dβ2 ¼ 2R1 ¼ Bsin
1 C1
φ, where R1 is the
1
circumradius of the quadrilateral D1C1B1D2. Consequently, B1C1 sin β1 ¼
D1D2 sin φ. Similarly, we obtain that B2C2 sin β2 ¼ D3D2 sin φ and,
BnCn sin βn ¼ DnD1 sin φ.
Thus, we have that
A3 C3 B3
B2 D3
C2
D2
A2
B1
C1
D1 Dn
A1 Bn Cn An
Figure 7.42
356 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
B1 C1 sin β1 þ ::: þ Bn1 Cn1 sin βn1 ¼ D1 D2 sin φ þ D2 D3 sin φ þ ::: þ Dn1 Dn sin φ >
> D1 Dn sin φ ¼ Bn Cn sin βn :
a1 þ b1 a2 þ b2 a3 þ b3 a1 þ b1 a2 þ b2 a3 þ b3
a1 a2 a3 b1 ba2 ba3
þ þ þ þ
a þ b1 a2 þ b2 a3 þ b3 a1 þ b1 a2 þ b2 a3 þ b3
1 þ ¼ 1:
3 3
Hence,
p ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
3
ða1 þ b1 Þða2 þ b2 Þða3 þ b3 Þ 3 a1 a2 a3 þ 3 b1 b2 b3 : ð7:24Þ
7.1.58. Denote by ∠PBC ¼ α1, ∠APC ¼ β1, ∠APB ¼ γ 1. Let R1 be the radius of the
circumference passing through points P, B, A0 and C. According to the law of sines,
sin γ 1 sin β1
we have that BA0 þ A0 C ¼ 2R1 ð sin ðπ γ 1 Þ þ sin ðπ β1 ÞÞ ¼ a sin α1 þ a sin α1 .
sin γ 1 sin α1
Similarly, we deuce that AB0 þ B0 C ¼ b sin β þ b sin β and
1 1
α1 sin β1
A0 C þ C0 B ¼ c sin
sin γ þ c sin γ . Hence, it follows that
1 1
7.2 Solutions 357
Figure 7.43 A
L K E
O
B C
2xyzðxðx yÞðx zÞ þ yðy zÞðy xÞ þ zðz xÞðz yÞÞ þ xyðx2 þ xy þ y2 Þðx yÞ2 þ
2
þyzðy2 þ yz þ z2 Þðy zÞ2 þ xzðx2 þ xz þ z2 Þðx zÞ2 þ 3xyðx2 y2 Þ þ
2 2
þ3yzðy2 z2 Þ þ 3xzðx2 z2 Þ 0:
1 1
¼ ðctgαctgβ þ ctgβctgγ þ ctgγctgαÞ 2
þ þ
ðctgα þ ctgβÞ ðctgβ þ ctgγ Þ2
! !
1 1 1 1 9
þ ¼ ðxy þ yz þ xzÞ þ þ :
ðctgγ þ ctgαÞ2 ðx þ yÞ2 ðy þ zÞ2 ðx þ zÞ2 4
h2 h2 h2
Therefore, aa2 þ bb2 þ c2c 94.
Remark Another proof of the inequality (7.25) can be obtained from
problem 5.5.10c.
pffiffiffi
(b) Let a b c, then we have to prove that 2 3S pa, or 3( p a)(a2
(b c)2) pa2, 3(b þ c a)(a2 (b c)2) (a þ b þ c)a2.
Let a ¼ 1, c ¼ b þ x, then p
from
ffiffi
ffi conditions a2 þ b2 c2, we obtain that 1 x2
þ 2bx x2 þ 2x. Hence, x 2 1.
We have to prove that 3(2b þ x 1)(1 x2) 1 þ 2b þ x, b(4 6x2)
4 2x 3x2 þ 3x3.
We have that b(4 6x2) 4 6x2 4 2x 3x2 þ 3x3.
Let a < b. (If a ¼ b, then this distance is equal to zero, and
7.1.61.pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
aþb
2 pðp cÞ > aþb 2
pþpc
2 ¼ 0.)
γ
þða sin γ Þ
We have that ρðM; lÞ ¼ b sin 2 2 2 (see Figure 7.44).
Figure 7.44 y
C
g g
2 2
a b
B
х
M
l
A
7.2 Solutions 359
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1 cos γ ðpaÞðpbÞ
Therefore, ρðM; lÞ ¼ ba
2 2 ¼ ¼ ba
2 ab . Note that
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ðb aÞ ðp aÞðp bÞ 1 p2 pða þ bÞ þ ab
¼ ða þ bÞ2 4ab ¼
2 ab 2 ab
vffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
!
u
1u ða þ b Þ 2
ð p 2
þ p ð a þ b Þ Þ
¼ tða þ bÞ þ 4pða þ bÞ 4p2
2
þ 4ab
2 ab
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1
ða þ bÞ2 þ 4pða þ bÞ 4p2 4ða þ bÞ pða þ bÞ p2 ¼
2
a þ b pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi2 a þ b pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
¼ pð a þ bÞ p ¼ pð p c Þ :
2 2
pffiffiffiffi
Remark The equality holds true when cos 2γ ¼ 2aþb ab
.
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi2ffi
7.1.62. We have that mc ¼ 2a þ2b c2
¼ pðp cÞ þ ððpaÞ4ðpbÞÞ and we have
2 2
4
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2 qffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffi
to prove that A ¼ p þ4
pc 1 pa
p p
pb
þ pa p þ p
pb
3.
qffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffi
Denote by pa
p ¼ x þ t, pb
p ¼ x t ; then 2x ¼ p þ
pa pb
p
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
qffiffiffiffi pffiffiffi pffiffi
2 p þ p ¼ 2c
pa pb
p < 2. Consequently, 0 < x < 22 and
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1 2
A ¼ 1 ðx þ tÞ2 ðx tÞ2 þ ðx þ tÞ2 ðx tÞ2 þ 2x ¼
4
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffi
¼ 1 2x 2ð1 2x Þt þ 2x 1 2x2 þ 2x 3,
2 2 2
pffiffiffi 2
since 1 2x2 3 2x .
pffiffiffi 2
This means that 3x 1 0.
BE
7.1.63. Figure 7.45 is correct since EM ¼ AM
AB
< AM
BC
¼ CM
BC
¼ FM
BF BE
or EM þ 1 < FM
BF
þ 1,
FM < EM.
Figure 7.45 B
E
I
F
A M C
360 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
Figure 7.46 B
E
N H F
A M C
B B
B
E
K E=F
F F К
E
A M C A M C A M C
I II III
Figure 7.47
7.2 Solutions 361
AL
LP ¼ ABAC
BLLC 1 ðBLþLC
4ABAC
Þ2
1 ¼ 4ABAC
BC2
1.
Figure 7.48 B A1
P1
P
A C
O
P2
B1
362 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
BM
Similarly, we deduce that QM 4ABBC
AC2
1 and CN
RN AB2 1.
4ACBC
LP þ QM þ RN 9.
Hence AL BM CN
Note that the equality holds true, only if BL ¼ LC, AM ¼ CM, AN ¼ BN and
ABAC
BC2
¼ ABBC
AC2
¼ ACBC
AB2
. This means that, triangle ABC is equilateral.
See also problem 7.1.5.
2π ðn1Þ
7.1.69. (a) Let z1 ¼ 1, z2 ¼ cos 2π n þ i sin n , :::, zn ¼ cos
2π
n þ i sin 2π ðn1
n
Þ
cor-
respond in the complex plane to the vertices of the regular n-gon A1A2 . . . An. Then,
the numbers z1, . . . , zn are the roots of the polynomial zn 1so that zn 1 ¼
(z z1) . . . (z zn). For points M(z) we have that z 2 R and z > 1; consequently,
P
n qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
According to Cauchy’s inequality, we have that 1
MAi n n MA
1
1
MA 1
2
::: MA 1
n
.
i¼1
P
n P
n
Thus 1
MAi n pn ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1
MA1 :::MAn
ffi ¼ pn ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
n
MOn 1
> n
MO, consequently 1
MAi > MO
n
.
i¼1 i¼1
(b) We have that ∠Ai MAiþ1 ¼ αi > [Ai2Aiþ1 ¼ πn , i ¼ 1, 2, :::, n, Anþ1 A1 and
α1 þ α2 þ . . . þ αn ¼ 2π.
Let us prove that, if πn < αi < π, i ¼ 1, 2, :::, n and α1 þ α2 þ . . . þ αn ¼ 2π, then
π
sin α1 þ sin α2 þ ::: þ sin αn > sin 2π n þ ðn 2Þ sin n :
π π
Note that, if α > n , β > n and α þ β < 2π, then
π π
sin α þ sin β > sin þ sin α þ β :
n n
Let αn ¼ max (α1, α2, ..., αn). Thus, it follows that sinα1 þ sin α2 þ :::þ
sin αn1 > ðn 2Þ sin πn þ sin α1 þ α2 þ ::: þ αn1 ðn 2Þπn :
It is sufficient to note that sin α1 þ α2 þ ::: þ αn1 ðn 2Þπn þ sin αn sin
n þ sin π ¼ sin n : sin α1 þ sin α2 þ :::þ
2π 2π
Hence, we obtain that
sin αn > sin n þ ðn 2Þ sin πn :
2π
B
B P
P1 U P1
U
P
M M
j
N j N
b Q1 b
a a Q V
A V Q A Q1
l l
a b
Figure 7.49
Consider Figure 7.49a. If QQ1 PP1, then PQ P1Q1 UV. Hence, PQ UV.
Applying the law of sines to triangles VQQ1 and UPP1 , we obtain that
0 0 0
α0n¼ ∠M
0Let 0
n An Cn , βn ¼ ∠Mn Bn A, γ n ¼ ∠Mn Cn Bn . Since the ðαn Þ, ðβn Þ, ðγ n Þ,
αn , βn , γ n sequences are bounded, then without loss of Generality, one can
assume that they are convergent. Let lim αn ¼ α, lim βn ¼ β, lim γ n ¼ γ,
n!1 n!1 n!1
lim α0 ¼ α0 , lim β0n ¼ β0 lim γ 0n ¼ γ 0 . Then, we have that α þ α0 þ β þ β0 þ γ þ γ 0
n!1 n n!1 n!1
¼ lim αn þ α0n þ βn þ β0n þ γ n þ γ 0n ¼ π and a ¼ lim ðαn βn γ n Þ ¼ αβγ, hence
n!1 n!1
α, β, γ > 0.
According to the law of sines we have that,
Hence,
Thus α0 , β0 , γ 0 > 0.
Now, consider triangle ABC and point M inside of it, such that ∠MAB ¼ α,
∠MBA ¼ β0 , ∠MAC ¼ α0 , ∠MBC ¼ β, then ∠ACB ¼ γ þ γ 0 .
00
Let ∠MCB ¼ γ , then
0 0
sin α sin β sin γ þ γ 0 γ 0 ¼ sin α0 sin β0 sin γ 0 ð7:28Þ
Consequently
α x
lim : ð7:30Þ
β n!0 y
x α
lim ð7:31Þ
x!0 y β
sin α sin ðβþφÞ
From (7.29), (7.30), and (7.31), we obtain that αβ ¼ lim xy ¼ sin ðαþφÞ sin β.
x!0
Thus α sinsinðαþφ
α
Þ
¼ β sinsinðβþφ
β .
Þ
π 4
Hint Similar to the solution of problem 7.1.71a, one can prove that α2 βγ 6 .
(b) For any n 4 we need to give an example of an n- gon and a point M inside of it,
n
such that α1 α2 ::: αn > πðn2
2n
Þ
.
Let point D1 be on side AC and close to point A and point A2, located on the half-
line MD1, close to D1, so that the quadrilateral A1A2A3A4 is convex. Here A1 C,
A3 A, A4 D andpffiffi apart from that
pffiffi pffiffi pffiffi 3
the inequality αp2ffiffiγ 1 β1 ¼
α2 α3 α4 > π π2 42π π
2 4
2π 2π
8 ¼ 2π
64 holds true. Since α 1 > 2π
8 , then
pffiffi 3 pffiffi 4
2π
α1 α2 α3 α4 > 64 82π ¼ π4 .
Let n 5 and A1A2 . . . An 1 be a regular (n 1)-gon with the center M. Take
point A0n on side A1An 1 and point An on the half-line MA0 n outside of the polygon
A1A2 . . . An 1, so that the polygon A1A2 . . . An 1An is convex. Then,
n1
α1 α2 ::: αn1 > π2ððn1
n3Þ
Þ . Evidently, for any given angle α < π π2ððn1
n3Þ
Þ , one
can take point A0n close to point A1 and point An close to point A0n , such that αn > α.
n1
Thus, point An can be chosen, such that π2ððn1
nþ1Þ π ðn3Þ
Þ 2ðn1Þ < α1 α2 ::: αn . We
need to prove that for n 5 the following inequality holds true
n1 n
π ðnþ1Þ π ðn3Þ π ðn2Þ
2ðn1Þ 2ðn1Þ > 2n , or
n
n2 3n n3
> ð7:34Þ
n2 3n þ 2 nþ1
n n
n2 3n
According to Bernoulli’s inequality, we have that n2 3nþ2 ¼ 1 n2 3nþ2
2
1 n2 3nþ2
2n
> 1 nþ1
4
at n 7,
Hence for n 7, (7.34) holds true.
Let us check that (7.34) holds true for n ¼ 5 and n ¼ 6.
5
For n ¼ 5 , we have to check that 56 > 13, or 3125 > 2592.
9 6 3
For n ¼ 6, we have to check that 10 > 7, or 3720087 > 3000000.
(c) At first, let us prove the following lemma.
Lemma If given α1, . . . , αn, β1, . . . , βn > 0, such that α1 þ . . . þ αn þ
β1 þ . . . þ βn ¼ π(n 2) and αi þ βi < π αi þ βi þ 1 < π, i ¼ 1, 2, . . . , n, βn þ 1 ¼ β1.
Moreover, if
then there exists a convex polygon A1 . . . Anand point M inside of it, so that
∠MAiAi þ 1 ¼ αi, ∠MAiAi 1 ¼ βi, i ¼ 1, 2, . . . , n, where An þ 1 A1, A0 An.
Indeed, consider triangles ΔMAiAi þ 1i ¼ 1, 2, . . . , n 1, such that ∠MAiAi þ 1 ¼
αi, i ¼ 1, . . . , n 1, ∠MAiAi 1 ¼ βii ¼ 2, 3, . . . , n, with points Ai 1 and Ai þ 1 being
on different sides of the straight line MAi, i ¼ 2, . . . , n 1.
Note that ∠A1MAn ¼ 2π ((n 1)π (α1 þ β2) ... (αn 1 þ βn)) ¼ π
(αn þ β1) and ∠MA1An þ ∠MAnA1 ¼ αn þ β1. Let ∠MA1An ¼ β , ∠MAnA1 ¼ α.
According to the law of sines, it follows that 1 ¼ MAMA2 MA3 :::
1 MA2
sin β2 sin β3 sin βn sin β
MA1 ¼ sin α1 sin α2 ::: sin αn1 sin α. From the last relation and (7.35) we obtain
MAn
sin β sin β1
that sin α ¼ sin αn and as αn þ β1 ¼ α þ β, then sin(α þ β)ctgα cos (α þ β) ¼ sin
(α þ β)ctgαn cos (α þ β).
Therefore, α ¼ αn and β ¼ β1.
Hence, the polygon A1A2 . . . An is convex and point M is inside of the polygon
A1A2 . . . An, since there exist close enough points to Ai on the AiM (i ¼ 1, 2, ..., n),
such that these points are inside of the polygon. This ends the proof of the lemma.
Let minðα1 ; :::; αn Þ > π ðn2 Þ
2n , then there exists a number ε > 0, such that
π ðn 2Þ
αi þ ε, i ¼ 1, :::, n: ð7:36Þ
2n
Consider the set X of all possible products α1 . . . αn, such that the condition
(7.36) holds true. Let sup X ¼ a.
In the case a 2 X, let α1 . . . αn ¼ a. Then as it was shown in (a),
β1 ¼ . . . ¼ βn ¼ φ. We have that αi π ðn2 Þ
2n þ ε, i ¼ 1, :::, n and
If αi þ βi ¼ π for some i, then consider the set α1, β1, α2, β2, . . . , αi 1,
βi 1, αi þ 1, βi þ 1, , . . . , αn, βn. If αi þ βi þ 1 ¼ π, then consider the set of angles
α1, β1, . . . , αi 1, βi 1, αi þ 1, βi, αi þ 2, βi þ 2, . . . , αn, βn. Excluding all such pairs,
we obtain a set of angles α1 , β1 , :::, αk , βk satisfying the conditions of the lemma with
n > k 3, because the number of those pairs is not greater than n 3. By mathe-
matical induction, we obtain that (problem 2.4.10c is the case of n ¼ 3 ), if k < n,
then minðα1 ; :::; αk Þ π ðk2 Þ
2k < 2n ,
π ðn2Þ
as α1 , :::, αk 2 fα1 ; :::; αn g. Then,
minðα1 ; :::; αn Þ minðα1 ; :::; αk Þ < π ðn2 2n
Þ
. This leads to a contradiction.
Let α1 ¼ π, then β1 ¼ 0 and α2 þ . . . þ αn 1 þ αn þ β2 þ . . . þ
βn 1 þ βn ¼ π(n 3). Therefore, it follows that n > 3.
Hence there exists a convex polygon A01 :::A0n and a point M inside of it, such that
α1 π ε, α02 , :::, α0n π ðn2
0 Þ
2n þ ε (ε can be chosen initially, such that π ε >
π ðn2Þ 0 0 0 0 0
2n þ ε), where αi ¼ ∠MA i Aiþ1 , i ¼ 1, . . . , n, Anþ1 A1 .
If point M is inside of the polygon A02 :::A0n , then either
0 π ðn3Þ πðn2Þ
min α2 ; :::; αn1 2ðn1Þ < 2n . This leads to a contradiction, or ∠MA0 n A02
0
π ðn3Þ
2ðn1Þ < π ðn2 Þ 0 0 π ðn2Þ 0 π ðn2Þ
2n . Then, ∠MA n A1 < 2n þ ε which means that αn < 2n þ ε. This
leads also to a contradiction.
0
If point M is in triangle A0n A01 A02 , then αn < ε.
This leads to a contradiction, as α0n πðn2 Þ
2n þ ε.
This ends the proof.
!
!
7.1.72. We have that, A1 A2 þ A3 A4 þ ::: þ A2n1 A2n ¼ A2 A3 A4 A5 :::
!
!
A2n A1 j ¼ A2 A3 þ A4 A5 þ ::: þ A2n A1 and
1 1
sin ð∠A1 OA2 þ ::: þ ∠A2n1 OA2n Þ ¼ sin 180 ð∠A2 OA3 þ ::: þ ∠A2n OA1 Þ ¼
2 2
1
¼ sin ð∠A2 OA3 þ ::: þ ∠A2n OA1 Þ :
2
!
A02n3 A0 2n2 ¼ A2n3 A2n2 þ A2n1 A2n (see Figure 7.50).
Let A be a point on the arc A2n 2A2n 1A2n such that A2n 2A ¼ A2n 1A2n. Then,
∠A2n 3A2n 2B < ∠A2n 3A2n 2A. Therefore, A02n3 A02n2 ¼ A2n3 B < A2n3 A ;
thus ∠A02n3 OA0 2n2 < ∠A2n3 OA2n2 þ ∠A2n1 OA2n . For n > 1 , we deduce that
!
!
!
A1 A2 þ ::: þ A2n3 A2n2 þ A2n1 A2n ¼ A1 A2 þ ::: þ A02n3 A0 2n2
1
sin ∠A1 OA2 þ ::: þ ∠A02n3 OA0 2n2 <
2
1
< sin ð∠A1 OA2 þ ::: þ ∠A2n3 OA2n2 þ ∠A2n1 OA2n Þ :
2
(OA þ OC)(OD2 þ AO OC) OA2 OD2 þ OD2 OC2 þ OA2 OC2 þ OD4.
Indeed, we have that
2
þOAOC
2
ðOD OA þ OD OCÞ OD2 þ OA OC ODOAþODOCþOD
2 ¼
2
2
þOAOC
¼ 4 ODOAþODOCþOD
4
7.1.74. Let O be the incenter of triangle ABC and lines AO,BO ∠Aintersect lineA0 B0 at
00 00 00
0
points A and B respectively. Note that ∠AA B ¼ 180 2 þ 90 þ ∠C 2 ¼ ∠B2 ;
0 00 00
consequently the quadrilateral OA A B is inscribed, thus ∠AA B ¼ ∠OA B ¼ 90 .0
00
Similarly, one can prove that ∠AB B ¼ 90 .
00 00 00 00 00 00
Since ∠A OB ¼ ∠AOB ¼ 90 þ ∠C 2 and OL ⊥ A B , then L is on segment A B .
Thus, L is inside of the circle with a diameter AB, hence ∠ALB > 90 .
7.1.75. Consider triangle ABC with the lengths of sides AB ¼ c, AC ¼ b, BC ¼ a,
with a b c. Denote by α, β and γ the angles at vertices A, B and C, respectively.
Let B1 be a point on side AC, such that ∠B1BC ¼ γ.
From the assumptions of the problem, it follows that some two of points B, B1, C
have the same colour.
If B and C have the same colour, then a c. Consequently, a ¼ b ¼ c and
γ ¼ 60 > 36 .
If B and B1 or C and B1 are of the same colour, then BB1 ¼ B1C c. If B1
coincides with point A, then β ¼ γ and 2γ > 90 , γ > 45 .
If points B1 and A are different, then in triangle BAB1, c ¼ AB BB1 holds true.
Consequently α ¼ ∠BAB1 ∠BB1A ¼ 2γ. Then, it follows that 180 ¼ α þ β þ
γ 2α þ γ 5γ. Thus, we obtain that γ 36 .
370 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
Figure 7.51 B
А0
C0
A B0 C
∠MC1A2 ¼ ∠MAB1.
Hence, ΔMC1A2 ΔMAB1, we deduce that MA dc ¼ Ra (MA2 ⊥ B1C1). Hence,
2 db
Figure 7.52
b1
bк b2
b3
Hence, Rada þ Rbdb þ Rcdc 2(dadb þ dbdc þ dcda). Now, if we write the
a bRb cRc db dc da dc da db
inequality (a) for the describer ( aR
2R , 2R , 2R , da, db, dc, Ra , Rb , Rc ), we obtain
the inequality (b). So, the inequality (b) follows from (a) and lemma 1.
Inequality (c) follows from (b) and lemma 2, inequality (d) follows from (c) and
lemma 1, inequality (e) follows from (d) and lemma 1, inequality (f) follows from
(e) and lemma .
Thus, we have proven that a ) b ) c ) d ) e ) f. Note that, as (a) follows from
(f) and lemma 1, we obtain that a , b , c , d , e , f.
7.1.77. Let PQRS be the section of the tetrahedron ABCD passing through the center
O of the sphere with the radius r and parallel to lines AB and CD. Since the circle
with the radius r is in the parallelogram PQRS, then if PQ ¼ x CD (PQ k CD,
QR k AB, 0 < x < 1), we obtain that QR ¼ (1 x)AB and PQ > 2r, RQ > 2r.
Therefore, x > CD 2r
, 1 x > AB 2r
. Thus, 1 > CD 2r
þ AB
2r
. Hence, r < 2ðABCD
ABþCDÞ.
a b c
7.1.78. (a) Let DA ¼ a, DB ¼ b, DC ¼ c. Note that point O1 2; 2; 2 is equidistant
from
q points D(0;ffi 0; 0), A(a; 0; 0), B(0; b; 0), C(0; 0; c), consequently R¼
ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
a 2
b2 c2
þ 2 þ 2 . We have that V ABCD ¼ 6 and V ABCD ¼ 3 Sn r ¼ abc 1
2 pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1
3 r ab
2 þ bc
2 þ ac
2 þ 2 a b þb c þa c
1 2 2 2 2 2 2
Thus r ¼ pabc
ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
abþbcþacþ a2 b2 þb2 c2 þa2 c2
Let a ¼ 1x , b ¼ 1y , c ¼ 1z , then we have to prove that
sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1 1 1 1 1 1 6 1x 1y 1z
þ þ þ þ þ qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
x y z x2 y2 z2 1 1 þ 1 1 þ 1 1 þ 1 1 þ 1 1 þ 1 1 ,
x y y z x z x2 y2 y2 z2 x2 z2
372 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
or
2 1y þ 1y 1z þ 1x 1z
1
x 6
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi ,
x þ y þ z þ x2 þ y 2 þ z2
xþyþzþ x 2 þ y 2 þ z2
1 1 1 1 1 1
or
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
x þ y þ z xy þ yz þ xz þ x2 y2 þ y2 z2 þ z2 x2
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi :
3 x þ y þ z þ x2 þ y 2 þ z2
2 2 2
ðR þ r ÞðR 3r Þ OO21 ¼ R2 2Rr 3r 2 r a2 r b2 r 2c ¼
¼ r ða þ b þ cÞ 2Rr 6r 2 ¼ r ða þ b þ c 2R 6r Þ 0
Note that points A01 , A02 are on the straight line B0 C0 and B0 C0 ¼ ABACMA MABC
,
0
0 0 0 0 0
M C ¼ AMACAB, B M ¼ ABAMAC , and A1 M ¼ AMAA1 , ∠AA2 A1 ¼ ∠AA1A2 ¼ 90
MCAB BMAC A1 M 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 B C M H ¼ 2ABAC 2AMR ¼ 2 and SM ¼ AM AC AB SB0 M0 C0 ¼
BC A1 M BCA1 MMA 2 2 2
2 4RABACAM
SABC A1 M MA ¼ SABC R d . 2
Let points A0, B0, C0 be the feet of the perpendiculars drawn from point M to
lines BC, CA, AB, respectively. Then, SA0 B0 C0 ¼ 4R1 2 SM ¼ S4R 2
2 R d
ABC 2
(see the
proof of lemma 1 of problem 7.1.76).
If points A0, B0, C0 are on the same straight line, then one can prove that d ¼ R.
Hence, it follows that MA MB MC 0 ¼ 2r|R2 d2|.
Let R0 be the circumradius of triangle A0B0C0, then R0 r2 (see Figure 7.53).
Thus, we have that A0 B0 B4R 0 C0 A0 C0
0
¼ S A 0 B 0 C0 ¼ SABC 2
4R2
R d . Hence,
MA BC MB AC MC AB SABC 2
¼ 2
R d2 4R0 :
2R 2R 2R 4R
aij
Oi O Oj
Ci aji Cj
Figure 7.53
374 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
1 2
2 n
S1 S2 ::: Sn ¼ n r1 r sin ∠A1 sin ∠A2 ::: sin ∠An
2
nr 2 p ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
SA1 A2 :::An n sin ∠A1 ::: sin ∠An : ð7:37Þ
2
A1 A2 A2 A3 A3 A1
SA1 A2 A3 ¼ ¼ 2r 2 sin ∠A1 sin ∠A2 ∠: sin A3
4r
3r 2 p ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
3
sin ∠A1 sin ∠A2 sin ∠A3
2
1 pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
SA1 A2 A3 A4 A1 A3 A2 A4 ¼ 2r 2 sin ∠A2 sin ∠A1 2r 2 sin ∠A2 sin ∠A1 ¼
2
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
¼ 2r 2 4 sin ∠A1 sin ∠A2 sin ∠A3 ∠: sin A4 :
Figure 7.54
Bm Ak
Bk
Om Cr Ok
tm Am
tk
Figure 7.55
Ai+1
Ai
w
li
Pi
Consider the smallest convex polygon, containing the centers of the circles Ci
(i ¼ 1, 2, ..., n). Denote by β1, β2, . . ., βk the external angles (Figure 7.54) of the
polygon, and by Cij the union of two arcs of the circles Ci such that if point M 2 Cij,
then the tangent to the circle Ci drawn from point M intersects (has a common point
with) the circle Cj.
Note that from the assumptions of the problem follows that Cij \ Cil ¼ ∅, if j 6¼ l.
PDenote by 2αij the radian measure of the arcs Cij, then
2 αij þ αji 2πn ðβ1 þ β2 þ ::: þ βk Þ ¼ 2π ðn 1Þ. Let OiOj ¼ dij.
1i<jn
Note that ∠OiAOj ¼ ∠OiBOj ¼ 90 (see Figure 7.55).
Therefore, points Oi, A, Oj, B are on the same circle, thus
α α þα
∠Oi Oj A ¼ ∠Oi BA ¼ 2ij , ∠Oi OA ¼ ij 2 ji . It is not difficult to note that
r i þrj
sin ∠Oi OA ¼ dij , and according to Jensen’s inequality, it follows that
P αij þαji P αij þαji
P ri þrj P αij þαji nðn1Þ
2
nðn1Þ π
2
1i<jn 1i<jn 2 2
X r i þ r j nð n 1Þ π
sin :
1i<jn
dij 2 n
376 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
P
Remark For r1 ¼ r2 ¼ . . . ¼ rn ¼ 1the inequality 1
dij < πðn1
4
Þ
holds true, as
1i<jn
sin πn < πn.
7.1.82. Let ∠CAK ¼ α, ∠KAL ¼ β and CK ¼ KL ¼ LM ¼ MB ¼ a. Note that
ΔMAB ΔACB. Consequently AB 4a ¼ AB ¼ AC . Hence, we deduce that AB ¼ 2a ¼ LB
a AM
Figure 7.56 B1 C1 B2
a2 C2
a1 a3
a4 B3
B4
7.2 Solutions 377
If point O is outside of the polygon B1B2 . . . Bn and max(α1, ..., αn 1, αn) ¼ αn,
then αn ¼ α1 þ . . . þ αn 1 < π. Thus, we deduce that
1
SB1 B2 :::Bn < R2 ð sin α1 þ sin α2 þ ::: þ sin αn Þ
2
1 α1 þ ::: þ αn 1 2 2π
R2 n sin R n sin ,
2 n 2 n
Since α1 þ:::þα
n
n
< 2π π
n 2 (n 4).
For n ¼ 3, we have that SB1 B2 B3 < 12 R2 ð sin α1 þ sin α2 Þ < R2 < 12 R2 3 sin 2π
3.
In the same way, we obtain that
α1 αn α1 þ ::: þ αn π
PB1 B2 :::Bn ¼ 2R sin þ ::: þ sin 2Rn sin < 2Rn sin :
2 2 2n n
π
We have obtained that SA1 A2 :::An 12 R2 n sin 2π
n and PA1 A2 :::An 2Rn sin n. To end
the proof it remains to note that the area and the perimeter of the regular n-gon,
π
inscribed into the circle with the radius R, are equal to 12 R2 n sin 2π n and 2Rn sin n
respectively.
7.1.85. Let the convex polygon A1A2 . . . An contains the circle ω. Let the half-plane
Πi contains the circle ω, has a boundary li||AiAi þ 1 (An þ 1 A1), i ¼ 1, 2, . . . , n, line
li is tangent to the circle ω, and Πi is in the half-plane with a boundary AiAi þ 1,
containing the polygon (see Figure 7.57).
If Π1 \ Π2 \ . . . \ Πn ¼ B1B2 . . . Bn, then obviously B1B2 . . . Bn is circum-
scribed around the circle ω and B1B2 . . . Bn is in the polygon A1 . . . An. Thus,
SA1 A2 :::An SB1 B2 :::Bn and PA1 A2 :::An PB1 B2 :::Bn (see problem 2.1.1). We deduce
that
(see Figure 7.58) PB1 B2 :::Bn ¼ r ðtg α1 þ tg α2 þ ::: þ tg α2n Þ, where αi 2 0; π2 ,
α1 þ α2 þ . . . þ α2n ¼ 2π and r is the radius of the circle ω. According to problem
5.4.16, it follows that PB1 B2 :::Bn ¼ r ðtg α1 þ tg α2 þ ::: þ tg α2n Þ 2nr tg 2π 2n ¼
2nr tg πn. Similarly, we obtain that SB1 B2 :::Bn ¼ 12 PB1 B2 :::Bn r nr 2 tg πn.
We have obtained that SA1 A2 :::An nr 2 tg πn and PA1 A2 :::An 2nrtgπn. To end the
proof it remains to note that the area and the perimeter of the regular n-gon,
circumscribed around the circle with the radius R, are equal to nr 2 tg πn and 2nrtgπn
respectively.
Figure 7.57
378 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
Figure 7.58 A3
A2
A4
A1
An
Figure 7.59
y
B C
a x
0 A
Figure 7.60
A2
An
A1 D Ak
C0
w C Ak+1
7.1.86. This proof is based on the fact of the existence, among all possible n-gon
with a given perimeter, of a n-gon with a maximal area.
First of all, note that the n-gon with a given perimeter that has a maximal area
must be convex. Otherwise, one can construct a n-gon with the same perimeter, but
with the greater area (see Figure 7.59).
Now, let us do the second remark about the properties of the required n-gon.
If (n 4) any four consecutive vertices lie on one circle, then the n-gon is an
inscribed polygon.
Indeed, it is sufficient to change only vertices A2 and A3 and make use of the fact,
that the articulated quadrilateral A1A2A3A4 (see Figure 7.60) has a maximal area,
when the quadrilateral A1A2A3A4 is inscribed (see problem 5.5.22).
7.2 Solutions 379
We need to prove that all sides of the required n-gon are equal. Otherwise,
without loss of generality, one can assume that A1A2 ¼ a þ x, A2A3 ¼ a x, x 6¼ 0.
A1A3 ¼ 2b, then ffi by qHeron’s
Then, qifffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi formula, we have that
ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2 2
SA1 A2 A3 ¼ ða þ bÞða bÞ b x < 2 a b b . This leads to a contradic-
2 2
tion, as SA1 A2 :::An < SA1 A02 A3 :::An , where A1 A02 ¼ A02 A3 ¼ a. This ends the proof.
7.1.87. Consider instead of the given n-gon M a centrally symmetric convex 2m-gon
and denote it by M0 , such that the projections of M and M0 on any straight line are
the same. Such 2m-gon can be constructed (see the proof of problem 2.2.1b).
Since H ¼ min l(M ) ¼ min l(M0 ) and D ¼ max l(M ) ¼ l(M0 ), and polygons M,M0
have equal perimeters, then it is sufficient to prove the problem for the polygon M0 .
The polygon M0 contains a circle with the diameter H and it is contained in the
circle with the diameter D. Applying to it the problems 7.1.84b and 7.1.85b, we
deduce that
π π
2mtg H P 2m sin D:
2m 2m
Since 2m 2n, then m n and to complete the proof, we have to prove the
sin π π
tg π π
following inequalities sin 2mπ 2mπ and tg 2mπ 2mπ .
2n 2n 2n 2n
These inequalities hold true (see the solution of problem 7.1.71a). Moreover, if
0 < β α < π2, then
ðαβÞ
tgα
tgβ ¼ tg ðα βÞ cos
cos α sin β þ 1 tg ðα βÞ
1
sin β þ 1 αβ α
β þ 1 ¼ β.
Remark In the proof of the problem, we have used the following inequalities. If
0 < α < π2, then sin α < α < tgα. It follows from the inequality SAOB < SsectAOB <
SAOC (see Figure 7.61).
7.1.88. Let us choose in the strip pi a point Mi, equidistant from the boundaries of
!
the strip pi, where i ¼ 1, . . . , n and define bi ¼ ~ V i OMi .
2
Consider the numbers a1 ~
V 1 þ a2 ~
V 2 þ ::: þ an ~
V n 2a1 b1 ::: 2an bn ,
where ai 2 {0, 1}, i ¼ 1, 2, . . . , n, in total 2n numbers. There are maximal numbers
Figure 7.61 Q D R
C
P E
B
T
S A
380 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
among these numbers, let these maximums are reached at the values a1, . . . , an,
then
2
a1 ~
V 1 þ a2 ~
V 2 þ ::: þ an~V n 2a1 b1 ::: 2an bn
2
a1 ~ V 1 þ ::: þ ai1 ~ V i þ aiþ1~
V i1 þ ð1 ai Þ~ V iþ1 þ ::: þ an~
Vn
2a1 b1 ::: 2ai1 bi1 2ð1 ai Þbi 2aiþ1 biþ1 ::: 2an bn ,
where i ¼ 1, 2, . . . , 2n.
2 2
Consequently a1 ~ V 1 þ ::: þ an ~V n a1 ~ V þ ::: þ an~
V 1 þ ::: þ ð1 ai Þ~ Vn
i
2bi ð2ai 1Þ. ~ V i ð2ai 1Þ 2 a1 ~ V 1 þ ::: þ an ~ V n ð2ai 1Þ~V i 2bi ð2ai 1Þ.
~ ~ ~
2ð2ai 1Þ a1 V 1 þ ::: þ an V n V i bi V i . ~ 2
!
!
j~V i jW i
!
Hence, OM ~ V i OMi ~ V i 12 ~
V i > 2 , this means that MMi ~
2
Vi >
j~V i j
2 Wi.
Therefore, point M is not inside of the strip pi, where i ¼ 1, 2, . . . n.
7.1.89. Lemma. Let n 2 and A1, A2, . . . , An are different points on the plane and
ω(C, r) is the circle with the smallest radius containing points A1, . . . , An. Then, on
the circle ω there are either two points Ai and Aj, such that AiAj ¼ 2r, or three points
Ai, Aj, Ak, so that AiAjAk is a non-obtuse triangle.
Indeed, the case CAi < r, i ¼ 1, 2, . . . , n leads to a contradiction since the circle
ω0(C, r0), where r 0 ¼ max CAi , contains all points Ai. However, r0 < r.
1in
The case CA1 ¼ r, CAi < r, i ¼ 2, 3, . . . , n leads also to a contradiction, since the
circle ω0(C0, r0), (where r 0 ¼ rþr
2 , r 1 ¼ max CAi , and C0 is a point of segment CA1,
1
2in
such that C0A1 ¼ r0), contains all points Ai.
As r 0 ¼ rþr 2 < r and C0 Ai CC0 þ CAi 2 þ r 1 ¼ r 0 , i ¼ 2, . . . n, the last
1 rr1
Figure 7.62 N
Q D
R
C
M
P E
B
K S
F A
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ðx1 þ ::: þ xn Þ2 þ ðy1 þ ::: þ yn Þ2 ¼ ðx3 þ ::: þ xn Þ2 þ ðy3 þ ::: þ yn Þ2
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ðn 2Þ x23 þ y23 þ ::: þ x2n þ y2n ðn 2Þðn 2Þ ¼ n 2:
If points A1, A2, A3 are, such that x21 þ y21 ¼ x22 þ y22 ¼ x23 þ y23 ¼ 1 and ΔA1A2A3
is non-obtuse, then (x1 þ x2 þ x3)2 þ (y1 þ y2 þ y3)2 1, since according to
problem 5.5.4a, we obtain that (x1 x2)2 þ (y1 y2)2 þ . . . þ (y2 y3)2 8 and
(x1 þ x2 þ x3)2 þ (y1 þ y2 þ y3)2 ¼ 9 (x1 x2)2 . . . (y2 y3)2.
Consequently,
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ðx1 þ ::: þ xn Þ2 þ ðy1 þ ::: þ yn Þ2
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ðn 2Þ ðx1 þ x2 þ x3 Þ2 þ x24 þ ::: þ x2n þ ðy1 þ y2 þ y3 Þ2 þ y24 þ ::: þ y2n n 2:
Note that ΔBPC ΔETA and ΔDRE ΔASB (see Figure 7.63).
Therefore, PCc
¼ bb1 λ¸ DR
c
¼ aa1 λ.
Hence, we deduce that PC cλ, DR cλ.
Thus, it follows that CQ c 1 1λ , DQ c 1 1λ .
From
pffiffiffi triangle
CQD, according to the Pythagorean theorem, it follows that
c1 2c 1 1λ .
Thus, we obtain that ca1 > cc1 pffiffi2 111 ¼ λ.
ð λÞ
382 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
Figure 7.63 N
N¢
Q D D¢ S1
C E¢
M¢ M
F1 P E
B
B¢
K S
F A
Figure 7.64 C
g g
a b
2 2
B
A
Hence, we obtain that ca1 > λ. This leads to a contradiction (see our assumption).
pffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffi
a a 10
pffiffiffi > > λ,
c1
2c 2 pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1
4 2 pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
1
2
2λ 4λþ1 2
2λ 4λþ1
as
!
1 1 1
4λ 2 pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi ¼ 7, 32 2 pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi < 7, 32 2 ¼
2λ2 4λ þ 1 pffiffiffiffiffi 0, 3778 0, 615
¼ 7, 32ð2 1; 626Þ < 3 < 10:
Thus, we obtain that ca1 > λ. This leads to a contradiction (see our assumption).
(c) Let a b (see the notations of the part [a]).
At first, let us prove the following lemmas.
pffiffiffi
Lemma 1 Prove that the equation 2x4 6x2 2x þ 1 ¼ 0 has one root λ0in 2,
1 , with λ0 2 (1, 84; 1, 85).
ffi ¼ 2x 6x 2x þ 1 ¼ 2(x
4 2 2
pffiffif(x)
Indeed, it is sufficient to note that the function
2) þ 2(x 0, 5) 7, 5 is increasing in
2 2
2; 1 and that f(1, 84) ¼
0, 06902528, f(1, 85) ¼ 0, 1920125.
Lemma 2 Prove that a ¼ b, if and only if a1 ¼ b1.
Indeed, we phave thatffi PB þ BF
ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi ¼ c ¼ffiRE þ ES (see
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi Figure ffi 7.64).pOn
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi theffi other
ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
hand, PB ¼ b b c , BF ¼ a c , RE ¼ a a c , ES ¼ b c2
b1 2 2 2 2 a1 2 2 2
Consequently
a1 pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ffi b1 pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ffi
1 a2 c2 ¼ 1 b2 c2 ð7:39Þ
a b
If a ¼ b, then from (7.39) it follows that 1 aa1 ¼ 1 bb1 , this means that a1 ¼ b1.
However, if a1 ¼ b1, but a 6¼ b, then a > b. On the other hand, from (7.39), it
follows that 1 aa1 < 1 bb1 . Hence, we deduce that b > a. This leads to the
contradiction and ends the proof of lemma 2.
Remark If a > b, then a1 > b1.
Indeed, from (7.39), we obtain that 1 aa1 < 1 bb1 . Thus, a1
b1 > ab > 1. Hence,
a1 > b 1.
Lemma 3 Prove that, if a1 ¼ b1 ¼ c1, then aa1 ¼ λ0 (see the notations of lemma 1).
Indeed, if a1 ¼ b1 ¼ c1, then according to lemma 2 we have that a ¼ b, and
according to the problem 7.1.90, it follows that λ ¼ aa1 > 1, 7. On the other hand,
1 pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffi
λþ1 a2 c2 ¼ c. From triangle CQD, we obtain that 2c 1 1λ ¼ c1 ¼ aλ.
1þð1þ1λÞ
2
2
Consequently, 2ðλ 1Þ2 ¼ ac2 ¼ . Hence, we deduce that 2λ4 6λ2
ð1þλÞ
1 2
Lemma 4 Prove that, if a ¼ b, then minðba1 ;c1 Þ λ0 (see the notations of lemma 1).
Let us introduce the following notations, a1 ¼ b1 ¼ aλ, c1 ¼ λa1 .
If we prove that λ λ0 or λ1 λ0, then lemma 4 would be proven. Let
Consequently, 2λ21 ¼ λ 2 . Now from the last equality and (7.40), it follows
1 12
λ 2
1þð1þ1λÞ
2 1þ 1þλ1
that 2λ20 > 2λ21 ¼ 2 >
0
2
1 12
λ 1 12
λ
0
2 2
Hence 2λ20 1 1
λ20
> 1 þ 1 þ λ10 , or equivalently, 2λ40 6λ20 2λ0 þ 1 > 0.
This leads to a contradiction and ends the proof of the lemma 4. According to the
remark of lemma 2, we have that min (a, b, a1, b1, c1) ¼ min (b1, c1). Let
λ ¼ minðba1 ;c1 Þ.
If a ¼ b, then according to lemma 4, it follows that λ λ0.
If a > b, then ∠PMA ¼ ∠FAB > ∠SAE ¼ ∠ANP. Thus, PM < PN (see
Figure 7.65).
Let us draw from point C a line parallel to the straight line F1S1 and consider the
pentagonal section AB0 CD0 E0 , with the sides equal to a0 , b01 , c01 , a01 , b0 , where
AB0 ¼ a0 , B0 C ¼ b01 , CD0 ¼ c01 , D0 E0 ¼ a01 , E0 A ¼ b0 . Note that a0 ¼ b0 , b01 > b1 ,
0 0
c01 > c1 , a > a01 , consequently, λ ¼ minðba1 ;c1 Þ > minðab1 ;c1 Þ > min ab0 ;c0 ¼ λ0 .
ð 1 1Þ
According to lemma 4, we have that λ0 λ0. Consequently, λ > λ0.
Thus, we have proven that in all cases λ λ0 > 1, 84 (see lemma 1).
This ends the proof of the part [c].
From lemma 3 it follows that the number λ0 ¼ 1, 84267036 . . . is an exact
estimate.
This ends the proof.
7.1.91. Note that, if in triangle ABC, AC ¼ b, BC ¼ a, AB ¼ c and ∠C ¼ γ, then c
ða þ bÞ sin 2γ (see Figure 7.66).
Figure 7.65 B
C
A
D
D¢
7.2 Solutions 385
a b a b c b
e e f
k
d f a k
c d
c d
a b c
Figure 7.66
Figure 7.67
a
b c
db M dc
y z
da
y x z
a
Figure 7.68 C
A1
B1
M
E
A C1 B
R2 ð a þ bÞ ð b þ c Þ ð c þ d Þ ð d þ aÞ ¼
¼ ððac þ bdÞ þ ad þ bcÞððac þ bdÞ þ cd þ abÞR2 ¼ pffiffiffiffiffi
¼ ðef þ ekÞðef þ fkÞR2 ¼ R2 ef ðf þ kÞðe þ kÞ 4R2 efk ef e2 f 2 fk ¼
¼ ðac þ bd Þ2 ðab þ cd Þ,
as 2R e, 2R f.
(c) If we prove that e þ f þ k > a þ b þ c þ d (see the notations of the proof of
problem 7.1.93b), then e þ f þ 2R e þ f þ k > a þ b þ c þ d.
Note that
ðe þ f þ kÞ2 ða þ b þ c þ dÞ2 ¼ e2 þ f 2 þ k2 a2 þ b2 þ c2 þ d 2 ¼
ðab þ cd Þðac þ bdÞ ðab þ cdÞðad þ bcÞ ðad þ bcÞðac þ bd Þ
¼ þ þ a 2 b 2 c2 d 2 ¼
ad þ bc ac þ bd ab þ cd
abcd ða þ b þ c dÞða þ b c þ d Þða b þ c þ d Þða þ b þ c þ dÞ
¼ >0
ðad þ bcÞðac þ bd Þðab þ cd Þ
holds true.
Therefore, we obtain that e þ f þ k > a þ b þ c þ d.
7.2 Solutions 387
Consequently, HB AC ¼ 1, or AC HB BC ¼ 1.
AH AB AH BC AB
sin γ
Hence, cos α cos1 β sin α ¼ 1.
Thus, tgα ¼ sin α þ cos α tgβ.
If α 45 , then β > 45 . Consequently, tgβ > 1. Hence we deduce that
tgα ¼ sin α þ cos αtgβ > sin α þ cos α > sin2α þ cos2α ¼ 1, thus α > 45 . This
leads to a contradiction, with the assumption that α 45 .
Therefore, it follows that α > 45 .
This ends the proof.
7.1.95. (a) At first, we need to prove that, if a, b, c, d 0, then 2ac þ 2bd min (a þ
b, c þ d ) min (a þ d, b þ c).
Let min(a, b, c, d ) ¼ d.
Note that bd d2, a(cd)d(cb). Therefore, 2ac þ 2bd (c þ d)(a þ d )
min (a þ b, c þ d) min (a þ d, b þ c).
Thus, it follows that
2
R
þ RþOB
R
þ RþOC
R
3R2 þRðOA9RþOB ; hence OA1 þ OB1 þ OC1 1, 5R.
RþOA1 1 1 1 1 þOC1 Þ
Figure 7.69
C
O b M
b M0
b
A B
7.2 Solutions 389
Remark For the triangle with angles α ¼ π2 , β ¼ γ ¼ π4 and a point M on the altitude
pffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffi 1
AM
AH, where MH ¼ 2 2, we have that d a þ db þ d c ¼ 2 þ 2 a.
of these vectors does not exceed 1. Consequently, replacing these two vectors by
their difference we obtain n 1 vectors, satisfying the conditions of the problem,
such that the statement holds true.
(c) Let us obtain the vectors ~
a1 ðx1 ; y1 Þ, :::,~
an ðxn ; yn Þ.
Let M1 ¼ {(x, y)| x 0, y 0}, M2 ¼ {(x, y)| x 0, y 0}, M3 ¼ {(x, y)| x 0,
y 0}, M4 ¼ {(x, y)| x 0, y 0}. As (xi, yi) 2 M1 [ M2 [ M3 [ Mk, then there are
ai1 j þ ::: þ j~
numbers i1, . . . , ik, such that xij ; yij 2 Mp j ¼ 1, . . . , k and j~ aik j 14.
Consequently,
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2
1
j~ aik j ¼
ai1 þ ::: þ~ ðxi1 þ ::: þ xik Þ2 þ yi1 þ ::: þ yik pffiffiffi jxi1 þ ::: þ xik j þ yi1 þ ::: þ yik ¼
2
1 1 qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
¼ pffiffiffi jxi1 j þ yi1 þ ::: þ jxik j þ yik pffiffiffi xi1 2 þ yi1 2 þ ::: þ xik 2 þ yik 2 ¼
2 2
pffiffiffi
1 2
¼ pffiffiffiðj~
ai1 j þ ::: þ j~aik jÞ :
2 8
pffiffi
Remark If the vectors ~
a1p,ffiffi:::,~
an are given in the space, then the number 8
2
must be
3
replaced by the number 24 .
7.1.100. (1) Let ∠A1C1B1 ¼ 90 . Note that points C and C1 lie on the circle with the
diameter A1B1. Consequently, A1 B1 CC1 hc ¼ AB 2 sin 2β, where β ¼ ∠ABC.
(2) Let ∠A1B1C1 ¼ 90 and a circle with the diameter A1B1 intersects segment A1C1
at point E (see Figure 7.70).
Take a point M on the arc B1E, such that ∠A1MC1 ¼ 180 β. This is possible
since ∠A1B1C1 ¼ 90 < 180 β < 180 ¼ ∠A1EC1. As ∠A1MC1 þ ∠A1BC1 ¼
180 , then points A1, B, C1, M lie on the same circle with a radius R.
By the law of sines, we have that
Figure 7.70 A
1200
S
C⬘ O⬘ B⬘
7.2 Solutions 391
Figure 7.71 T
T⬘
One can easily prove that, if M0A1 ⊥ BC, M0C1 ⊥ AB, M0B1 ⊥ AC, then
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
∠A1B1C1 ¼ 90 and A1 C1 ¼ AB 2 4 þ tg 2 β tgβ sin β. Hence, the smallest
possible value for the hypotenuse
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi of triangle A1B1C 1 is equal to
ffi
AB
2 4 þ tg 2 β tgβ sin β.
7.1.101. We need to prove that, if ∠SAC < 60 , ∠SAB < 60 , then ∠SAO < 60 .
Consider a cone with the altitude AS (see Figure 7.72). Let the angle of the axial
section of the cone be equal to 120 and lines AB, AC, AO intersect the plane of the
392 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
i
i
3 k 3
2 α2 2 k
α1 αk
1 1
O
Figure 7.72
mnk
is the number x0 ¼ pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi.
mn þ nk þ mk þ 2 mnkðm þ n þ kÞ
It is clear that the equation (7.4) has not more than one solution and
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi2 pffiffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi mn kðm þ nÞ þ mnðm þ k þ nÞ k
mnx0 ðm þ n þ x0 Þ ¼ pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi ¼
mn þ nk þ mk þ 2 mnkðm þ n þ kÞ
pffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffipffiffiffi
mn kðm þ nÞ þ mn mnðm þ k þ nÞ k
¼ pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
mn þ nk þ mk þ 2 mnkðm þ k þ nÞ
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
mnkðm þ nÞ þ mn mnkðm þ k þ nÞ
¼ pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi ,
mn þ nk þ mk þ 2 mnkðm þ k þ nÞ
thus
7.2 Solutions 393
7.1.103. (a) Let T be an equilateral triangle containing all points A1, . . . , An, such
that each side of the triangle contains at least one of these points. Denote by T0
another equilateral triangle with the same properties as of T (Figure 7.73), sides of
T and T0 are parallel.
Note that, the sum of the distances between the parallel sides of these triangles
(see the proof of problem 7.1.76a) is equal to the sum of the lengths of the altitudes
of these triangles. On the other hand, it does not exceed 3D. Hence, it follows that
3D
the altitude of at least onepof
ffiffiffi the triangles does not exceed 2 , and the side of that
triangle does not exceed 3D.
(b) Here, we use that the length of the side of the equilateral triangle T is a
continuous function of its direction.
Consequently, the difference of the sides of triangles T and T0 by the rotation of
the side of triangle T by angle π changes the sign. Hence, there exists a direction of
the side of triangle T, such that triangles T and T0 have equal sides.
O
M
A
C
394 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
Ai Ak D
OAi ¼ OAj ¼ OAk ¼
2 sin ∠Ai Aj Ak 2 sin π3 ¼ pDffiffi3 :
If ∠Ai Aj Ak π2, then the required point is the midpoint of segment AiAk.
Since any three of the circles ω1, ω2, . . . , ωn have a common point, then
according to Helly’s theorem, allthese circles have a common point. Let O be
that point, then the circle ω O; pDffiffi3 contains all these points A1, A2, . . . , An.
(d) According to problem (c), there exists a circle ω O; pDffiffi3 containing all points
A1, A2, . . . , An. Then the circles ωi Ai ; d2 i ¼ 1, 2, . . . n do not have common
internal points and are contained in the circle ω0 O; pDffiffi3 þ d2 . Consequently, the
sum of the areas of the circles ω1, . . . , ωn is less than the area of the circle ω0 .
2
2 pffiffi pffiffiffi
Therefore n π d4 < π pDffiffi3 þ d2 , hence D > 23 ð n 1Þd.
(e) According to the problem (c), there exists a circle ωi O; pDffiffi3 containing all
points A1, A2, . . . , A6. If point O coincides with point Ai, then for j 6¼ i, we have
that d Aj Ai ¼ Aj O pDffiffi3.
If O does not coincide with any of points A1, A2, . . . , A6, then there exist points
Ai and Aj, such that ∠Ai OAj π3. Consequently, d Ai Aj max Ai O; Aj O pDffiffi3.
7.1.104. (a) Let G be the centroid of triangle ABC. We have that AG, BG, GG 23,
since each median divides the triangle into two triangles of the equal area. Note that
7.2 Solutions 395
b2
Sðctgα þ ctgβÞ < : ð7:44Þ
2
Let A1 and D1 be points on sides AB and CD, respectively, such that SBA1 C ¼ S2
and SBD1 C ¼ S2. Then, we have that CA1 1 and BD1 1, hence
S2 cos β
2 S2
CA21 ¼ b2 þ b2 sin 2 β 2S sin β ¼ b bctgβ
S
þ b2 1. Similarly, we obtain that
S2
2
b2
þ b bctgγ 1. Consequently, according to (7.5), it follows that
S
2
2S2 1 S 2S2 1 b 2 2S2 9b2
2 þ 2b ð ctgβ þ ctgγ Þ > þ 2b ¼ 2 þ 3S:
b2 2 b b2 2 2 b 8
Figure 7.74 B
A M C0⬘ C
A0⬘
A0 M0 C0
O ω
Figure 7.75
!
!
Note that, if the medians AB and CD are adjacent, then points B and D (A and C)
belong to the same side of the n-gon. Otherwise, there is one more diameter
between the diameters with numbers i and i þ 1 (Figure 7.75).
!
!
Therefore the adjacent medians AB and CD form a “butterfly.” This means a
figure composed of triangles AMC and BMD, where M is the intersection point of
the medians. Note that SAMC ¼ SBMD, then the area of the “butterfly” is equal to
SAMC þ SBMD.
Since (AM þ MC) þ (BM þ MD) ¼ AB þ CD 2, then AM þ MC 1 or
BM þ MD 1. Let AM þ MC 1, then SAMC þ SBMD ¼ 2SAMC ¼ AM MC sin αi
Þ2
ðAMþMC
4 sin αi sin4 αi .
One can prove by mathematical induction, that the “butterflies” formed by the
medians 1 and 2, 2 and 3, . . . , i 1 and i cover the shaded part of the n-gon
(Figure 7.73). Consequently, all “butterflies” cover all of the n-gon. Hence, it
follows that S 14 ð sin α1 þ sin α2 þ ::: þ sin αk Þ 14 sin α1 þα2 þ:::þα
k
k
¼ 4k sin πk
π π
4 sin n. This means that S 4 sin n (see problems 5.4.15 and 8.2.1e). Note that
n n
S ¼ n4 sin πn, if k ¼ n, all medians are concurrent and are divided by the intersection
point into two equal parts. This leads to a contradiction. Hence, we obtain that
S < n4 sin πn.
Remark If each chord dividing the area of a planar convex figure into two equal
parts has a length not exceeding 1, then the area of that figure does not exceed π4.
7.2 Solutions 397
Figure 7.76
If ∠ABM < 30 , then consider a parallelogram ABCD. In triangle BCD we have
that BC AB ¼ CD, consequently ∠CBM ∠CDB ¼ ∠ABM. Hence, ∠ABC
2 ∠ABM < 60 . This leads to a contradiction.
We have obtained that ∠ABM > 150 . Consider the circumcircle of triangle
ABM. Take on that circle points A0 and M0, such that ∠A0BM0 ¼ 150 and AM||
A0M0. Let A0M0 ¼ M0C0 (see Figure 7.76), since AM||A0M0 and A0M0 ¼ M0C0, then
we have that A00 M > MC0 0 .
Therefore CM ¼ AM > A00 M > MC0 0 , consequently ∠ACB < ∠AC0 0B ¼
∠A0C0B.
Let B0 lie on the arc A0BM0 and C0B0 be a tangent to the circle ω. Then
∠A0C0B ∠A0C0B0, hence ∠ACB < ∠A0C0B0. If we prove that ∠A0C0B0 <
5 300 , then this ends the proof of the problem.
pffiffiffi qffiffi
Note that B0 C0 ¼ 2A0 M0 and cos 30 þ ∠A0 C0 B0 ¼ 23. Let us prove that,
qffiffi
if 0 < α < 90 and cos α ¼ 23, then α < 35 300 .
We have that cos 2α ¼ 13, а cos 180 4α ¼ 79. Now, if we prove that
cos 38 > 79, then as α < 45 and cos(180 4α) < cos 38 , it follows that
180 4α > 38 .
This means that α < 35 300 .
Let cos φ ¼ 79 and 00 < φ < 90 , then cos 3φ4 ¼ 729 < 729 ¼ 9.
329 324 4
Since φ < 60 and cos 180 3φ > 9, then if we prove that 49 >
sin 24 ¼ cos 66 , we deduce that 180 3φ < 66 , or φ > 38 . Hence,
9 ¼ cos φ < cos 38 .
7
It remains to prove that sin 24 < 49. Let sin β ¼ 49 andp0ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi < βffi < 90 . Since
pffiffi
β < 30 , then it is sufficient to prove that sin72
pffiffiffi
< sin 3β, or p4 ffiffiffi < 729.
10þ2 5 716
Note that 162 2
< 415
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi 83, hence 162 5 < 415, or 81 10 þ 2 5 < 1225.
pffiffiffi
10þ2 5
Therefore, 4 < 3536 < 729. This ends the proof.
716
7.1.106. Without loss of generality, one can assume that AH ¼ 1 and the equation of
line l has the form x cos φ þ y sin φ ρ ¼ 0.
398 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
Note that, if B(ctgβ, 0), C(ctgγ, 0), A(0; 1), then u ¼ jsin φ ρj,
v ¼ j cos φctgβ ρj, w ¼ jcosφctgγ ρj, а 2S ¼ ctgβ þ ctgα.
We have to prove that (sin φ ρ)2tgα þ (cos φ ctgβ þ ρ)2tgβ þ
(cos φ ctgγ ρ) tgγ ctgα þ ctgβ, or
2
Since tgβ, tgγ > 0 and tgβ tgγ > 1, then we have to prove that tg2βtg2γ ρ2
2ρ sin φtgβtgγ þ sin2φ 0, or (ρtgβtgγ sin φ)2 0, which is evident.
Note that the equality holds true, if and only if the straight line l passes through
the orthocenter of triangle ABC.
7.1.107. (a) Let max(∠A, ∠B, ∠C) ¼ ∠A ¼ α.
If α 120 , then according to problem 1.2.8, we have that MA þ MB þ
MC b þ c.
We need to prove that b þ c pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
3abc
or
2 2 a b þb c þa c
2 2 2 2
a2 ðb þ cÞ2 b2 þ c2 9b2 c2 þ ðb þ cÞ2 b2 c2 0 ð7:45Þ
1 1 1 9
þ 2þ 2 2 0: ð7:46Þ
b 2 c b þ c 2bc cos α b þ c 2bc cos ð60 þ αÞ
2 2
Consider the function f ðxÞ ¼ qx2 þ x2q1cos α x2q cos9 60 þα on [2q; 1), where
ð Þ
q ¼ bc. Since f 0 ðxÞ ¼ ðx2q cos αqÞðx2q cos αþqÞ
þ 9
2 and x 2q q þ
q2 ðx2q cos αÞ2 ðx2q cos ð60 þαÞÞ
2q cos α (60 α < 120 ), then for x 2q, we have that f0 (x) > 0.
Hence, it follows that f(x) f(2q).
We need to prove that f(2q) 0 or 4 þ 1 cos 1
α 1 cos ð60 þαÞ.
9
1 1 1 1
2
þ 2þ 2 2,
a b c 4r
h2a h2b h2c 1
þ þ :
a2 ha b hb c2 h2c 4r 2
2 2 2
S2
h2a þ h2b þ h2c ¼ p2 :
r2
Figure 7.77
400 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
G is on segment FO.
(a) We have that ∠GIH > ∠FIE ¼ ∠AIC ¼ 90 þ 12 ∠B > 112, 5 , ∠PNA ¼
[X1 B1 [B1 X
2 [X21 B1 < 30 , ∠B > 45 .
(b) If ∠B 60 ,then ∠AIC ¼ 90 þ 12 ∠B 180 ∠B ¼ ∠AHC: Note that point
I is inside of the circle passing through points A, H, C. Then, it follows that
∠AIH > ∠ACH ¼ 90 ∠A and ∠OIH ¼ ∠OIA þ ∠AIH > ∠OKA þ ∠AIH
¼ 90 þ 12 ∠A þ ∠AIH > 180 12 ∠A:
We deduce that ∠OIH > 180 12 ∠A: If ∠B < 60 ,then ∠AIC ¼ 90 þ
2 ∠B > 2∠B ¼ ∠AOC: Hence, point I is inside of the circle passing through points
1
1
∠OIA ¼ 180 ∠IAO ∠IOA ¼ 180 ð∠B ∠CÞ ∠IOA >
2
1 1 1
> 180 ð∠B ∠CÞ ∠C ¼ 180 ∠B:
2 2 2
Thus, ∠OIA > 180 12 ∠B and ∠OIH > ∠OIA > 180 12 ∠B > 180 12∠A:
We obtain that, ∠OIH > 180 12 ∠A:
Remark This estimate is an exact one, as for ∠A ¼ 90 , ∠B ! 90 we have that
∠IHO ¼ 12 ð∠B ∠CÞ ! 45 , ∠IOH ! 0 and thus ∠OIH ! 135 .
7.1.109. (a) Note that AC1 ¼ AB1, BC1 ¼ BA1, CA1 ¼ CB1, therefore
AC1
BC1 CA 1
BA1 CB1
AB1 ¼ 1: According to Ceva’s theorem, it follows that segments AA1,
BB1 and CC1 intersect at one point. Point M is called the Gergonne Point.
Let AC1 ¼ AB1 ¼ m, BC1 ¼ BA1 ¼ n, CA1 ¼ CB1 ¼ k.
According to Stewart’s theorem, from triangle ABC, we obtain that
2
Þ2 nnkðnþkÞ
AA1 2 ¼ ðmþnÞ kþðmþk nþk :
Note that BC1 þ CB1 ¼ SMBC þ SSMBC
AC1 AB1 SMAC MAB
¼ SSMAMACC þS
þSMA B ¼ SMA C ¼ MA1 ,
MAB SMAC MA
as SSMA
MAC
C
¼
1 1 1 1
SMAB
SMA1 B ¼ MA
MA
1
:
MA1 ¼ n þ k , therefore MA ¼ mkþmnþnk AA1 : Hence, we deduce
MA m m mkþmn
We obtain that
m3 ðkþnÞðmkþmnþ4nkÞ
that MA ¼ 2
ðmkþmnþnkÞ2
:
One needs to prove that MA 43 AB1 2 , or
2
mðkþnÞðmkþmnþ4nkÞ
ðmkþmnþnkÞ2
43 :
The last inequality holds true, as it is equivalent to (mn þ mk 2nk)2 0.
7.2 Solutions 401
Figure 7.78
(b) Let point M be the Gergonne Point of triangle BDF, then from problem
7.1.109а, it follows BM p1ffiffi3 ðBF þ BD DFÞ, DM p1ffiffi3 ðDF þ BD BFÞ
и FM p1ffiffi ðBF þ DF BDÞ:
3
Note that
AC BM CE DM
S ¼ SABCM þ SCDEM þ SAFEM þ
2 2
AE FM 1
þ pffiffiffiACðBF þ BD DFÞ
2 2 3
1 1
þ pffiffiffiCEðDF þ BD BFÞ þ pffiffiffiAEðBF þ DF BDÞ:
2 3 2 3
ffi
p2 ðpcÞМC
3
MANA
bc þ ac þ ab 1:
MBNB MCNC
Therefore, pc þ pa þ pb
MAþMB MBþMC MCþMA
pffiffiffi
ab
2 3 Rr :
402 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
Therefore, the exists a number i, such that ∠Xi Aiþ1 Xiþ1 þ ∠Xi MXiþ1 πn n ¼ π:
Hence, point M is inside of circle passing through points Xi, Ai þ 1, Xi þ 1.
Thus, it follows that there exists a number i, such that point P is inside of circle
passing through points Xi, Ai þ 1, Xi þ 1.
Then, we have that
Xi Xiþ1
PAiþ1 ,
2 sin ∠Xi Aiþ1 Xiþ1
and
Pi Piþ1
PAiþ1 ¼ , ∠Xi Aiþ1 Xiþ1 ¼ ∠Pi Aiþ1 Piþ1 :
2 sin ∠Pi Aiþ1 Piþ1
(b) Let ∠A1 ¼ α1, ∠A2 ¼ α2, . . . , ∠An ¼ αn and segment B10 B20 be the projection
of segment B1B2 on the line perpendicular to the bisector of angle A1A2A3.
We have that,
α α
B1 B2 B1 0 B2 0 ¼ B1 0 A2 þ A2 B2 0 ¼ B1 A2 cos 90
2 2
þ A2 B2 cos 90 ¼
2 2
α 2 B 1 A2 þ A2 B2
¼ ðB1 A2 þ A2 B2 Þsin > sin α2
2 2
B1 A2 þ A2 B 2
¼ A1 A3 :
4R
þA2 B2
Therefore BA11 BA23 > B1 A24R , where R is the circumradius of polygon A1A2 . . . An.
þA3 B3 þA1 B1
Similarly, we deduce that A2 A4 > B2 A34R
B2 B3
, :::, BAnn BA12 > Bn A14R :
Summing up these inequalities, we obtain that
B1 B2 B 2 B3 Bn B1 B1 A 2 þ A2 B 2 B2 A3 þ A3 B3 Bn A1 þ A1 B1
þ þ ::: þ > þ þ ::: þ ¼
A1 A3 A 2 A4 An A2 4R 4R 4R
A1 A2 þ A2 A3 þ ::: þ An A1
¼ :
4R
Hence, we obtain that BA11 BA23 þ BA22 BA34 þ ::: þ BAnn BA12 > A1 A2 þA2 A4R
3 þ:::þAn A1
:
7.2 Solutions 403
Figure 7.79
Figure 7.80
According to problem 1.1.7b and problem 1.1.8b, one can prove that
A1A2 þ A2A3 þ . . . þ AnA1 > 4R, therefore BA11 BA23 þ BA22 BA34 þ ::: þ BAnn BA12 > 1:
7.1.111. Let points I and N be on the different sides of line PM. Without loss of
generality, one can assume that point N is on segment B1C, where B1 is the point at
which the incircle of triangle ABC touches side AC.
The following cases (Figures 7.79 and 7.80) are possible.
(a) Point P is on segment C1B (Figure 7.79), where C1 is the point at which the
incircle of triangle ABC touches side AB.
Note that 60 ¼ ∠MPN ¼ [XY[X 2
1 Y1
, therefore [XY 120 .
[X1 B1 [B1 X
We have that ∠PNA ¼ 2 [X21 B1 < 30 , as [Y1BY < 180 .
Similarly, we deduce that ∠APN < 30 .
Thus, it follows that ∠A ¼ 180 ∠PNA ∠APN > 120 .
(b) Point P is on segment AC1 (Figure 7.80).
We have that ∠ANP < 30 , note that ∠NPI > 60 and ∠IPB > ∠NPI > 60 .
Thus, it follows that ∠BPN > 120 . Therefore ∠APN < 60 , hence
∠A ¼ 180 ∠APN ∠ANP > 90 .
Let point K is on segment AB1 and the incircle of triangle ABC touches segment
AB1. Note that ∠IAC1 ¼ 12 ∠BAC > 45 , thus ∠IAC1 > ∠AIC1. Therefore r ¼ IC1
> AC1 ¼ APþPKþAK
2 > PK, then r > PK.
Let us draw, through point I , a line parallel to line PM, and note that PM > 2r.
Using the triangle inequality, we obtain that
404 7 Miscellaneous Inequalities
Figure 7.81
7.2 Solutions 405
Figure 7.82
Figure 7.83
Figure 7.84
p8R
ffiffiffi 2S3 0. On the
2
other
p ffiffi
ffi hand, S3 > 2πR2. Hence, we obtain that S3 6R2 þ
2R2
4 2R : If S3 ¼ 6R2 þ 4 2R2 , then D ¼ 0. Thus, it follows that ctgα ¼ S34R
pffiffiffi 2
¼ 1 þ 2: Therefore, α ¼ π8 :
We have that S S1 S2 S3 S4,hence S S4. This means that the smallest
ffiffiffi of a triangle containing two tangent circles with radius R is
possible value ofparea
equal to 6R2 þ 4 2R2 :
2
α
We have that p3 ¼ 2Rð1 þ ctgαÞ þ 2Rð1 þ ctgαÞ cos1 2α ¼ 4Rctg ctgα1 , therefore the
equation 4Rctg α p3ctgα þ p3 ¼ 0 must have a solution. Thus, it follows that
2
Then, the triangles with sides AD, AB þ DE, BE and FA þ CD, AD, CF are sim-
ilar. Тhus, it follows that AD2 ¼ (AB þ DE)(FA þ CD).pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
According to the lemma, it follows that AD ¼ ðAB þ DEÞðFA þ CDÞ
ABþDEþFAþCD
2 .
Similarly, we deduce that BE ABþBCþEFþED
2 , CF BCþCDþEFþFA
2 .
Summing up the last three inequalities, we obtain that
AD þ BE þ CF AB þ BC þ CD þ DF þ EF þ FA:
7.1.116. Let the lateral edge of a regular triangular pyramid has a length a. Prove
3
that the volume of such a pyramid does not exceed a6 .
7.1.117. Prove that the ratio of the volume V of the regular n-gon pyramid to the
volume V1 of its insphere, satisfies the following inequality:
V tg ðπ=nÞ
:
2V 1 π=n
pffiffi
r2
7.1.118. Prove that the inequality m2a þm2b
358
holds true for the right-angled
triangle, where ma, mb are the lengths of the medians drawn to the legs, r is the
circumradius of the triangle.
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
7.1.119. Prove the inequality 2SR2 13 h1a þ h1b þ h1c for triangle ABC, where S is the
3
area of the triangle, R is the circumradius, ha, hb, hc are its altitudes.
7.1.120. Given a point M inside of angle AOB. Let M1 and M2 be its projections on
the sides of the angle. Prove that SOM1 MM2 12 OM2 sin ∠AOB.
7.1.121. Let a, b, c be the sides of triangle ABC, r, and R be its inradius and
circumradius, respectively. Prove that
1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1
þ þ 2þ 2þ 2 2:
2Rr 3 a b c a b c 4r
7.1.122. Given a point O inside of triangle ABC, x, y, z are the distances of the points
O to the sides of the triangle. Theq circumradius
ffiffiffi of triangle ABC is R.
pffiffiffi pffiffiffi pffiffi
Prove that x þ y þ z 3 2 . R
7.1.123. Prove that m2a þ m2b þ m2c h2a þ h2b þ h2c 27S2 , where ma, mb, mc are
the medians, ha, hb, hc are the altitudes, and S is the area of triangle ABC.
7.1.124. The median BM of triangle ABC forms an angle φ with side BC . Prove that
pffiffi
2 23 cos φ
ctg ∠A sin φ .
7.1.125. Let a radius drawn in the half-circle with the diameter AB divide it into two
sectors. Given that circles are inscribed into each of these sectors and M, N arepffiffithe
tangential points of these circles with the diameter AB, prove that MN 88 2 R,
where AB ¼ 2R.
7.1.126. Given a triangle ABC, prove that hαa þ hβb þ hγc 32, where ha, hb, hc are the
altitudes of ABC, α, β, γ are the distances of the feet of the bisectors of angles A, B, C
from the sides of the triangle.
7.3 Problems for Self-Study 409
7.1.131. In a rectangular sheet of paper, n rectangular holes were cut, and sides of
the holes are parallel to the edges of a sheet. What is the least guaranteed number of
the rectangular parts, such that this sheet with the holes is possible to cut? (Show
that, in all cases it is possible to cut the sheet into the number of parts found by you,
but in some cases, it is impossible to cut it into smaller number of parts).
Hint The proof by mathematical induction, if n rectangular holes were cut in a
polygon, such that all internal angles are equal to either 90 or 270 , with sides of
the holes parallel to sides of that polygon, then that sheet with the holes can be cut
into 3n þ k þ 1 rectangular parts, where k is the number of internal angles equal to
270 . Separately, consider the case, if n ¼ 0. To prove these statements one has to
consider the rectangular, with the left vertical side being the leftmost and that angle
of 270 from the angles of the polygon, is the one with the leftmost vertex.
7.1.132. Triangle ABC is cut into finite number of triangles, such that in each
triangle there is an angle greater than 120 . Prove that max(∠A, ∠B, ∠C) > 120 .
7.1.133. Is it possible to cut any convex polygon into a finite number of non-convex
quadrilaterals?
7.1.134. What is the minimal number of non-overlapping tetrahedrons that a cube
can be divided into?
7.1.135. Given a point M inside of the square ABCD, prove that
∠MAB þ ∠MBC þ ∠MCD þ ∠MDA > 3π 4.
7.1.137. Given several acute triangles. Let a new triangle be constructed, from the
sides of the given triangles, by the following rule: the smallest side of it is equal to
the sum of the smallest sides of the triangles, the length of the middle side is equal
to the sum of the middle sides of the triangles, and the largest side is equal to the
sum of the largest sides of the triangles. Prove
pffiffiffi that the cosine of the largest angle of
the obtained triangle is greater than 1 2.
Hint Consider the triangles with sides ai bi ci, i ¼ 1, 2, . . . , n. Then, we have
pffiffiffi
to prove that ðb1 a1 þ ::: þ bn an Þ2 þ 2 2ða1 þ ::: þ an Þðb1 þ ::: þ bn Þ
ðc1 þ ::: þ cn Þ2 .
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
pffiffiffi 2
Prove that ðbi ai Þ bj aj þ 2 ai bj þ aj bi bi þ a2i b2j þ a2j .
7.1.138. Given a point M inside of triangle ABC (see the notations of problem
7.1.76), prove that
(a) ha
daþ dhbb þ dhcc 9,
(b) hahbhc 27dadbdc,
(c) (ha da)(hb db)(hc dc) 8dadbdc,
(d) aRa bdb þ cdc,
(e) aRa cdb þ bdc,
(f) aRa Rb Rc bdb R2b þ cd c R2c ,
(g) Ra Rb Rc 2r R
ðda þ d b Þðdb þ d c Þðd c þ d a Þ,
(h) Ra Rb þ Rb Rc þ Rc Ra 2R r ðd a d b þ d b d c þ d c d a Þ,
2
þ dbc da þ dca db 4RðRRa þR b þRc Þ
2
a2 2
(i) db dc a Rb Rc
,
(j) aRa þ bRb þ cRc 2(ada þ bdb þ cdc),
(k) aRada þ bRbdb þ cRcdc 2(adbdc þ bdadc þ cdadb),
(l) ða þ b þ cÞRa Rb Rc 2 ada R2a þ bd b R2b þ cd c R2c ,
(m) R2 R2 R2 ðd Ra þ db Rb Þðdb Rb þ d c Rc Þðdc Rc þ da Ra Þ,
paffiffiffiffiffib c pffiffiffiffiffi a p ffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffipffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffi
(n) Ra þ Rb þ R c 2 d a þ d b þ d c ,
(o) R2a þ R2b þ R2c > 2 d2a þ d2b þ d2c ,
a 2 þ b 2 þ c2 R ,
Ra Rb Rc 1
(p)
R2 R2 R2
(q) bca þ cab þ abc 1,
(r) RR0 RaRbRc, where R0 is the circumradius of the triangle with sides aRa, bRb,
cRc.
Hint See the proof of problems 7.1.47, 7.1.76, 7.1.79, and 7.1.97.
7.1.139. Prove that, for triangle ABC, the inequality m2a 14 ð4b þ 4c 5aÞ a holds
true, where BC ¼ a, AC ¼ b, AB ¼ c, ma is the median drawn to side a. For which
triangle the equality holds true?
7.1.140. Prove the inequality r 161
ðh1 þ h2 þ h3 þ h4 Þ for a triangular pyramid,
where r is the inradius and hi are the altitudes of the pyramid (i ¼ 1, 2, 3, 4).
7.3 Problems for Self-Study 411
7.1.141. The angle is divided by the rays drawn from its vertex into 2n þ 1 equal
angles. These angles cut on some straight line 2n þ 1 segments. Prove that the sum
of the lengths of the first, third, . . ., (2n þ 1)-th segments is greater than the sum of
the remaining segments.
Hint Draw a perpendicular from the vertex of the angle to the line.
7.1.142. For triangle ABC (see the notations of problem 7.1.76), prove that
α β γ da þ db 2 db þ dc 2 dc þ da 2
R2a sin 2 þ R2b sin 2 þ R2c sin 2 þ þ :
2 2 2 2 2 2
b þd c α
Hint Prove that Ra dsin α cos 2.
7.1.143. For an acute triangle ABC (see the notations of problem 7.1.76), prove that
d2a þ d2b þ d2c R2a sin 2α2 þ R2b sin 2 β2 þ R2c sin 2 2γ .
d2b þd2c 2
xþsin 2 ðαxÞ
Hint Prove that 2 ¼ R2a sin 2 R2a sin 2α2.
7.1.144. Given a regular n-gon A1A2 . . . An inscribed into a unit circle and a point
π
M on the minor arc A1An, prove that 2ctg 2n MA1 þ MA2 þ ::: þ MAn sin2 π .
2n
Hint Let M0 be the midpoint of the minor arc A1An and M is on the minor arc A1M0,
then according to problem 1.1.6b, we have that A1Ak þ 1 þ A1An k
Ak þ 1M þ An kM Ak þ 1M0 þ An kM0. Consequently, it follows that
This chapter consists of two sections, that is, Sections 8.1 and 8.2.
Section 8.1 is devoted to geometric problems that can be solved applying
geometric inequalities. In the proofs of many problems of this chapter are used
the following statements about a triangle.
(a) Greater side of a triangle is opposite the greater angle.
(b) Greater angle of a triangle is opposite the greater side.
In some problems of this paragraph, one needs to understand when does the
equality holds true in the corresponding geometric inequality.
In many proofs of Section 8.1 is used the following statement: if points M and
N are on the same side of segment AB and point M is inside of triangle ANB, then
∠AMB < ∠ ANB.
In Section 8.2 is shown how one can prove algebraic inequalities using geomet-
ric inequalities. In this paragraph are selected such inequalities that can be proved
by comparing areas (volumes) of two geometric figures.
In order to prove some inequalities in Section 8.2 is used very useful substitution
x ¼ tgα, y ¼ tgβ, z ¼ tgγ, where α, β, γ are the angles of some triangle (see problem
8.2.9). On the other hand, in order to deal with many geometric inequalities and to
transform them into algebraic inequalities, often is used the method of coordinates.
Some problems in this chapter were inspired by [1, 13]. Nevertheless, even for
these problems, the authors have mostly provided their own solutions.
8.1.1. Given a point M inside of square ABCD, such that ∠MBC ¼ ∠ MCB ¼ 15 .
Prove that triangle AMD is equilateral.
8.1.2. Given a point D on side AC of triangle ABC, such that ∠ABD ¼ 90 ,
pffiffiffi
∠DBC ¼ 30 . Find segment AD, if AB ¼ 3, CD ¼ 1.
8.1.3. Given points E and F on sides AB and BC of triangle ABC, respectively, such
that AE ¼ EF ¼ BF. Find angle AEC, if ∠A ¼ 75 , ∠B ¼ 10 .
8.1.4. Given that in a convex quadrilateral AB ¼ BC and ∠ABD ¼ 65 ,
∠CBD ¼ 35 , ∠ADC ¼ 130 . Find the unknown angles of quadrilateral ABCD.
8.1.5. Given a triangle ABC, such that ∠B ¼ ∠ A + 30 and AB ¼ 2BC. Find the
angles of triangle ABC.
8.1.6. Given a point M inside of triangle ABC, so that ∠MAB ¼ ∠ MCB ¼ 20 ,
∠MAC ¼ 80 , ∠MCA ¼ 30 . Find the value of angle ∠AMB.
8.1.7. Given a point M inside of triangle ABC, so that ∠MAB ¼ ∠ MBC ¼ 20 ,
∠MBA ¼ 10 , ∠MAC ¼ 80 . Find the value of angle ∠AMC.
8.1.8. The circumcenter of triangle ABC is inside of the incircle of that triangle.
Find the angles of triangle ABC, if la ¼ R.
8.1.9. In triangle ABC, the bisectors of angles A and C intersect with the median BM
at points E and F, respectively. Given that AE ¼ CF. Prove that AB ¼ BC.
8.1.10. Prove that a convex quadrilateral ABCD is circumscribed, if and only if
quadrilateral MNPQ is inscribed, where M, N and P, Q are the tangential points of the
incircles of triangles ABC and ACD with sides AB, BC and CD, AD, respectively.
8.1.11. Let in a convex quadrilateral ABCD diagonals AC and BD be perpendicular.
Given that the opposite sides AB and DC are not parallel to each other. Perpendic-
ular bisectors of sides AB and DC intersect at a point P inside of ABCD. Prove that a
circle can be circumscribed around quadrilateral ABCD, if and only if the areas of
triangles ABP and CDP are equal.
8.1.12. Given a point D inside of the acute triangle ABC, such that DA DB AB
+ DB DC BC + DC DA CA ¼ AB BC CA. Find the locus of point D.
8.1.13. A convex polygon is broken by nonintersecting diagonals into triangles.
Prove that the sum of inradiuses of all these triangles does not depend on the way of
breaking, if and only if the convex polygon is inscribed. (The diagonals may have
common endpoints).
8.1.14. Given points A1, B1, and C1 on the sides BC, CA, and AB of triangle ABC,
respectively, such that ∠AB1C1 + ∠ BC1A1 + ∠ CA1B1 ¼ 180 . Given also that the
(a) areas,
(b) perimeters,
(c) inradiuses
of triangles AB1C1, BC1A1, and CA1B1 are equal. Prove that A1 , B1 and C1 are the
midpoints of sides BC, CA, and AB.
8.1 Application of Geometric Inequalities for Solving Geometric problems 415
8.1.15. Given points D and E on sides AC and BC of triangle ABC, respectively, such
that ∠CDE ∠CED
∠BDE ¼ ∠AED . Is it true that ABC is an isosceles triangle, if AE and BD are the
(a) altitudes,
(b) medians,
(c) bisectors
of ABC?
8.1.16. (a) Prove that if for the circumscribed quadrilateral ABCD the condition
p2 ¼ AC2 + BD2 holds true, where p is the semiperimeter of the quadrilateral,
then it is a rhombus.
(b) Let quadrilateral ABCD be inscribed in circle ω. Let E be the intersection point
of rays AB, DC, and F be the intersection point of rays BC, AD. Given that
AC ⊥ EF. Prove that segment AC is a diameter of the circle ω.
8.1.17. In triangle ABC the bisectors of angles ∠ABC and ∠BCA intersect sides CA
and AB at points D and E, respectively. Let
(a) AE ¼ BD and AD ¼ CE,
CE ¼ AE and ∠A 36 .
(b) AD BD
(b) Let ABCDEF be a convex hexagon, such that the sum of the distances of each
interior point to the six sides (AB, BC, CD, DE, EF, and FA) is equal to the sum
of the distances between the midpoints of AB and DE, BC and EF, CD and FA.
Prove that ABCDEF is a cyclic hexagon.
8.1.23. Let equilateral triangles ACB0 and BDC0 are drawn on the diagonals of a
convex quadrilateral ABCD, such that points B, B0 are on the same side of AC, and
points C, C0 are on the same side of BD. Find ∠BAD + ∠ CDA, if B0 C0 ¼ AB + CD.
Solutions
If b > a, then b > a > 2a b. Therefore for triangle BDC, we have the inequality
α + 30 > 2α > 150 3α. This leads to a contradiction.
If b < a, then b < a < 2a b. Hence α + 30 < 2α < 150 3α.
This leads to a contradiction.
If b ¼ a, then triangle BDC is equilateral. Therefore ∠A ¼ 30 , ∠B ¼ 60 ,
∠C ¼ 90 . This ends the proof.
8.1.6. Let N be a point symmetric to point M with respect to line AC.
We have that ∠NAC ¼ ∠ MAC ¼ 80 . Consequently, N lies on line AB. Since
∠NCA ¼ ∠ MCA ¼ 30 and MC ¼ NC, then triangle MNC is equilateral.
If BM < MN ¼ MC, then ∠NBM > ∠ MNB ¼ 10 and ∠MBC > ∠ MCB ¼ 20 .
Therefore, ∠ABC > 30 . This leads to a contradiction.
Similarly, one can prove that if BM > MN ¼ MC, then ∠ABC < 30 .
This leads to a contradiction. Consequently, BM ¼ MN. Hence ∠AMB ¼ 150 .
8.1.7. Let N be a point symmetric to point M with respect to line AC, and lines AC,
MN intersect at point K, which means MK ⊥ AC and MK ¼ NK. Note that N lies on
line AB.
If BM > MC, then ∠MCB > ∠ MBC ¼ 20 . Since MK ¼ MN 2 ¼ 2 > 2 , then
BM MC
∠MCK > 30 . Consequently, ∠ACB > 50 . This leads to a contradiction.
Similarly, one can prove that if BM < MC, then ∠ACB < 50 .
This leads to a contradiction.
Hence BM ¼ MC, ∠MCB ¼ 20 , and ∠AMC ¼ 70 . This ends the proof.
8.1.8. Let O and O1 be the incenter and circumcenter of triangle ABC, respectively.
By the triangle inequality, R ¼ AO AO1 + O1O (la r) + r ¼ R.
Hence, la ¼ AO1 + r, O1O ¼ r, and O1 2 [AO], consequently, ∠B ¼ ∠ C and
∠A ¼ 90 . Therefore ∠B ¼ ∠ C ¼ 45 . This ends the proof.
8.1.9. If BC > AB, then AE < CF (see problem 7.1.63). Similarly, if BC < AB, then
AE > CF. Hence BC ¼ AB. This ends the proof.
8.1.10. Let quadrilateral ABCD be circumscribed, thus AB + CD ¼ AD + BC. We
have that AM ¼ AB þ AC 2
BC
¼ AD þ AC
2
CD
¼ AQ. Similarly, one can prove that
CN ¼ CP. Consequently,
∠QMN þ ∠QPN ¼ 180 ∠AMQ ∠BMN þ 180 ∠CPN ∠DPQ
∠A þ ∠B ∠C þ ∠D
¼ þ ¼ 180 :
2 2
∠B ∠D
∠QMN þ ∠QPN ¼ 90 ∠AMQ þ þ 90 ∠CPN þ
2 2
∠A ∠B ∠C ∠D
> þ þ þ ¼ 180 :
2 2 2 2
where D1, A1, B1, C1, are H images of points D, A, B, C (see the proof of problems
4.1.8a,c).
If D1 is the incenter of triangle A1B1C1, then condition (8.1) is satisfied (see the
proof of problem
! 4.1.19). Let O beany point, then condition(8.1) can be rewritten
! ! ! ! !
as A1 B1 OC1 OD1 þ B1 C1 OA1 OD1 þ A1 C1 OB1 OD1 ¼ ~ 0.
! ! ! !
Therefore, OD1 ¼ A1 B1 OCA1 1þB 1 C1 OA1 þA1 C1 OB1
B1 þB1 C1 þA1 C1 . Thus, condition (8.1) is holds
true only for one point D1 (the incenter of triangle A1B1C1).
8.1 Application of Geometric Inequalities for Solving Geometric problems 419
Figure 8.1 C
kx
ky E
D y x
M
A B
Figure 8.2 E
B
B0
A
C0 C К
D0
D
Let C0 be the orthocenter of that triangle. If points C0 and C do not coincide, then
∠B < 90 and ∠D < 90 or ∠B > 90 and ∠D > 90 . Hence, it follows that
180 ¼ ∠ B + ∠ D < 180 (see Figure 8.2) or 180 ¼ ∠ B + ∠ D > 180 .
Both these inequalities are wrong. Thus, points C0 and C coincide. Hence, it
follows that ∠B ¼ 90 , which means that AC is the diameter of circle ω.
8.1.17. (a) (Proof of Hayk Sedrakyan, ninth grade) Let BC ¼ a, AB ¼ c, AC ¼ b
∠A ¼ 2α, ∠ B ¼ 2β, ∠ C ¼ 2γ.
bc bc
We have that BD ¼ AE ¼ and EC ¼ AD ¼ . On the other hand,
aþb aþc
BD ¼ AB BC AD DC, EC ¼ BC AC AE EB.
2 2
b2 c ab2 c2 b c2 a
Therefore, 2
¼a 2
, 2
¼a .
ð a þ bÞ ða þ cÞ ða þ cÞ ð a þ bÞ 2
x2 y
Let b ¼ xa and c ¼ ya, then from the last equalities, we deduce that
ð x þ 1Þ 2
x2 xy2 y2
¼1 2
and 2
¼1 . As b + c > a, then x + y > 1.
ð y þ 1Þ ð y þ 1Þ ð x þ 1Þ 2
x2 y xy2 y2 x2
Note that 2
2
¼ 2
, consequently, (y x)
ð x þ 1Þ ð y þ 1Þ ð x þ 1Þ ð y þ 1Þ 2
(x 2y 2 xy) ¼ (y x)(y 3 + xy 2 + x 2y + y 3 + 2(y 2 + xy + x 2) + y + x).
Hence y ¼ x or x2y2 ¼ y3 + xy2 + x2y + x3 + 2y2 + 3xy + 2x2 + x + y.
Otherwise, x2y2 > xy2 + yx2 + 3xy or xy > x + y + 3 > 4. We have obtained that
bc > 4a2. By the law of sines, it follows that sin2β sin 2γ > 4sin22α. Note that
BD AE sin 2α sin γ
¼ , hence ¼ . Therefore, sin2β sin 2γ > 4 sin β sin γ or
AD EC sin β sin 2α
cosβ cos γ > 1. This leads to a contradiction.
422 8 Some Applications of Geometric Inequalities
Figure 8.3 C P D
B
M E
A Q F
8.1 Application of Geometric Inequalities for Solving Geometric problems 423
pffiffiffi
3
Consequently, ∠CMD 60 . If MP > CD let us take a point M0 on segment
pffiffiffi 2
3
PM, such that M0 P ¼ CD. Thus, as we have proven above, ∠CM0D 60 .
2
We have that ∠CMD < ∠ CM0D, hence ∠CMD < 60 .
Similarly, we obtain that ∠BNC 60 and ∠BKA 60 , where N ¼ CF \ BE,
K ¼ AD \ BE. Since ∠CMD + ∠ BNC + ∠ BKA ¼ 180 , then ∠CMD ¼
∠ BNC ¼ ∠ BKA ¼ 60 . Note that, the equality ∠CMD ¼ 60 is possible if MP
pffiffiffi pffiffiffi
3 3
þMQ ¼ CD þ AF and MC ¼ MD. Thus, we deduce that ∠MCD ¼
2 2 pffiffiffi
3
∠ DMC ¼ 60 , MQ ¼ AF, hence ∠MAF ¼ ∠ MFA ¼ 60 .
2
Similarly, we obtain that ∠NBC ¼ ∠ NCB ¼ ∠ NEF ¼ ∠ NFE ¼ 60 and
∠KAB ¼ ∠ KBA ¼ ∠ KED ¼ ∠ KDE ¼ 60 , hence ∠A ¼ ∠ B ¼ . . . ¼ ∠ F ¼ 120 .
See also problem 4.1.4b.
8.1.20. Let us denote the incenters of triangles ABD and ACD by O1 and O2,
respectively, and the common tangent of these incircles, different from AD, by
l (see Figure 8.4).
Note that l and AD are symmetric to each other with respect to O1O2, thus l and
BC are parallel, if and only if ∠CBD ∠ ADB ¼ 2(∠O2O1D ∠ O1DA). This
means that
C
l
O2
O1
A D
Figure 8.4
424 8 Some Applications of Geometric Inequalities
Consequently,
α β γ δ α1 β γ δ1
sin cos sin sin ¼ sin sin 1 cos 1 sin : ð8:4Þ
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
α β γ δ α1 β γ δ1
cos sin cos cos ¼ cos cos 1 sin 1 cos : ð8:5Þ
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Now, let us prove that β ¼ γ 1. Indeed, let β 6¼ γ 1, thus without loss of generality
one can assume that β < γ 1. In that case point C is inside of the circumcircle of
triangle ABD. Therefore, α > β1 and γ > δ1, thus from (8.4) we deduce that
cos β2 sin 2δ < sin α21 cos γ21 , while from (8.5) we have that cos α21 sin γ21 < cos 2δ sin β2.
α1 γ 1
Adding these two last inequalities, we obtain that sin δβ 2 < sin 2 .
This leads to a contradiction, as δ β ¼ α1 γ 1
Therefore, β ¼ γ 1. Thus, ABCD is an inscribed quadrilateral.
This ends the proof.
(c) We are going to use the following lemma.
8.1 Application of Geometric Inequalities for Solving Geometric problems 425
Figure 8.5
Lemma Let point P be inside of a convex quadrilateral ABCD (see Figure 8.5).
Given that ∠PAD + ∠ PDA + ∠ PBC + ∠ PCB 180 and ∠BPC ¼ ∠ BAP
+ ∠ CDP. Prove that AD + BC AB + CD.
Proof of the Lemma Indeed, let ∠BAP ¼ x, then ∠CDP ¼ ∠ BPC x.
We have that
qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
jAP cos x þ DP cos ð∠BPC xÞj ðAP þ DP cos ∠BPCÞ2 þ ðDP sin ∠BPCÞ2 ¼
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
¼ AP2 þ DP2 þ 2AP DP cos ∠BPC AP2 þ DP2 2AP DP cos ∠APD ¼ AD,
therefore
! ! ! ! !
a, BC ¼ ~
Indeed, let AB ¼ ~ b, CD ¼ ~ c, DE ¼ ~d, EF ¼ ~ e. Thus, we have that
AB þ DE ¼ j~aj þ
~ a ~
d
~ d
, BC þ EF ¼
~ ej
~
b
þ j~ b ~e
,
ð8:7Þ
CD þ AF ¼ j~cj þ
~a þ~b þ~ c þ~ d þ~ a þ~
e
~ b þ~c þ~ c þ~ d þ~e
:
hence
ðAB þ DEÞ2 þ ðAF þ CDÞ2 þ ðBC þ EFÞ2 AD2 þ BE2 þ CF2 : ð8:8Þ
Note that the equality in (8.8) holds true, if and only if it holds true in the
inequalities of (8.7) and~a þ~c þ~e ¼~
0, which means that~a "# ~d, ~
b "# ~e,~ a þ~
c "" ~ b
þ~ ~
c þ d þ~ e and ~a þ~ c þ~ ~
e ¼ 0.
From the assumptions of the problem, it follows that (AB + DE)2 + (AF + CD)2
+ (BC + EF)2 ¼ AD2 + BE2 + CF2. Therefore, AB k ED, BC k EF, CD k AF and
! ! ! ~
AB þ CD þ EF ¼ 0 .
Consider now parallelogram ABKF, then CDEK is also a parallelogram, conse-
quently, K 2 BE and K 2 CF.
FK KE EF AB CD EF
Thus ΔEKF
ΔBKC, hence ¼ ¼ , or ¼ ¼ .
KC BK BC DE AF BC
This ends the proof.
Second Solution Let AD ¼ p, BE ¼ q, CF ¼ r, and BE \ CF ¼ M. As q + r ¼ BM
+ ME + CM + MF ¼ BM + CM + ME + MF > BC + EF ¼ AD ¼ p, then q + r > p.
Similarly, we obtain that p + q > r, p + r > q. Thus, it follows that one can
construct a triangle with sides p, q, r. Note that α α1 (see Figures 8.6 and 8.7).
Indeed, if α < α1, then
Figure 8.6
Figure 8.7
A0 D0 þ B0 E0 þ C0 F0 da þ db þ dc þ dd þ de þ d f : ð8:10Þ
On the other hand, we have that ∠A1A0D0 90 and ∠D1D0A0 90 , as in any
triangle the bisector is between the altitude and the median (if the bisector, altitude,
and median are drawn from the same vertex of a triangle).
Therefore, the projection of segment A1D1 on line A0D0 contains segment A0D0,
which means that A1D1 A0D0.
Similarly, we obtain that B1E1 B0E0, C1F1 C0F0.
428 8 Some Applications of Geometric Inequalities
Figure 8.8
Hence, from the last three inequalities and (8.10), we obtain that
A1 D1 þ B1 E1 þ C1 F1 da þ db þ dc þ dd þ de þ d f : ð8:11Þ
Figure 8.9
8.2.9. Find the maximal constant number C, such that the inequality ðx þ yÞðy þ zÞ
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ðz þ xÞ C xyz holds true for all x, y, z > 0 and x + y + z ¼ 1.
8.2.10. Prove that
bþc ðy þ zÞ þ cþa ðx þ zÞ þ aþb ðx þ yÞ 3, where a + b, b + c, c + a > 0, x, y,
a b c
z > 0, and xy + yz + zx ¼ 3.
8.2.11. Prove that
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
xy x2 þ xy þ y2 þ yz y2 þ yz þ z2 þ zx x2 þ xz þ z2
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ðx2 þ xy þ y2 Þðy2 þ yz þ z2 Þðx2 þ xz þ z2 Þ, where x, y, z > 0.
8.2.12. Prove that
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
x2 þ xy þ y2 þ y2 þ yz þ z2 þ x2 þ xz þ z2
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
5x2 þ 5y2 þ 5z2 þ 4xy þ 4yz þ 4xz, where x, y, z > 0.
8.2.13. Prove that
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffi3
x2 þ xy þ y2 y2 þ yz þ z2 z2 þ zx þ x2 8 ðx þ y þ zÞ3 , where x > 0,
y > 0, z > 0.
8.2.14. Prove that
αβγ ðx þ y þ zÞ2
αyz þ βzx þ γxy , where α > 0, β > 0,
2αβ þ 2βγ þ 2γα α2 β2 γ 2
γ > 0 and 2αβ + 2βγ + 2γα α2 β2 γ 2 > 0.
8.2.15. Prove that
p ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
3
2ðx3 þ y3 þ z3 þ xyzÞ x2 þ y2 þ z2 þ yz, where y > 0, z > 0 and
max (x, y, z) ¼ x.
432 8 Some Applications of Geometric Inequalities
Solutions
8.2.1. (a) As sin(x) ¼ sin x and |sinx| 1, then it is sufficient to prove the
inequality for 0 < x < 1. We have that (see Figure 8.10) SΔAOB ¼
OA2
2 OA sin x ¼ 2 , S sec AOB ¼ 2 x ¼ 2, since SΔAOB < SsecAOB. Then, sinx < x,
1 2 sin x x
SAOC ¼ OAOC
2 ¼ 12 tgx, since SΔAOC > SsecAOB. Therefore, tgx > x.
(c) We have that (see Figure 8.11) SsegAB < SsegAC.
Figure 8.10
Figure 8.11
8.2 Using Geometric Inequalities for Proving Algebraic Inequalities 433
π π π
sin sin x cos x þ sin x cos x
2 2 2
π ¼ π ¼
2 π 2 x π 2
sin x sin x π 2
¼ sin x þ x cos x < xþx ,
x 2 tgx 2 π x 2 π
2
hence sin x > x.
π
tgβ cos ðβ αÞ 1
(g) We have that ¼ tg ðβ αÞ þ 1 > tg ðβ αÞ þ1>
tgα cos β sin α sin α
βα tgα tgβ
þ 1, hence < .
α α β pffiffiffi
3 3
(h) Let α β γ. If α ¼ γ, then sin α þ sin β þ sin γ ¼ .
2
π
If α 6¼ γ, then α < < γ. Let the triangle with angles α, β, γ is inscribed in the
3
circle with the radius 0.5 (see Figure 8.12).
β π β
As ∠DD0 C ¼ ∠DAC ¼ α þ and ∠CDD0 ¼ þ , then ∠DD0 C < ∠ CDD0 .
2 3 2
π
Therefore CD < CD0 , which means that sin α þ sin γ < sin þ sin α þ γ π3 .
3
π π π
In the same way, we obtain that sin β þ sin α þ γ sin þ sin ,
3 3 3
consequently,
π π π
sin α þ sin γ þ sin β < sin þ sin β þ sin α þ γ 3 sin :
3 3 3
pffiffiffi
3 3
Hence, sin α þ sin γ þ sin β < .
2
8.2.2. (a) Note that S1 þ S2 þ S3 < π4 (see Figure 8.13) and S1 ¼ sin x cos x,
S2 ¼ cos y(siny sin x), S3 ¼ cos z(sinz sin y).
434 8 Some Applications of Geometric Inequalities
Figure 8.12 D
D¢
b b
2 2
B¢
B
b
b
p
g a
3
C A
Figure 8.13
D(cosz;sinz)
S3 C(cosy;siny)
S2
B(cosx;sinx)
y S1
x z
A(1;0)
Therefore, π4 > sin x cos x þ cos yð sin y sin xÞ þ cos zð sin z sin yÞ, hence
π
2 þ 2 sin x cos y þ 2 sin y cos z > sin 2x þ sin 2y þ sin 2z.
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
(b) Note that S1 þ S2 þ . . . þ Sn1 < πn4 (see Figure 8.14a), S1 ¼ n2 1 ,
2
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
S2 ¼ n2 22 , . . . , , Sn1 ¼ n2 ðn 1Þ2 .
Figure 8.14
Figure 8.15
X
n
1 ðx2 x 1 Þ2
x2i ðx2iþ1 x2i1 Þ ¼ S1 þ S2 þ . . . þ Sn < þ þ ...
i¼1
2 2
ðx2n x2n1 Þ2 1 h 1 h
þ þ ðx2 x1 þ . . . þ x2n x2n1 Þ < þ
2 2 2 2 2
436 8 Some Applications of Geometric Inequalities
We have that
1 ðx 1 x0 Þ2 ðx2nþ1 x2n Þ2
S1 þ S2 þ . . . þ Sn > ...
2 2 2
1 h 1 h
ðx1 x0 þ . . . þ x2nþ1 x2n Þ > :
2 2 2 2
8.2.4. Note that the sum a1b1 + a2b2 + . . . + anbn is equal to the area of the shaded
figure (see Figure 8.16), while the sum a1 + . . . + ap + 1 is equal to the area of the
second figure, containing the first figure.
Therefore, a1b1 + a2b2 + . . . + anbn a1 + a2 + . . . + ap + ap + 1.
This ends the proof.
2 2
8.2.5. (a) See Figure 8.17. We have that ab S1 þ S2 ¼ a2 þ b2 .
(b) See Figure 8.18.
Figure 8.16
Figure 8.17
8.2 Using Geometric Inequalities for Proving Algebraic Inequalities 437
B4 c C4
c
C3
B1 C1
A1 D1 D4
B3
c D3
B2 C2 b
a b
B D2 C
a
A b D
Figure 8.18
sffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2pffiffiffiffiffi a þ b a2 þ b2
(c) If a ¼ b, then ¼ ab ¼ ¼ .
1 1 2 2
þ
a b
If a 6¼ b, then without loss of generality, one can assume that a > b.
ab pffiffiffiffiffi
Let AC ¼ , CB ¼ ab, ∠C ¼ 90 (see Figure 8.19).
2
aþb ab 2
Thus, AB ¼ and HB ¼ aþb ¼ , consequently, HB < CB < AB, that is,
2 1 1
2 þ
pffiffiffiffiffi aþb a b
2
1 1 < ab < 2 .
þ
a b
Let AC ¼ ab 2q, BC ¼ aþb , ∠C ¼ 90 (see Figure 8.20).
ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi 2 qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
Thus AB ¼ a þb a2 þb2
2
< <
2 aþb
2 , and BC AB, which means that 2 2 .
Figure 8.19 A
a-b
2
C ab B
Figure 8.20 A
C B
Figure 8.21 B
m a n
A b D c C
p
rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
að b þ c Þ 1
SABC ¼ ¼ ðm þ n þ pÞðm þ n pÞðm n þ pÞðn þ p mÞ
2 ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
r 16
1 m þ n þ p 3 1
ð m þ n þ pÞ ¼ pffiffiffi3 ðm þ n þ pÞ2 ¼
16 3 4 3
1 pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi 2
¼ pffiffiffi3 a þb þ a þc þbþc ,
2 2 2 2
4 3
1 1 1 9
2 2
þ 2 2
þ 2 2
ð1 x Þ ð1 yÞ ð1 zÞ ð1 xÞ ð1 yÞ ð1 zÞ 16xyz
or
16ðx þ y þ zÞxyz ðx þ zÞ2 þ ðy þ zÞ2 þ ðx þ yÞ2 9ðx þ zÞ2 ðy þ zÞ2 ðx þ yÞ2 :
440 8 Some Applications of Geometric Inequalities
Figure 8.22 B
2x R
O
G
x R
A M C
pffiffi
8.2.9. For x ¼ y ¼ z ¼ 13, we have that C 8 9 3.
We need to prove that for x > 0, y > 0, z > 0, the following inequality holds true
pffiffiffi qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
8 3
ðx þ yÞðy þ zÞðz þ xÞ xyzðx þ y þ zÞ3 : ð8:12Þ
9
Without of generality, one can assume that x ¼ tgα, y ¼ tgβ, z ¼ tgγ, where
πloss
α, β, γ 2 0; 2 and α, β, γ are the angles of some triangle.
Indeed, denote by x ¼ tgα, y ¼ tgβ, z ¼ tgγ, where α, β, γ 2 0; π2 and we can
assume that x + y + z ¼ xyz, then α, β, γ are the angles of some triangle.
Then, inequality (8.12) is equivalent to the following inequality sin α sin β
pffiffi
sin γ 3 8 3 (see problem 5.1.12).
If x, y, z > 0 and x + y + z ¼ 1, then from inequality (8.12), we obtain that
pffiffi
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ðx þ yÞðy þ zÞðz þ xÞ 8 9 3 xyz. This means that the greatest value of C is equal
pffiffi
to 8 9 3.
This ends the proof.
Remark Similarly, one can prove that if x, y, z > 0, x + y + z ¼ 1 and k 12, then
(x + y)(y + z)(z + x) 8 27k 1(xyz)k.
8.2.10. Denote by b + c ¼ m, c + a ¼ n, a + b ¼ k, then a ¼ nþkm
2 , b ¼ mþkn
2 ,
c ¼ 2 , note that for m, n, k, x, y, z > 0.
nþmk
n m k m k n
ðy þ zÞ þ ðx þ zÞ þ ðy þ zÞ þ ðx þ yÞ þ ðx þ zÞ þ ðx þ yÞ
m n m k n k
6 þ 2x þ 2y þ 2z:
As
n m pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ðy þ zÞ þ ðx þ zÞ 2 ðy þ zÞðx þ zÞ,
m n
k m pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ðy þ zÞ þ ðx þ yÞ 2 ðy þ zÞðx þ yÞ,
m k
k n pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
ðx þ zÞ þ ðx þ yÞ 2 ðx þ zÞðx þ yÞ,
n k
or
442 8 Some Applications of Geometric Inequalities
or equivalently
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
2 x2p xy þ y2 ffiy2pþffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
þffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi yz þ z2 þ 2 y2 þ yz þ z2 z2 þ zx þ x2
þ2 x2 þ xy þ y2 z2 þ zx þ x2
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi 2 pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi 2 pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi2
x2 þ xy þ y2 þ y2 þ yz þ z2 þ z2 þ zx þ x2 ðx þ y þ zÞ2 :
x + y + z + yz ¼ 1.
2 2 2
8.2.15. Without loss of generality, one can assume πthat
Denote by y ¼ cos β, z ¼ cos γ, where β, γ 2 0; 2 :
Note that 4x2 x2 + y2 + z2 + yz ¼ 1 and y2 + z2 < 1.
Therefore, x 12 and cos 2 β < 1 cos 2 γ ¼ cos 2 π2 γ :
Thus, it follows that β þ γ > π2 :
Let α ¼ π β γ, then cos2α + cos2β + cos2γ + 2 cos α cos β cos γ ¼ 1 (see the
proof of problem 5.1.2). We deduce that
x2 + y2 + z2 + 2xyz x2 + y2 + z2 + yz, and
x2 + y2 + z2 + yz ¼ 1 ¼ cos2α + cos2β + cos2γ + 2 cos α cos β cos γ.
Hence, we obtain that x cos α.
This ends the proof.
8.2.19. Prove the inequality x2 þ xy1 þ y2 þ y2 þ yz1 þ z2 þ z2 þ zx1 þ x2 ðx þ y9þ zÞ2 , where x, y,
z > 0.
Hint See the proof of problem 7.1.107.
8.2.20. Prove that if x, y, z > 0 and x2 + y2 + z2 + 2xyz ¼ 1, then
(a) xyz 18,
(b) x þ y þ z 32,
(c) xy þ yz þ xz 34 x2 þ y2 þ z2 ,
(d) xy þ yz þ xz 12 þ 2xyz.
Hint Let x ¼ tgα, y ¼ tgβ, z ¼ tgγ, where α, β, γ 2 0; π2 , then α + β + γ ¼ π.
8.2.21. Prove the inequality
pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
xy þ yz þ xz 3 þ 1 þ x2 þ 1 þ y2 þ 1 þ z2 , where x, y, z > 0 and x + y
+ z ¼ xyz.
Hint Let x ¼ tgα, y ¼ tgβ, z ¼ tgγ, where α, β, γ 2 0; π2 , then α + β + γ ¼ π.
8.2.22. Prove that if x, y, z > 0 and xy + yz + zx + 2xyz ¼ 1, then
(a) xyz 18,
(b) x þ y þ z 32,
(c) 1x þ 1y þ 1z 4ðx þ y þ zÞ,
2
(d) 1x þ 1y þ 1z 4ðx þ y þ zÞ ðz2z1 Þ
ð2zþ1Þ, where z ¼ max (x, y, z).
Hint Let xy ¼ cos2α, yz ¼ cos2β, x z ¼ cos2γ, where α, β, γ 2 0; π2 .
Then α + β + γ ¼ π.
8.2.23. Prove that, if x, y, z > 0 and xyz ¼ x + y + z + 2, then
(a) xy + yz + zx 2(x + y + z),
pffiffiffi pffiffiffi pffiffi pffiffiffiffiffiffiffi
(b) x þ y þ z 32 xyz.
Hint Let 1
xy ¼ cos 2 α, yz1 ¼ cos 2 β, x1z ¼ cos 2 γ, where α, β, γ 2 0; π2 , then α + β
+ γ ¼ π.
8.2.24. Prove the inequality
64(x + y + z)3xyz 27(x + y)2(y + z)2(x + z)2, where x, y, z > 0.
Hint Let x + y ¼ a, y + z ¼ b, x + z ¼ c.
8.2 Using Geometric Inequalities for Proving Algebraic Inequalities 445
1. Andreescu, T., Feng, Z.: Mathematical Olympiads, problems and solutions from around the
world. Mathematical Association of America, Washington, DC (2000)
2. Bottemi, O., Djorjevic, R., Janic, R., Mitrinovoc, D., Vasic, P.: Geometric inequalities.
Wolters-Noordhoff Publishing, Groningen (1969)
3. Branzei, D.: Notes on geometry. Editura Paralela 45, Bucharest (1999)
4. Galperin, G., Tolpygo, A.: Moscow mathematical Olympiads. Moscow Education, Moscow
(1986)
5. Hadwiger, H., Debrunner, H., Klee, V.: Combinatorial geometry in the plane. Holt, Rinehart
and Winston, New York/Chicago/San Fransisco/Toronto/London (1964)
6. Honsberger, R.: Mathemathical morsels. Mathematical Association of America, Washington,
DC (1978)
7. Kalinin, A., Tereshin, D.: Stereometry 11. Moscow Publication of MPhTI, Moscow (2001)
8. Locmele, A., Palma, I., Ramana, L., Andzans, A., Largbeldts, T.: Neruvadibu pieradisanas
metodes. Krauklitis, Riga (1997).
9. Prasolov, V.: Problems in planimetry. Nauka, Moscow (1995)
10. Scopec, Z.: Geometrical miniatures. Moscow Education, Moscow (1990)
11. Sedrakyan, N.: Created by the students of Armenia. Yerevan State University Press, Yerevan
(1997)
12. Sedrakyan, N., Sedrakyan, H.: Inequalities. Methods of proving 1. Kyowoo Publishing, South
Korea (2015)
13. Sedrakyan, N., Sedrakyan, H.: Inequalities. Methods of proving 2. Kyowoo Publishing, South
Korea (2015)
14. Sharygin, I.: Geometry (from an educational problem to creative). Moscow Drofa, Moscow
(1997)
15. Shklarsky, D., Chentzov, N., Yaglom, I.: Geometric inequalities and problems on a maximum
and minimum. Nauka, Moscow (1970)
16. Shklarsky, D., Chentzov, N., Yaglom, I.: Geometric estimations and problems from combi-
natorial geometry. Nauka, Moscow (1974)